diff --git a/userguide/ca/applications.html b/userguide/ca/applications.html index 48fb54fe..a921bcb2 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/applications.html +++ b/userguide/ca/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Carregador d'Arrencada  » @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
- «  Preferències  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Contingut  - +::  Carregador d'Arrencada  »
diff --git a/userguide/ca/bootloader.html b/userguide/ca/bootloader.html index df5118b8..7aa8615c 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/ca/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Contingut -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contingut + @@ -143,7 +142,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -168,10 +167,9 @@ Els símbols corresponent aproximadament a aquestes etapes del procés d'arrenca
    - - Contingut -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contingut +
    diff --git a/userguide/ca/deskbar.html b/userguide/ca/deskbar.html index eef2d1c4..c7aba1dd 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/ca/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Contingut +:: Barra de l'Escriptori » @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    replicant.png

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    -A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant.

    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Should you experience difficulties with a Replicant on the Desktop and just can't get rid of it, delete ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Unfortunately, this will remove all Replicants from the Desktop.

    Exemples d'aplicacions replicables són els grafics del Monitor d'Activitat, el Giny dels Espais de Treball o la Calculadora.

    @@ -163,9 +164,10 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
    - « Filesystem layout -:: Contingut -:: Espais de Treball » + +Contingut +:: Barra de l'Escriptori »
    diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ca/index.html b/userguide/ca/index.html index 64426241..3dd6b8e8 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/index.html +++ b/userguide/ca/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ca/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/ca/preferences/filetypes.html index 19402fe4..973034b5 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/ca/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Paco Rivière * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Barra d'eines:Preferències Ubicació:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Preferències:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Conserva tots els tipus MIME com a carpetes. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Conserva tots els tipus MIME com a carpetes.

    Podeu veure l'apartat Tipus de Fitxers i els tutorials Tipus de Fitxers, Atributs, Índex i Consultes que explicant la majoria d'aquest quadre de preferències.

    diff --git a/userguide/ca/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/ca/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index fd0ad2d9..00000000 --- a/userguide/ca/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Tipus de Fitxers  -::  Preferències  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    La traducció d'aquesta pàgina encara no està acabada. Fins que ho sigui, algunes part correspondrà a la versió anglesa.
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Barra d'eines:Preferències
    Ubicació:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Preferències:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - - - -
    Opcions per Omissió Reinicia tot als valors per omissió.
    Desfés brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/ca/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/ca/preferences/keymap.html index 9d70e02a..3dec7c24 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/ca/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Ratolí - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferències  -::  Xarxa  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    La traducció d'aquesta pàgina encara no està acabada. Fins que ho sigui, algunes part correspondrà a la versió anglesa.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngRatolí

    - - - - -
    Barra d'eines:Preferències
    Ubicació:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Preferències:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - - - -
    Opcions per Omissió Reinicia tot als valors per omissió.
    Desfés brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferències  -::  Xarxa  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/ca/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/ca/preferences/screen.html index 8d66e9a8..7157611b 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/ca/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    La traducció d'aquesta pàgina encara no està acabada. Fins que ho sigui, algunes part correspondrà a la versió anglesa.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Barra d'eines:Preferències
    Ubicació:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Preferències:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Opcions per Omissió Reinicia tot als valors per omissió.
    Desfés brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferències  -::  MemòriaVirtual  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/ca/queries.html b/userguide/ca/queries.html index 941bc9d0..b196aa07 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/queries.html +++ b/userguide/ca/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ca/tracker.html b/userguide/ca/tracker.html index 6517e534..afcec07f 100644 --- a/userguide/ca/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/ca/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/de/applications.html b/userguide/de/applications.html index ee519c35..97d3dda5 100644 --- a/userguide/de/applications.html +++ b/userguide/de/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/de/attributes.html b/userguide/de/attributes.html index d0a3f99e..bc483210 100644 --- a/userguide/de/attributes.html +++ b/userguide/de/attributes.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ index Attribute im Tracker

    Attribute werden ähnlich wie in einer Datenbank oder Tabellenkalkulation dargestellt. Im Tracker kann ausgewählt werden, welche Attribute gezeigt werden sollen (Spalten), und die Dateiliste (Reihen) anschließend entsprechend sortiert werden.

    -

    Dazu öffnet man ein Tracker-Fenster und wählt aus dem Menü Attribute die darzustellenden Attribute aus. Oder man führt einen Rechtsklick auf einen Spaltentitel aus und wählt die entsprechenden Einträge aus dem Kontextmenü. Die Spalten können durch Ziehen der Spaltentitel verschoben werden. Um Spalten, die man nicht braucht, schnell zu entfernen, zieht man sie einfach ganz aus dem Fenster.

    +

    Dazu öffnet man ein Tracker-Fenster und wählt aus dem Menü Attribute die darzustellenden Attribute aus. Oder man führt einen Rechtsklick auf einen Spaltentitel aus und wählt die entsprechenden Einträge aus dem Kontextmenü. Die Spalten können durch Ziehen der Spaltentitel verschoben werden. Um Spalten, die man nicht braucht, schnell zu entfernen, zieht man sie einfach ganz aus dem Fenster.

    Ein Doppelklick auf die Trennlinie zweier Spaltentitel stellt automatisch die optimale Breite ein.

    Klickt man auf einen Spaltentitel, ändert sich die Sortierreihenfolge von auf- zu absteigend. Hält man SHIFT gedrückt während man auf einen Spaltentitel klickt, lässt sich eine zweite Sortierung einrichten. So kann man zum Beispiel seine People Dateien nach Firmen sortieren und innerhalb dieser Sortierung nach Kontaktnamen. Obiger Screenshot zeigt ein Beispiel dafür. Die zweite Sortierordnung ist mit einem helleren Pfeil neben dem Titel gekennzeichnet.

    Diese Attribute zu bearbeiten ist genauso einfach wie das Umbenennen einer Datei: Entweder klickt man auf einen Eintrag oder drückt ALT E und bewegt sich zwischen den Attributen mit TAB und SHIFT TAB. ESC verlässt den Bearbeitungsmodus ohne die Änderungen zu übernehmen.

    diff --git a/userguide/de/bash-scripting.html b/userguide/de/bash-scripting.html index 65b5a401..df88531c 100644 --- a/userguide/de/bash-scripting.html +++ b/userguide/de/bash-scripting.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Boot Loader  » @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Das

    Das "&" am Ende jedes Befehls ist wichtig, um ihn im Hintergrund zu starten. Anderenfalls wird das Skript solange anhalten, bis der Befehl beendet ist (in diesem Fall, bis das ausgeführte Programm geschlossen wurde).

    -

    Eine einfache Alternative zum oben genannten ist es, die Anwendungen, die nach dem Hochfahren gestartet werden sollen, im Verzeichnis /boot/home/config/settings/boot/launch zu verlinken. Am einfachsten klickt man dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf die entsprechende Anwendung, geht auf Verknüpfung erstellen und navigiert dann zum oben genannten Verzeichnis.

    +

    Eine einfache Alternative zum oben genannten ist es, die Anwendungen, die nach dem Hochfahren gestartet werden sollen, im Verzeichnis /boot/home/config/settings/boot/launch zu verlinken. Am einfachsten klickt man dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf die entsprechende Anwendung, geht auf Verknüpfung erstellen und navigiert dann zum oben genannten Verzeichnis.

    index @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ Das
    - «  Einstellungen  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Inhalt  - +::  Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/bootloader.html b/userguide/de/bootloader.html index c7694194..e916f3a7 100644 --- a/userguide/de/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/de/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Inhalt -:: Dateisystem Layout » + « Bash und Skripten +:: Inhalt + @@ -141,10 +140,10 @@ Wird per UEFI anstatt dem klassischen BIOS gebootet, muss anstatt Safe mode, verhindert das den Start der meisten Server, Daemons und dem UserBootScript.

  • Aktiviert man Disable user add-ons, verhindert das die Nutzung jeglicher Add-Ons (Treiber, Translatoren etc.), die in der Benutzer-Hierarchie unter Home installiert wurden.

  • Falls das Zurückfallen in den VESA Modus durch Aktivieren von Use fail-safe graphics driver die Bootprobleme löst, kann diese Einstellung "fest verdrahtet" werden. Dazu muss man einfach nur in der Textdatei /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel das # der Zeile #fail_safe_video_mode true entfernen.

    • -

  • Befindet sich der problematische Treiber oder Add-On etc. allerdings in der System Hierarchie, wird die Sache etwas komplizierter, da dieser Teil des Dateisystems nicht beschreibbar ist. Hier kommt die Option Blacklist entries zum Einsatz. Mit ihr lässt sich durch die System-Verzeichnisse navigieren, um die entsprechende Komponente mittels LEERTASTE oder RETURN zu deaktivieren. ESC führt wieder eine Verzeichnisebene zurück nach oben.

    -

    Online zeigt der Artikel "Disabling components of packages" wie man diese Einstellung festlegt, damit sie bei jedem Hochfahren erhalten bleibt.

    • +

  • Befindet sich der problematische Treiber oder Add-On etc. allerdings in der System Hierarchie, wird die Sache etwas komplizierter, da dieser Teil des Dateisystems nicht beschreibbar ist. Hier kommt die Option Disable system components zum Einsatz. Mit ihr lässt sich durch die System-Verzeichnisse navigieren, um die entsprechende Komponente mittels LEERTASTE oder RETURN zu deaktivieren. ESC führt wieder eine Verzeichnisebene zurück nach oben.

    +

    Online zeigt der Artikel "Disabling components of packages" was man tun muss, damit diese Einstellung bei jedem Hochfahren erhalten bleibt.

  • Unter Select boot volume kann man angeben welcher frühere Zustand von Haiku gebootet werden soll. Jedesmal wenn ein Paket installiert oder deinstalliert wird, wird der alte Zustand gespeichert und er kann in den Boot Loader Optionen aus einer Liste ausgewählt werden, um Haiku in diesen alten Zustand zu booten.
    -Wenn Haiku also nach der Installation eines Pakets nicht mehr hochfahren kann, einfach eine Haiku Version vor diesem Zeitpunkt booten und dann das betreffende Paket wieder deinstallieren.

    • +Wenn Haiku also nach der Installation eines Pakets nicht mehr hochfahren kann, einfach eine Haiku Version vor diesem Zeitpunkt booten und dann das betreffende Paket wieder deinstallieren. Es ist auch möglich fest zu dieser bestimmten Haiku Version zurückzukehren, siehe dazu SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -169,10 +168,9 @@ Die unterschiedlichen Symbole repräsentieren die verschiedenen Phasen des Boot-
    - - Inhalt -:: Dateisystem Layout » + « Bash und Skripten +:: Inhalt +
    diff --git a/userguide/de/contents.html b/userguide/de/contents.html index 81beda46..175533ba 100644 --- a/userguide/de/contents.html +++ b/userguide/de/contents.html @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
  • NetworkStatus
  • PowerStatus
  • ProcessController
    • -
  • Workspaces>
    • +
  • Workspaces
    • Einfache Werkzeuge für Desktop und Deskbar. @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ Indizieren von Attributen für die spätere Suche. Dateisystem Layout +
  • Der System-Ordner
    • +
  • Der Home-Ordner
    • Die Dateisystem Hierarchie und die wichtigsten Dateien und Ordner. Workshop: Dateitypen, Attribute, Index und Queries diff --git a/userguide/de/deskbar.html b/userguide/de/deskbar.html index d29670cd..d3b3ff58 100644 --- a/userguide/de/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/de/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Inhalt +:: Deskbar » @@ -156,18 +157,19 @@ Man kann Verknüpfungen zu Dateien und Ordnern also auch dort direkt anlegen und Replikanten

    Replikanten sind kleine autarke Module von Anwendungen, die in andere Programme integriert werden können. Sofern Deskbars Option Replikanten einblenden aktiviert ist, erkennt man "replizierbare" Teile einer Anwendung durch ein kleines Symbol, normalerweise rechts unten:

    replicant.png -

    Das nächstgelegene Objekt, das Replikanten aufnehmen kann, ist der Desktop: Man lässt einfach das kleine Symbol per Drag&Drop darauf fallen. Ab sofort ist es ein Teil des Desktops und die ursprüngliche Anwendung muss nicht mehr laufen damit es funktioniert.
    -Ein Rechtsklick auf ein Replikanten-Symbol öffnet ein Kontextmenü, um das Über Fenster der ursprünglichen Anwendung anzuzeigen und zum Entfernen den Befehl Replikant entfernen.

    -
    Sollte ein Replikant auf dem Desktop mal Schwierigkeiten machen und sich auch nicht mehr entfernen lassen, kann man die Datei ~/Konfiguration/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf löschen. Dadurch werden allerdings alle Replikanten vom Desktop entfernt.
    -

    Beispiele replizierbarer Anwendungen sind die Anzeigen vom Systemmanager, die Arbeitsflächen App oder der Rechner.

    +

    Das nächstgelegene Objekt, das Replikanten aufnehmen kann, ist der Desktop: Man lässt einfach das kleine Symbol per Drag&Drop darauf fallen. Ab sofort ist es ein Teil der Arbeitsfläche und die ursprüngliche Anwendung muss nicht mehr laufen damit es funktioniert.
    +Ein Rechtsklick auf ein Replikanten-Symbol öffnet ein Kontextmenü, um das Über Fenster der ursprünglichen Anwendung anzuzeigen und zum Entfernen den Befehl Replikant entfernen. Um einen Replikanten von der Arbeitsfläche zu entfernen, kann man ihn auch einfach auf das Mülleimer Icon ziehen.

    +
    Sollte ein Replikant auf dem Desktop mal Schwierigkeiten machen und sich auch nicht mehr entfernen lassen, kann man die Datei ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf löschen. Dadurch werden allerdings alle Replikanten vom Desktop entfernt.
    +

    Beispiele replizierbarer Anwendungen sind die Anzeigen vom ActivityMonitor, die Workpaces Tool oder DeskCalc.

    - « Dateisystem Layout -:: Inhalt -:: Arbeitsflächen » + +Inhalt +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png b/userguide/de/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png index 32af2de3..5211d6f4 100644 Binary files a/userguide/de/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png and b/userguide/de/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/de/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index 0f24653e..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/de/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/gui-images/open-save.png b/userguide/de/images/gui-images/open-save.png index f3131549..ba71706a 100644 Binary files a/userguide/de/images/gui-images/open-save.png and b/userguide/de/images/gui-images/open-save.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8be1a2e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d642921e Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..257fc0a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc7175ed Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6455fac5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14934440 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90f75695 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/screen.png b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/screen.png index e1e175f6..c84e73aa 100644 Binary files a/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/screen.png and b/userguide/de/images/prefs-images/screen.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png b/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png index 2fedecda..257d26ac 100644 Binary files a/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png and b/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png differ diff --git a/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif b/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif index dea116d4..22bd3436 100644 Binary files a/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif and b/userguide/de/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif differ diff --git a/userguide/de/index.html b/userguide/de/index.html index cf525a4c..505a942b 100644 --- a/userguide/de/index.html +++ b/userguide/de/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Team Monitor :: Inhalt -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop-Apps » @@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ Allgemeine Kürzel

    Hier eine Liste mit den meist genutzten Tastaturkürzel, die immer zur Verfügung stehen, auch falls es dafür gerade kein entsprechendes Menü gibt:

    - - + + - + @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ - + @@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ Anstatt zur ersten Fundstelle der eingegebenen Zeichen zu springen, lässt sich
    - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Team Monitor :: Inhalt -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop-Apps »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences.html b/userguide/de/preferences.html index febe08c1..c62a8f98 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html b/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html index d4a79403..d1e00c43 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ - Appearance + Erscheinungsbild @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Einstellungen  -::  Backgrounds  » +::  Hintergründe  » @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Glyph-Hinting
    ALT FxWechselt zur Arbeitsfläche X (Fx ist dabei die der Arbeitsfläche entsprechende Funktionstaste). Hält man dabei zusätzlich die SHIFT-Taste, wird das aktive Fenster zur neuen Arbeitsfläche mitgenommen.
    STRG ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Zum Bewegen durch die Reihen und Spalten der verfügbaren Arbeitsflächen. Hält man dabei zusätzlich die SHIFT-Taste, wird das aktive Fenster zur neuen Arbeitsfläche mitgenommen.
    ALT FxWechselt zum Workspace X (Fx ist dabei die der Arbeitsfläche entsprechende Funktionstaste). Hält man dabei zusätzlich die SHIFT-Taste, wird das aktive Fenster zur neuen Arbeitsfläche mitgenommen.
    STRG ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Zum Bewegen durch die Reihen und Spalten der verfügbaren Workspaces. Hält man dabei zusätzlich die SHIFT-Taste, wird das aktive Fenster zur neuen Arbeitsfläche mitgenommen.
    OPTZieht man ein Fenster bei gedrückter OPT Taste in die Nähe von Reiter oder Rahmen eines anderen Fensters, lassen sie sich stapeln oder andocken (siehe Stack & Tile).
    OPT↑ / ↓Wechselt durch alle offenen Fenster des aktuellenArbeitsfläche.
    OPT ↑ / ↓Wechselt durch alle offenen Fenster des aktuellenArbeitsfläche.
    STRG ALT + LinksklickKlickt und zieht man mit der linken Maustaste wird das Fenster verschoben (siehe dazu Haikus Benutzeroberfläche).
    STRG ALT + RechtsklickKlickt und zieht man mit der rechten Maustaste wird die Fenstergröße geändert (siehe dazu Haikus Benutzeroberfläche).
    STRG ALT BSchickt das aktive Fenster in den Hintergrund.
    STRG TABGedrückt halten, um den Twitcher aufzurufen.
    STRG ALT ENTFÖffnet den Teammonitor.
    STRG ALT ENTFÖffnet den Team Monitor.
    ALT ESCAktiviert die Menüleiste (Verlassen mit ESC).
    ALT CKopiert die Auswahl in die Ablage.
    appearance-glyph-off.png
    Hinting: aus    		appearance-glyph-on.png
    Hinting: an
    -

    Es sei angemerkt, dass alle Lupe Fenster auf dieser Seite natürlich auch selbst mit den verschiedenen Optionen dargestellt werden. So bekommt man einen echten Eindruck der Einstellungen, indem man zum Beispiel die fetten Titel der Fensterreiter vergleicht, oder den Text "33 x 15 @ 8 pixels/pixel".

    +

    Es sei angemerkt, dass alle Magnify Fenster auf dieser Seite natürlich auch selbst mit den verschiedenen Optionen dargestellt werden. So bekommt man einen echten Eindruck der Einstellungen, indem man zum Beispiel die fetten Titel der Fensterreiter vergleicht, oder den Text "33 x 15 @ 8 pixels/pixel".

    index @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Kantenglättungstyp

    Einstellungen  -::  Backgrounds  » +::  Hintergründe  »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/backgrounds.html b/userguide/de/preferences/backgrounds.html index c04020bb..c7b1433d 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/backgrounds.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/backgrounds.html @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ - Backgrounds + Hintergründe @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Appearance  + «  Erscheinungsbild  ::  Einstellungen  -::  DataTranslations  » +::  Datenkonvertierung  » @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

    Die Option Icon-Textkontur legt eine dünne Kontur um Icon-Beschriftungen, um die Lesbarkeit zu erhöhen.

    Ob die Icon-Beschriftung auf dem Desktop schwarz oder weiß dargestellt wird, entscheidet der Farbeinsteller. Eine dunkle Farbwahl erzeugt weißen Text, eine helle umgekehrt schwarzen. Wenn man also beispielsweise ein sehr helles Hintergrundbild verwenden will, sollte man auch den Farbeinsteller entsprechend hell einstellen, damit der Icon-Text in schwarz erscheint. (Oder man benutzt die erwähnte Kontur-Option.)
    -Die ausgewählte Farbe findet sich auch in der Arbeitsflächen App wieder, welche eventuell benutzte Hintergrundbilder ignoriert.

    +Die ausgewählte Farbe findet sich auch in der Workspaces App wieder, welche eventuell benutzte Hintergrundbilder ignoriert.

    @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ Die ausgewählte Farbe findet sich auch in der
    - «  Appearance  + «  Erscheinungsbild  ::  Einstellungen  -::  DataTranslations  » +::  Datenkonvertierung  »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/datatranslations.html b/userguide/de/preferences/datatranslations.html index e1b8b734..be39467b 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/datatranslations.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/datatranslations.html @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ - DataTranslations + Datenkonvertierung @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Backgrounds  + «  Hintergründe  ::  Einstellungen  ::  Deskbar  » @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Alle Ebenen werden auf eine Bitmap-Ebene reduziert.
    - «  Backgrounds  + «  Hintergründe  ::  Einstellungen  ::  Deskbar  »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/deskbar.html b/userguide/de/preferences/deskbar.html index 82a59400..1d201799 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/deskbar.html @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « DataTranslations + « Datenkonvertierung :: Einstellungen :: E-Mail »
    @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Einstellungen  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngTastatur

    -
    Anfangswerte setzt die Einstellungen auf die Werte zurück, die beim Start des Hintergründe Panels aktiv waren.
    Anwenden übernimmt die aktuellen Einstellungen.
    - - - -
    Deskbar:Einstellungen
    Ort:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Einstellungen:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Hier kann die Wiederholrate für einen Tastendruck und die Verzögerung eingestellt werden, die das System wartet, bis eine gedrückte Taste wiederholt wird. Die Einstellungen können in dem Textfeld getestet werden.

    - - - -
    Standardwerte Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.
    Anfangswerte stellt die Einstellungen wieder her, die aktiv waren als Keyboard gestartet wurde.
    - - - - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/de/preferences/keymap.html index 04872863..590dd707 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Einstellungen  -::  Netzwerk  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMaus

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Einstellungen
    Ort:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Einstellungen:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Im Auswahlmenü links kann die Art der Maus, respektive deren Tastenzahl, ausgewählt werden. Insbesondere für 1-Tasten Mäuse interessant: der Rechtsklick kann mit STRG-Linksklick und ein Klick auf die mittlere Taste mit STRG ALT-Linksklick erzeugt werden.

    -

    Die Tastenbelegung kann über das Markieren der entsprechenden Taste und dem dazugehörigen Auswahlmenü geändert werden.

    -

    Über die Schieberegler rechts kann die Doppelklick-Geschwindigkeit, die Geschwindigkeit des Mauszeigers und seine Beschleunigung eingestellt werden. Im Testfeld unter der Mausgrafik kann die Doppelklick-Geschwindigkeit getestet werden: Wird ein Wort durch Doppelklick nicht markiert, ist die entsprechende Geschwindigkeit zu hoch eingestellt (oder man muss halt lernen schneller zu klicken...).

    -

    Im Auswahlmenü Modus wird bestimmt, wie Programmfenster auf Klicks reagieren. Hierfür gibt es drei Möglichkeiten:

    - - - - -
    Klicken aktiviert und bringt nach vorn Das Fenster wird durch Klicken aktiviert und ganz nach vorn geholt. Dies ist die Standardeinstellung.
    Klicken aktiviert Fenster Beim Klicken auf ein Fenster wird dieses nur aktiviert, aber nicht automatisch in den Vordergrund geholt. Dies gelingt entweder durch Klicken auf den Fensterreiter beziehungsweise -rahmen oder durch Klicken irgendwo im Fenster, während die Fenstermanagement-Tasten STRG ALT gehalten werden.
    Ohne Klicken aktivierenDas Fenster unter dem Mauszeiger wird automatisch aktiviert. Um es in den Vordergrund zu holen, geht man vor wie bei Klicken aktiviert Fenster beschrieben.
    -

    Die Option Auf ersten Klick reagieren vermeidet, ein Fenster erst aktivieren zu müssen, bevor eine Schaltfläche gedrückt oder ein Menü geöffnet werden kann. Allerdings besteht dann Gefahr, aus Versehen beispielsweise statt des Fensterreiters den "Schließen"-Button zu treffen und ein Programm ungewollt zu beenden. Andererseits kann damit der Arbeitsfluss deutlich beschleunigt werden.

    -

    Alle Einstellungen werden sofort im System übernommen.

    - - - -
    Standardwerte Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.
    Anfangswerte die Einstellungen, die aktiv waren, als das Programmfenster geöffnet wurde, werden wieder hergestellt.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Einstellungen  -::  Netzwerk  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/network.html b/userguide/de/preferences/network.html index e3b847a5..c1596e9e 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/network.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/network.html @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@  «  Netzwerk  ::  Einstellungen  -::  Printers  » +::  Drucker  » @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Klickt man Anwenden werden die neuen Einstellungen a
     «  Netzwerk  ::  Einstellungen  -::  Printers  » +::  Drucker  »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/printers.html b/userguide/de/preferences/printers.html index 73893a12..203ca2af 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/printers.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/printers.html @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ - Printers + Drucker @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@  «  Netzwerk  ::  Einstellungen  -::  Screen  » +::  Paketquellen  » @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
    « Netzwerk :: Einstellungen -:: Screen » +:: Paketquellen »
    --> diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/repositories.html b/userguide/de/preferences/repositories.html index 15e7de72..c9dfa180 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/repositories.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/repositories.html @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - Screen + Paketquellen @@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ Eine neue Paketquelle wird mit dem "+" Button hinzug
    - « Printers + « Drucker :: Einstellungen -:: Screen » +:: Bildschirm »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/de/preferences/screen.html index 7c72bbab..649bb6c9 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/sounds.html b/userguide/de/preferences/sounds.html index 5538a7f7..f471597d 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/sounds.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/sounds.html @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ - Sounds + Klänge @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Shortcuts  + «  Tastenkürzel  ::  Einstellungen  -::  Time  » +::  Datum & Zeit  » @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
    kein schaltet einen Klang aus.
    Weitere... öffnet einen Dialog, um einen neuen Klang zu laden, der sich noch nicht im Menü befindet.
    -

    Es können Klänge in jedem vom System unterstützten Format verwendet werden. Wenn Media-Player damit umgehen kann, funktioniert es auch mit jedem anderen Program.
    +

    Es können Klänge in jedem vom System unterstützten Format verwendet werden. Wenn MediaPlayer damit umgehen kann, funktioniert es auch mit jedem anderen Program.
    Mit Wiedergabe und Stop lässt sich ein markiertes Ereignis probehören.

    @@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ Mit Wiedergabe und Stop diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/time.html b/userguide/de/preferences/time.html index 6ebdec9e..abb723f1 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/time.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/time.html @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ - Time + Datum & Zeit @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Sounds + « Klänge :: Einstellungen :: Tracker » @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Rechts wird die Zeit der aktuell eingestellten Zeitzone gezeigt, sowie eine Vors
    - « Sounds + « Klänge :: Einstellungen :: Tracker »
    diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/touchpad.html b/userguide/de/preferences/touchpad.html deleted file mode 100644 index 1e187f13..00000000 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/touchpad.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Einstellungen
    Ort:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Einstellungen:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    In diesem Panel befinden sich alle Touchpad relevanten Einstellung, die für den Notebook Besitzer von Bedeutung sind.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    Mit den vertikalen und horizontalen roten Linien der Touchpad Darstellung lässt sich ein Scroll-Bereich definieren (rötlich gefärbt gegenüber der grauen normalen Navigationsfläche). Streicht man mit dem Finger über diesen Teil des Touchpads, bewegen sich die Scrollbalken eines Fensters entsprechend.

    -

    Mit den Schiebereglern rechts daneben lässt sich die allgemeine Scroll-Beschleunigung und die vertikalen und horizontalen Scroll-Geschwindigkeiten einstellen.
    -Je größer die Beschleunigung, desto schneller scrollt eine Liste wenn man den Finger ganz schnell über den Scroll-Bereich bewegt. Die Scroll-Geschwindigkeit bestimmt das Verhalten beim "normal-schnellen" Überstreichen des Bereichs.

    -

    Unter der Touchpad Grafik lässt sich "Zwei-Finger-Scrollen" für horizontales und vertikales Scrollen aktivieren. Bewegt man zwei Finger parallel in der Vertikalen oder Horizontalen, bewegen sich die Scrollbalken eines Fensters entsprechend. Zumindest bei mir funktioniert das am besten mit jeweils einem Finger der linken und der rechten Hand.
    -Wer mit diesem Feature zurecht kommt, der kann auf Scroll-Bereiche verzichten und das gesamte Touchpad zum normalen Navigieren nutzen

    -

    Ganz unten ist noch ein Regler zum einstellen der Berührungsempfindlichkeit. Werden Klicks per Antippen immer wieder ignoriert, sollte man die Empfindlichkeit erhöhen. Werden im Gegenteil immer irgendwelche Klicks registriert, obwohl eigentlich nur der Mauszeiger bewegt werden soll, sollte sie verringert werden.

    - - - -
    Standardwerte Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.
    Anfangswerte setzt wieder die Werte, die aktiv waren als das Touchpad Panel gestartet wurde.
    -

    Folgender Tip bezieht sich nicht so sehr auf dieses Einstellungs Panel, sondern auf die Nutzung von Touchpads allgemein:
    -Wusstest Du, dass man ein Drag & Drop nur per Touchpad ausführen kann, also ohne die Tasten zu benutzen? Dazu macht einfach einen Doppelklick, ohne jedoch den Finger nach dem zweiten Klick anzuheben. Das so aufgenommene Icon hängt nun am Mauszeiger und kann mit dem Finger auf dem Touchpad umher bewegt werden. Hebt man den Finger, wird das Icon fallen gelassen.

    -

    Angenommen der Finger erreicht beim Ziehen eines Icons den Rand des Touchpads, der Mauszeiger ist aber noch nicht am Bildschirmrand angekommen. Sobald man den Finger hebt, wird ja das Icon fallen gelassen. Wie also lässt sich das Icon weiterziehen?
    -Je nach verbauter Hardware gibt es da ein nettes Feature: man lässt den Finger einfach am Rand des Touchpads, aber ohne den Finger zu heben. Der Mauszeiger fliegt dann einfach weiter wie auf Auto-Pilot

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Einstellungen  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/tracker.html b/userguide/de/preferences/tracker.html index fd4db76a..f2d02cff 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/tracker.html @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Time  + «  Datum & Zeit  ::  Einstellungen  -::  VirtualMemory  » +::  Virtueller Speicher  »
    @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Einstellungen:~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings


    -

    Die Tracker Einstellungen lassen sich auch aus jedem Trackerfenster mit dem Menü Fenster | Einstellungen.... aufrufen.
    +

    Die Tracker Einstellungen lassen sich auch aus jedem Trackerfenster mit dem Menü Fenster | Einstellungen ... aufrufen.
    Die einzelnen Einstellungen werden im Thema Tracker besprochen.

    @@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ Die einzelnen Einstellungen werden im Thema
    - «  Time  + «  Datum & Zeit  ::  Einstellungen  -::  VirtualMemory  » +::  Virtueller Speicher  »
    --> diff --git a/userguide/de/preferences/virtualmemory.html b/userguide/de/preferences/virtualmemory.html index d3200e9b..a8c753e5 100644 --- a/userguide/de/preferences/virtualmemory.html +++ b/userguide/de/preferences/virtualmemory.html @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ - VirtualMemory + Virtueller Speicher diff --git a/userguide/de/queries.html b/userguide/de/queries.html index ab118cfa..93459aaa 100644 --- a/userguide/de/queries.html +++ b/userguide/de/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/de/tracker-add-ons.html b/userguide/de/tracker-add-ons.html index c30802e1..ec3dcbe8 100644 --- a/userguide/de/tracker-add-ons.html +++ b/userguide/de/tracker-add-ons.html @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

    Tracker Add-Ons

    -

    Anwendungen können Add-Ons installieren, um im Tracker von einer Dateiauswahl aus aufgerufen werden zu können. Im Kontextmenü unter Add-ons oder dem Datei Menü des Tracker-Fensters werden nur die Add-Ons angezeigt, die auch mit dem betreffenden Dateityp umgehen können. Add-Ons, die auch ohne eine markierte Datei benutzt werden können, werden immer angezeigt.

    +

    Anwendungen können Add-Ons installieren, um im Tracker von einer Dateiauswahl aus aufgerufen werden zu können. Im Kontextmenü unter Add-ons oder dem Datei> Menü des Tracker-Fensters werden nur die Add-Ons angezeigt, die auch mit dem betreffenden Dateityp umgehen können. Add-Ons, die auch ohne eine markierte Datei benutzt werden können, werden immer angezeigt.

    Tracker Add-Ons, die nicht als ordentliches .hpkg Paket vorliegen, können in den entsprechenden non-packaged Ordner kopiert werden (siehe Dateisystem Layout:

    @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ Da es keine zwei Add-On mit dem gleichen Kürzel geben kann, muss man bei der Ve
    /boot/system/non-packaged/add-ons/Tracker/   Add-Ons, die für jeden Benutzer verfügbar sind
    - - + + - + diff --git a/userguide/de/tracker.html b/userguide/de/tracker.html index fcd704d6..73a353ec 100644 --- a/userguide/de/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/de/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - <acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym> + <acronym title="Arbeitsflächen">Workspaces</acronym> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Haikus Benutzeroberfläche + « Anwendungen :: Inhalt :: Der Twitcher » @@ -66,16 +66,16 @@
    -

    Arbeitsflächen

    +

    Workspaces

    -

    Arbeitsflächen sind virtuelle Desktops, mit eigener Auflösung, Farbtiefe und eigenem Hintergrund. Es können bis zu 32 dieser Arbeitsflächen in den Bildschirm Einstellungen konfiguriert werden.

    +

    Workspaces sind virtuelle Desktops, mit eigener Auflösung, Farbtiefe und eigenem Hintergrund. Es können bis zu 32 dieser Arbeitsflächen in den Bildschirm Einstellungen konfiguriert werden.

    workspace_overviewpng.png

    index -Arbeitsfläche wechseln

    -

    Die Arbeitsfläche kann mit einem Klick auf das Arbeitsflächen Applet (zu sehen im Bild oben) oder mit der Tastenkombination ALT Fx gewechselt werden; "x" ist dabei die Arbeitsflächen-Nummer. Organisiert man seine Arbeitsflächen in Viererreihen, kann die Anordnung der Fx Tasten auf der Tastatur nachgeahmt werden.
    +Workspace wechseln +

    Die Arbeitsfläche kann mit einem Klick auf das Workspaces Applet (zu sehen im Bild oben) oder mit der Tastenkombination ALT Fx gewechselt werden; "x" ist dabei die Workspace-Nummer. Organisiert man seine Workspaces in Viererreihen, kann die Anordnung der Fx Tasten auf der Tastatur nachgeahmt werden.
    Das Klicken auf eine Anwendung in der Deskbar bringt einen ebenfalls auf die entsprechende Arbeitsfläche.

    Eine andere komfortable Möglichkeit ist, mit STRG ALT ←/→/↑/↓ räumlich durch die Spalten und Reihen der verfügbaren Arbeitsflächen zu navigieren. Hält man dabei zusätzlich SHIFT gedrückt, wird das aktive Fenster auf die neue Arbeitsfläche mitgenommen.

    Zwischen der aktuellen und letzten Arbeitsfläche kann man mit ALT ^ hin und her wechseln. Welches Zeichen das genau ist, hängt vom verwendeten Tastaturlayout ab - es ist immer die Taste unter ESC. Auch hier nimmt man das aktive Fenster mit, hält man dabei SHIFT gedrückt. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Das Klicken auf eine Anwendung in der Deskbar bringt einen ebenfalls auf die ent

    diff --git a/userguide/en/applications.html b/userguide/en/applications.html index 9dbcf6d7..c007494f 100644 --- a/userguide/en/applications.html +++ b/userguide/en/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Boot Loader  »
    @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
    - «  Preferences  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Contents  - +::  Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/en/bootloader.html b/userguide/en/bootloader.html index 758fc786..9ef328bd 100644 --- a/userguide/en/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/en/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Contents -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contents +
    @@ -139,7 +138,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -164,10 +163,9 @@ The different symbols roughly correspond to these boot stages:

    - - Contents -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contents +
    diff --git a/userguide/en/deskbar.html b/userguide/en/deskbar.html index 417f7edf..8eb8aaf4 100644 --- a/userguide/en/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/en/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Contents +:: Deskbar » @@ -152,7 +153,7 @@ All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    replicant.png

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    -A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant.

    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Should you experience difficulties with a Replicant on the Desktop and just can't get rid of it, delete ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Unfortunately, this will remove all Replicants from the Desktop.

    Examples for replicatable applications are the graphs of the ActivityMonitor, the Workspaces applet or DeskCalc.

    @@ -160,9 +161,10 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
    - « Filesystem layout -:: Contents -:: Workspaces » + +Contents +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/en/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png b/userguide/en/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png index f20fd19d..3719650f 100644 Binary files a/userguide/en/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png and b/userguide/en/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/en/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index 08068273..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/en/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f13b08c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/screen.png b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/screen.png index d966f26c..e4a807e9 100644 Binary files a/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/screen.png and b/userguide/en/images/prefs-images/screen.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png b/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png index 2fedecda..408982d9 100644 Binary files a/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png and b/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-network.png differ diff --git a/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif b/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif index dea116d4..2901250a 100644 Binary files a/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif and b/userguide/en/images/workshop-wlan-images/join-status.gif differ diff --git a/userguide/en/index.html b/userguide/en/index.html index 0dc9f0a3..bf9b4265 100644 --- a/userguide/en/index.html +++ b/userguide/en/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/en/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/en/preferences/filetypes.html index 6eed4e0e..b567ba52 100644 --- a/userguide/en/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/en/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Stores all MIME types as folders.
    Hintergründe-B Öffnet die Einstellung Hintergründe zum Anpassen des Bildschirm- oder Ordnerhintergrunds. Wird dieses Add-On auf einer Bilddatei aufgerufen, ist dieses Bild im Einstellungsdialog bereits als mögliches Hintergrundbild vorausgewählt.
    Datenträgerbelegung-IStartet Datenträgerbelegung mit dem aktuellen Ordner als Basis.
    DiskUsage-IStartet DiskUsage mit dem aktuellen Ordner als Basis.
    FileType-F Der für diese Datei spezielle Dateitypen-Dialog wird geöffnet. Wenn das Add-On nicht auf einer Datei aufgerufen wird, öffnen sich die Einstellungen für die globalen Dateitypen.
    Open Target Folder-O Wird nur bei einer Verknüpfung angeboten und öffnet den Ordner, in dem die eigentliche Datei gespeichert ist.
    TextSearch-G
    TextSearch-G Öffnet die Anwendung TextSearch um nach einem beliebigen Text innerhalb eines Ordners und dessen Unterordner zu suchen.
    ZipOMatic-Z Eine Auswahl an Dateien wird zu einer ZIP-Datei zusammengepackt. Wenn dieses Add-On aufgerufen wird, ohne dass eine oder mehrere Dateien markiert sind, öffnet sich ein Dialogfeld, mit dem man per Ziehen und Ablegen von Dateien ein Archiv erstellen kann.
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Settings:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Stores all MIME types as folders.

    Please refer to topic Filetypes and the workshop Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries that explains most of this preference panel.

    diff --git a/userguide/en/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/en/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0ab64c9f..00000000 --- a/userguide/en/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Preferences  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Settings:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/en/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/en/preferences/keymap.html index a3e41fbb..fae4c4dd 100644 --- a/userguide/en/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/en/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/en/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/en/preferences/screen.html index c6977acf..1315c978 100644 --- a/userguide/en/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/en/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Settings:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/en/queries.html b/userguide/en/queries.html index 6164d41a..7f409a00 100644 --- a/userguide/en/queries.html +++ b/userguide/en/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/en/tracker.html b/userguide/en/tracker.html index 0d123ae6..0abf89a2 100644 --- a/userguide/en/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/en/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/eo/applications.html b/userguide/eo/applications.html index 8a547ef4..f8322075 100644 --- a/userguide/eo/applications.html +++ b/userguide/eo/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Boot Loader  » @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
    - «  Preferences  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Contents  - +::  Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/eo/bootloader.html b/userguide/eo/bootloader.html index 03480348..e0fdcf79 100644 --- a/userguide/eo/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/eo/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Contents -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contents + @@ -140,7 +139,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -165,10 +164,9 @@ The different symbols roughly correspond to these boot stages:

    - - Contents -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contents +
    diff --git a/userguide/eo/deskbar.html b/userguide/eo/deskbar.html index 7b4e295c..379cffc8 100644 --- a/userguide/eo/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/eo/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Contents +:: La Laborstrio (Deskbar) »
    +
    The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
    @@ -155,8 +157,8 @@ Por forigi iun preferatan lokon plenumu menuon Preferaĵoj | Replikiloj

    Replikiloj estas malgrandaj memstaraj partoj de programoj, integrigeblaj en aliajn programojn. Se ŝalti opcion de la Laborstrio Montri replikilojn do vi povos rekoni replikeblajn partojn de programoj per speciala piktogramo, lokiĝanta kutime en malsupra dekstra angulo.

    replicant.png -

    La plej taŭga loko kapabla uzi replikilojn estas la labortablo: simple trenu & ĵetu la piktogramon sur ĝin. La replikilo fariĝos parto de la labortablo kaj vi plu ne bezonos lanĉi patran programon por funkciigi la replikilon.
    -La dekstra alklako sur la replikilo vokos kuntekstan menuon de patra programo entenantan punkton Pri por kompreni fonton de la replikilo kaj punkton Forigi replikilon.

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Okaze de problemo kun iu replikilo kaj se vi ne povas ĝin forigi for de labortablo - simple forigu la dosieron ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Bedaŭrinde, sed tio forigos ĉiujn replikiloj for de la labortablo.

    La ekzemploj de replikiloj estas la grafikaĵo de la ObserviloDeAktiveco, la Aplikaĵeto de la Laborspacoj aŭ la Ĉetablkalkulilo.

    @@ -164,9 +166,10 @@ La dekstra alklako sur la replikilo vokos kuntekstan menuon de patra programo en
    - « Filesystem layout -:: Contents -:: Workspaces » + +Contents +:: La Laborstrio (Deskbar) »
    diff --git a/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/eo/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/eo/index.html b/userguide/eo/index.html index dbf9db09..743e84c0 100644 --- a/userguide/eo/index.html +++ b/userguide/eo/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/eo/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/eo/preferences/filetypes.html index d38efc68..d0538266 100644 --- a/userguide/eo/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/eo/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Va Miluŝnikov * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@     +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Stokas ĉiujn specojn de MIME kiel dosierujoj.
    Enhavtabelo
    Per la Laborstrio:Agordiloj (Preferences)
    Per la Spurilo:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Dosieroj de agordo:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Stokas ĉiujn specojn de MIME kiel dosierujoj.

    Pli da detaloj estas en la ĉapitro La Dosierspeco kaj en la seminario Dosierspecoj, atributoj, inedksoj kaj informpetoj kiu entenas detalan priskribon por la agorda panelo.

    diff --git a/userguide/eo/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/eo/preferences/keymap.html index 9582a0e8..8b1bdbb7 100644 --- a/userguide/eo/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/eo/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/eo/tracker.html b/userguide/eo/tracker.html index 14b6e1f9..60191f36 100644 --- a/userguide/eo/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/eo/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/es/applications.html b/userguide/es/applications.html index 1a555081..a9a82956 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications.html @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Taller + « Tracker :: Contenido -:: Applets de Escritorio » +:: Espacios de trabajo »
    @@ -190,9 +190,9 @@ Desinstalar tales aplicaciones autocontenidas es fácil: solamente elimine la ca
    - « Taller + « Tracker :: Contenido -:: Applets de Escritorio » +:: Espacios de trabajo »
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html b/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html index 3b55bf19..2ba873f3 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    activitymonitor-icon_64.pngMonitor de Actividades (ActivityMonitor)

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/ActivityMonitor
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html b/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html index 573ab27b..e4237093 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    bepdf-icon_64.pngBePDF

    - + diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html b/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html index 8d051e2b..5efc0d25 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@

    charactermap-icon_64.pngCharacterMap

    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Documentación:/boot/apps/BePDF/docs/*
    Configuraciones:/boot/common/settings/BePDF
    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html b/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html index 57fd7b65..4bc1369d 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    codycam-icon_64.pngCodyCam

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/codycam
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/debugger.html b/userguide/es/applications/debugger.html index a9f261f2..bf4364f3 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/debugger.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/debugger.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    debugger-icon_64.pngDebugger (Depurador)

    - + diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html b/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html index aeec2cfe..1dca606d 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    deskcalc-icon_64.pngDeskCalc

    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/Debugger
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/Debugger settings
    ~/config/settings/Debugger/
    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html b/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html index 5c23b80e..318de837 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    diskprobe-icon_64.pngDiskProbe

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html b/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html index 4e728c34..37c15eca 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    diskusage-icon_64.pngDiskUsage (Uso del disco)

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/DiskUsage
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html b/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html index 03fb333d..0b691ab5 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Kacper Kasper * Translators: - * ' * CapitanPico + * ' * --> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    drivesetup-icon_64.pngDriveSetup

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/DriveSetup
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/es/applications/haikudepot.html index c136e45a..90999995 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Andrew Lindesay * Translators: + * ' * kervas * --> @@ -62,37 +63,36 @@
    -
    La traducción de esta página aún no está completa. Hasta que lo esté, las partes sin traducir se muestran en el original en inglés.
    -
    Índice
    The Filter
    - The List
    - The Info Area
    - HaikuDepot and Show menu
    - Creating a User Account
    - Rating and Commenting
    - Diagnostic Logs
    - Tips
    +
    Filtro
    + Lista
    + Área informativa
    + Menús HaikuDepot y Mostrar
    + Creación de una cuenta de usuario
    + Valoración y comentarios
    + Registros de diagnóstico
    + Sugerencias

    haikudepot-icon_64.pngHaikuDepot

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/HaikuDepot
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/main_settings
    ~/config/cache/HaikuDepot/ - descripciones, capturas de pantallas, íconos y demás, almacenados en memoria caché


    -

    HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories and install and uninstall packages. By default, HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "Featured packages", software that's deemed interesting to many users.

    +

    HaikuDepot es la aplicación principal para administrar los paquetes de software. Con ella puede navegar y buscar en los repositorios de paquetes e instalar, actualizar y desinstalar paquetes. De forma predeterminada, HaikuDepot inicia con una lista de "paquetes destacados", software considerado de interés para la mayoría de los usuarios.

    haikudepot.png -

    The second tab shows All packages, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns:

    +

    La segunda pestaña muestra todos los paquetes, que cambia la vista a una con íconos de menor tamaño y se muestra más información, organizada en columnas:

    haikudepot.png

    index -El Filtro

    -

    En la parte de arriba tenemos varias maneras de filtrar la lista de paquetes disponibles en la parte inferior:

    +Filtro +

    En la parte superior se encuentran varias opciones para filtrar la lista de paquetes disponibles, que son:

    • El menú emergente Categoría le permite limitar la lista a categorias individuales como "Audio" o "Juegos".

    • El campo de texto de los Términos de búsqueda filtra la lista a sólo esos paquetes que tienen todas los términos ingresados (separados por espacios) en su nombre o descripción.

      • @@ -100,20 +100,21 @@

    index -La Lista

    +Lista

    Al igual que cualquier ventana de Tracker, puede elegir desde un menú contextual cuales columnas mostrar haciendo clic con el botón derecho en el encabezado de la columna. Un clic izquierdo ordenará la lista de acuerdo a esa columna. Desde luego, puede reordenar las columnas arrastrándolas a una nueva posición.

    -

    La columna de estado de un paquete puede tener uno de varios estados:

    +

    La columna Fecha muestra cuándo un paquete fue añadido o actualizado. Ordene por esta columna para ver en la parte superior de la lista qué hay de nuevo o qué se ha actualizado.

    +

    La columna Estado de un paquete puede presentar uno de varios estados:

    • Activo: El paquete está instalado actualmente y listo para ser usado.

    • Disponible: El paquete existe en ese repositorio y puede ser descargado e instalado. Si hay alguna dependencia en otros paquetes, será informado de ellos cuando se esté instalando y tendrá la opción de descargar/instalar todo lo que sea necesario.

      • -

    • Pending / %: Pending (Pendiente) se muestra para un paquete que está en cola para descarga/instalación. Mientras un paquete se descarga, el progreso se muestra como porcentaje.

      • +

    • Pendiente / %: Pendiente aparece cuando un paquete está en cola para su descarga o instalación. Mientras un paquete se descarga, el progreso se muestra como porcentaje.

    Puede agarrar la línea punteada entre la lista de paquetes y el área de información para cambiar el tamaño vertical de la lista de paquetes.

    index Área Informativa

    -

    At the bottom is an area that displays information on the package that is currently selected in the list above it.
    -To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you Install or Uninstall it. If a package is already installed, you'll find an additional button there to Open the application.

    +

    En la parte inferior hay un área que muestra información sobre el paquete seleccionado actualmente en la lista de arriba.
    +A la derecha del nombre del paquete, el autor y versión hay un botón que —dependiendo de su estado actual— permite Instalar, Desinstalar o Actualizar el paquete. Si ya está instalado, encontrará a su lado un botón adicional para Abrir la aplicación.

    Abajo hay cuatro pestañas: Acerca de, Valoraciones, Registro de cambios, y Contenido

    • Acerca de...

      @@ -133,16 +134,16 @@ En el medio hay comentarios de usuarios con su seudónimo, cuantas estrellas le

    index -HaikuDepot and Show menu

    -

    In the HaikuDepot menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
    -The second item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
    -Check for updates... opens the SoftwareUpdater to search and install updated packages.
    -Settings... opens a window with the currently only option: Share anonymous usage data with HaikuDepotServer. The data is used to, for example, increase a counter on how often a package is viewed and installed, which then can determine if a package is promoted to the "Featured packages" list.

    +Menús HaikuDepot y Mostrar +

    En el menú de HaikuDepot en la parte superior de la ventana, encontrará un elemento para Actualizar repositorios. Esta opción descargará una lista actualizada de todos los paquetes disponibles en los repositorios.
    +El segundo elemento es Administrar repositorios.... Abre las preferencias de Repositorios, para añadir, quitar, activar o desactivar repositorios.
    +Buscar actualizaciones... abre SoftwareUpdater para buscar e instalar actualizaciones de los paquetes. +Configuración... abre una ventana que actualmente cuenta con una sola opción: Compartir datos de uso anónimos con HaikuDepotServer. Los datos se usan, por ejemplo, para aumentar la cuenta de cuán seguido se visualiza e instala un paquete, lo que luego ayuda a determinar si un paquete es promovido a la lista de "Paquetes destacados".

    Bajo Mostrar puede escoger ver los display Paquetes de desarrollo y Paquetes fuente en la lista de paquetes. Para el usuario normal estos no son de ningún interés y solamente sobrecargaría la lista. No obstante, son importantes para quienes necesitan las bibliotecas, encabezados, etc. de un paquete para desarrollar y compilar programas que dependan de ellos.

    De mayor interés son las opciones para sólo mostrar Paquetes disponibles y Paquetes instalados.

    index -Creación de una Cuenta de Usuario

    +Creación de una cuenta de usuario

    Para poder calificar un paquete, necesita una cuenta de usuario en el Servidor de Haiku Depot que sirve todos los paquetes y lleva control de los comentarios y valoraciones de los usuarios. Puede crear una cuenta con la aplicación de HaikuDepot haciendo clic en el menú a la derecha extrema de la barra de menú que muestra su estado actual: No conectado. Si selecciona Entrar... abrirá una ventana con dos pestañas, una para ingresar su nombre de usuario y contraseña (una vez que las tenga) para ingresar, y la otra para crear una nueva cuenta:

    haikudepot-login-tab.png

    Para crear una cuenta debe:

    @@ -150,33 +151,32 @@ The second item is to Manage repositories.... It opens
  • usar una contraseña de al menos 8 caracteres con al menos 2 mayúsculas y 2 números
  • proveer una dirección de correo electrónico válida (si quiere una nueva contraseña enviada en caso que la olvide)
  • resolver el captcha
    • -
  • tick the checkboxes to confirm you're over 16 and have read the usage conditions linked below them.
    • +
  • activar la casilla de verificación para confirmar ser mayor de 16 años y haber leído las condiciones de uso enlazadas debajo.

    • Luego de ingresar, el menú de la parte derecha superior de la ventana de HaikuDepot ahora mostrará Conectado como (...), mostrando su nombre. El menú ahora le ofrece Cambiar de cuenta... o Salir.

    -

    As a reminder of what you actually agreed to when you ticked the above mentioned checkbox, there are menu items to View latest/agreed usage conditions...

    +

    Hay una opción de menú para Ver las últimas condiciones de uso acordadas... como un recordatorio de lo que se haya aceptado al activar esa casilla de verificación.

    index -Valoración y Comentarios

    +Valoración y comentarios

    Después que haya creado una cuenta de usuario y haya ingresado a ella, puede calificar un paquete y dejar un comentario, si quiere. Sólo coloque el ratón sobre las estrellas de calificación en el área de información de un paquete, y estas se tornarán en un botón de Valoración.... Haga clic para abrir la ventana de valoración:

    haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png -

    Aquí puede mover el ratón sobre las estrellas para encenderlas y escoger su valoración, también puede escoger de un número de niveles para juzgar la estabilidad de la aplicación y escoger el idioma de su comentario opcional. Para que su comentario tenga mayor significado, debería haber trabajado por un tiempo con la aplicación que está a punto de calificar para familliarizarse con sus características, fallos y singularidades. No escriba una novela... manténgalo corto y cortés. :) -
    -Luego de hacer clic en Enviar los datos son transmitidos al servidor. Puede que tenga que ir al menú Herramientas para Refrescar repositorios antes que pueda ver sus cambios.

    -

    At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating a checkbox This rating is visible to other users, that appears in this window once you've rated a package.

    +

    Aquí puede mover el ratón sobre las estrellas para encenderlas y escoger su valoración, también puede escoger de un número de niveles para juzgar la estabilidad de la aplicación y escoger el idioma de su comentario opcional. Para que su comentario tenga mayor significado, debería haber trabajado por un tiempo con la aplicación que está a punto de calificar para familliarizarse con sus características, fallos y singularidades. No escriba una novela... manténgalo corto y cortés.
    +Luego de hacer clic en Enviar los datos son transmitidos al servidor. Puede que tenga que ir al menú Herramientas para Actualizar repositorios antes que pueda ver sus cambios.

    +

    En cualquier momento, puede regresar y editar su comentarios y cambiar la valoración. También puede ocultar su calificación de otros usuarios desactivando la marca Otros usuarios pueden ver esta calificación, que aparece en esta ventada luego de haber valorado un paquete.

    index -Diagnostic Logs

    -

    As HaikuDepot is used, it interacts with network as well as local services. Things can go wrong, sometimes in ways that were not anticipated when the application was written. In those cases the error message may be quite unspecific. To help diagnosing a given problem, HaikuDepot can provide a log of what the application does.

    -

    An error message may suggest to view the logs to get further in-depth information or you may be asked to provide the log when you file an issue at the Haiku bug tracking system.

    -

    To see the diagnostic logs, HaikuDepot needs to be started from Terminal:

    +Registros de diagnóstico +

    A medida que se usa HaikuDepot, este interactúa con la red así como con servicios locales. Puede suceder que algo funcionó mal, a veces en formas que no se previeron al desarrollar la aplicación, en cuyo caso el mensaje de error puede ser demasiado ambiguo. Para ayudar a diagnosticar un problema determinado, HaikuDepot puede ofrecer un registro de lo que la aplicación hace.

    +

    Un mensaje de error podría sugerir ver los registros para obtener información más detallada o podría pedírsele el registro cuando abra un ticket en el sistema de rastreo de fallos de Haiku.

    +

    Para ver los registros de diagnóstico, HaikuDepot debe iniciarse desde la Terminal:

    HaikuDepot -v debug
    -

    The command uses the -v flag to control the verbosity of the diagnostic logs. Possible values are: off, info, debug and trace. Using off will do only a small amount of logging, while trace does it in the highest detail.

    -

    As HaikuDepot starts up and when interacting with the application, you will see text scroll by in the Terminal window; this is the diagnostic log.

    +

    El comando usa el parámetro -v para controlar el nivel de detalle de los registros de diagnóstico. Los valores permitidos son: off, info, debug y trace. Usar off hará que sólo se emita una cantidad reducida de registros, mientras que trace lo hará en el nivel máximo de detalle.

    +

    A medida que HaikuDepot se inicia y al interactuar con la aplicación, podrá observarse que aparece texto en la ventana de la Terminal; eso es el registro de diagnóstico.

    index -Tips

    -

    Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
    -Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

    +Sugerencias +

    Hay otra forma de mantenerse al tanto de las actualizaciones de paquetes y los paquetes nuevos además de la opción de ordenar la columna Fecha de la lista de paquetes. Para ello, debe crearse una suscripción ATOM de RSS en el sitio web de Haiku Depot Server. Allí, debe hacer clic en el control "hamburguesa" en la esquina superior derecha y elegir Armar URL de feed ubicada en la sección Datos.
    +La opción de configuración más interesante de las pocas opciones en esa página es esta: además de obtener una suscripción para todos los paquetes nuevos o actualizados, también es posible añadir tan solo los nombres de los paquetes en los que esté interesado. Haga clic en el botón Armar URL de feed y obtendrá una URL de RSS que podrá pegar en un lector de suscripciones RSS como BePoder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html index 7363d024..d98019b7 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

    icon-o-matic-icon_64.pngIcon-O-Matic

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/installer.html b/userguide/es/applications/installer.html index 3196bf1d..11288711 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/installer.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ @@ -62,7 +63,6 @@
    -
    La traducción de esta página aún no está completa. Hasta que lo esté, las partes sin traducir se muestran en el original en inglés.

    cli-app-icon_64.pngLista de todas las aplicaciones de la línea de comandos

    @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + - + @@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + - + @@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + - + @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + @@ -211,10 +211,10 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + - + @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ A continuación se muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones de línea de coma - + diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html b/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html index 7ad40fb7..5c2109c6 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * CapitanPico + * ' * kervas * miguel~1.mx * @@ -63,31 +64,30 @@
    -
    La traducción de esta página aún no está completa. Hasta que lo esté, las partes sin traducir se muestran en el original en inglés.

    magnify-icon_64.pngMagnify

    bash intérprete de comandos Bourne-again.
    bc Lenguaje de calculadora de precisión arbitraria.
    beep Emite un pitido.
    bfsinfo Analyses the filesystem.
    bfsinfo Analiza el sistema de archivos.
    bunzip2 Vea bzip2.
    bzip2 Compresor de archivos.
    c++ C++-Compiler.
    c++ Compilador de C++.
    cat concatena archivos y muestra a la salida estandar.
    catattr Muestra el contenido de los atributos de un archivo. (específico a Haiku)
    cc Compilador de C.
    chroot Ejecuta una orden dentro de un directorio raíz especificado.
    cksum Imprime suma de comprobación CRC y conteo de bytes de archivos.
    clear Limpia la ventana de la terminal.
    clipboard Manipulates the system clipboard.
    clipboard Gestiona el portapapeles del sistema.
    cmp Compara archivos byte por byte.
    collectcatkeys Collects translatable strings to create catkeys.
    collectcatkeys Reúne las cadenas de texto traducibles para crear archivos de catálogos de idiomas.
    comm Compara archivos ordenados línea por línea.
    consoled Daemon de la consola.
    copyattr Copia todos los atributos o un subconjunto de ellos de uno o más archivos a otro o a nuevo archivo(s). (específico a Haiku)
    dircolors Configuración de colores para ls.
    dirname Aísla el nombre de directorio de una cadena ruta/hacia/archivo.
    diskimage Registra un archivo como un dispositivo de disco que puede ser montado. (específoco a Haiku)
    dpms Sets the display power management.
    dpms Configura la gestión de energía de pantalla.
    draggers Muestra/establece el estado del agarrable de los Replicantes.
    driveinfo Muestra información de hardware.
    dstcheck Muestra un cuadro de texto utilizado al cambiar desde/hacia el horario de verano.
    du Resume el espacio de uso de disco de cada archivo, de forma recursiva para los directorios.
    dumpcatalog Shows the contents of catalog files.
    dumpcatalog Muestra los contenidos de un archivo de catálogo.
    echo Muestra una línea de texto.
    egrep Vea grep.
    eject Expulsa medios extraíbles.
    filepanel Muestra un panel de archivos para abrir/guardar. (específico a Haiku)
    find Busca archivos en una jerarquía de directorios.
    finddir Busca directorios especiales definidos por el sistema.
    findpaths Prints all paths for system defined directory constants.
    findpaths Muestra todas las rutas de las constantes de directorio definidas por el sistema.
    fmt Reformatea los párrafos de un archivo.
    fold Ajusta las lineas de entrada de un archivo.
    fortune Imprime un adagio, posiblemente interesante, al azar.
    gunzip Vea gzip.
    gzexe Comprime/descomprime ejecutables.
    gzip Comprime/descomprime archivos.
    hd Vaciado hexadecimal.
    hd Volcado hexadecimal.
    head Imprime las primeras lineas de un archivo.
    hey Una pequeña herramienta útil al hacer scripts con aplicaciones de interfaz gráfica de usuario.
    hostname Imprime o establece el nombre de host del sistema.
    lessecho Hace eco de sus argumentos y expande metacaracteres, como * y ? en nombres de archivos.
    lesskey Establece la tecla clave para less.
    link Crea un enlace a un archivo.
    linkcatkeys Creates catalogs from catkeys.
    linkcatkeys Crea catálogos a partir de archivos de catálogos.
    listarea Muestra listado de información de área para todos los grupos actualmente en ejecución.
    listattr Muestra listado de atributos de un archivo. (específico a Haiku)
    listdev Muestra un listado de todos los dispositivos de hardware.
    mkdos Inicializa particiones FAT.
    mkfifo Crea canalizaciones con nombre.
    mkfs Crea un sistema de archivos.
    mkindex Crea un nuevo índice para un atributo. (específico a Haiku)
    mkindex Crea un nuevo índice para un atributo. (específico de Haiku)
    mktemp Crea directorio o archivo temporal de forma segura.
    modifiers Imprime teclas modificadores actualmente presionadas/no presionadas.
    more Vea less.
    more Véase less.
    mount Monta un sistema de archivos.
    mount_nfs Monta una partición NFS.
    mountvolume Monta un volumen por su nombre.
    settype Establece el tipo MIME de un archivo, su firma y aplicación predilecta.
    setversion Muestra la versión de un archivo.
    setvolume Establece el volumen de sonido del sistema.
    sftp Programa de transferencia de archivos.
    ftp Programa de transferencia de archivos.
    sh Vea bash.
    sha1sum Imprime o revisa sumas de control SHA1.
    shar Crea archivos de intérprete de comandos.
    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/Magnify
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs


    Magnify muestra una versión ampliada del área alrededor del puntero del ratón.

    magnify.png -

    At the top you'll find the size and magnification level of the area. "64 x 32 @ 8 pixels/pixel" means that you look at a 64x32 pixel rectangle around your mouse pointer and every pixel is enlarged by a factor of 8.

    +

    En la parte superior se encuentra el tamaño y nivel de aumento del área. "64 x 32 @ 8 píxeles/píxel" significa que se muestra un cuadrado de 64x32 píxeles alrededor del cursor y cada píxel es ampliado ocho veces.

    Debajo está el color del píxel marcado con una línea roja. Su color se muestra como un valor RGB hexadecimal.
    Se puede mover el marco rojo con las teclas ← / → / ↑ / ↓.

    Para medir distancias y alinear objetos, se pueden agregar dos guías azules con ALT H. Sus respectivas coordenadas X/Y se dirigen hacia la esquina superior, y, si se añaden ambas, su distancia X/Y mutua se muestra en la parte inferior.
    Pueden también ser movidas con las teclas ← / → / ↑ / ↓. La guía activa se marca con una "x".

    -

    You can move the mouse pointer pixel by pixel with ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓.

    -

    Clicking on the pop-up menu or right-clicking into the pixel grid gives you a number of options:

    +

    Se puede mover el puntero de píxel en píxel con las teclas ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓.

    +

    Hacer clic en el menú emergente o hacer clic derecho en la cuadrícula de píxeles muestra diversas opciones:

    - + - - + + diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/mail.html b/userguide/es/applications/mail.html index 6127cf81..641283e2 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/mail.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/mail.html @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@

    mail-icon_64.pngMail

    Guardar ImagenALT S Guarda lo mostrado en pantalla como un archivo PNG.
    Copiar ImagenALT C Guarda lo que se está visualizando en el portapapeles.
    Show infoALT T Shows additional information.
    Mostrar informaciónALT T Muestra información adicional.
    Añadir una guíaALT H Añade una marca alrededor de la que se puedea arrastrar.
    Eliminar una guíaALT SHIFT H Elimina la última guía añadida.
    Show gridALT G Shows a grid overlay.
    Freeze imageALT F Stops updating the magnification area.
    Mostrar cuadrículaALT G Muestra la cuadrícula superpuesta.
    Congelar imagenALT F Deja de actualizar la zona ampliada.
    Coordinación de stickALT I Permanece actualizando la zona ampliada,pero deja de seguir el cursor.
    Hacer cuadradoALT / Devuelve el cuadro mostrado antes de redimensionar la ventana.
    Reducir tamaño de ventanaALT - Reduce el tamaño de la zona ampliada alrededor del cursor.
    - + +

    Käytä vikasietoista grafiikka-ajuria
    + Järjestelmä käyttää VESA-tilaa eikä yritä käyttää videografiikka-ajureita.

    +

    Ota pois käytöstä IO-APIC
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä IO APIC-keskeytysreitityksen, pakotetaan sen sijaan perinne-PIC-keskeytysreititykseen.

    +

    Ota paikallinen APIC pois käytöstä
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä paikallisen APIC:in, ottaa pois käytöstä myös SMP:n.

    +

    Ota X2APIC pois käytöstä
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä toisen sukupolven APIC:n

    +

    Ota SMEP ja SMAP pois käytöstä
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä prosessorin SMEP/SMAP-turvaominaisuudet.

    +

    Ota SMP pois käytöstä
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä kaiken muun paitsi yhden prosessoriytimen.

    +

    Älä kutsu BIOS:ia
    + Estää järjestelmää kutsumasta BIOS-funktioita.

    +

    Ota APM pois käytöstä
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä Advanced Power Management -laitetuen, korvaa APM-asetukset käyttöjärjestelmäytimen asetustiedostossa.

    +

    Ota ACPI pois käytöstä
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä Advanced Configuration ja Power Interface -laitetuen, korvaa ACPI-asetukset käyttöjärjestelmäytimen asetustiedostossa.

    +

    Poista järjestelmäkomponentteja käytöstä
    + Sallii valita järjestelmätiedostoja, jotka ohitetaan. Hyödyllinen esim. otettaessa tilapäisesti ajureita pois käytöstä. Katso alla Vianjäljitys.

    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/Mail
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/Mail/
    ~/config/settings/Mail/Menu Links/ - los objetos puestos aquí aparecen en el menú contextual del buzón de correo
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html b/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html index 638519ed..e206d87b 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    mediaplayer-icon_64.pngMediaPlayer

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/MediaPlayer
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html b/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html index 77f550e9..5f48d563 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    midiplayer-icon_64.pngMidiPlayer

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/pe.html b/userguide/es/applications/pe.html index 9254173f..2589410d 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/pe.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/pe.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    pe-icon_64.pngPe

    - + diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/people.html b/userguide/es/applications/people.html index 3469b05e..e7e5d9d5 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/people.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/people.html @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    people-icon_64.pngPeople

    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe
    Documentación:/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/pe/*
    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/People
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/People_data
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html b/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html index 84304329..585b781b 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    poorman-icon_64.pngPoorMan

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings
    diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html b/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html index 75db6202..af556f39 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    screenshot-icon_64.pngScreenshot

    - + diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/es/applications/softwareupdater.html index 7493b102..0cfc586b 100644 --- a/userguide/es/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/es/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Cargador de arranque  » @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ Si todavía no existen, tendrá que crear los ficheros necesarios usted mismo. E
    - «  Preferencias  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Contenido  - +::  Cargador de arranque  »
    diff --git a/userguide/es/bootloader.html b/userguide/es/bootloader.html index 1b93b16e..d1ab5759 100644 --- a/userguide/es/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/es/bootloader.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ - Contenido -:: Disposición del sistema de archivos » + « Bash y scripting +:: Contenido +
    +
    La traducción de esta página aún no está completa. Hasta que lo esté, las partes sin traducir se muestran en el original en inglés.

    Cargador de arranque

    @@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ En computadoras que para arrancar usan UEFI en vez del antiguo BIOS, tendrá que

  • Si logra resolver sus problemas al activar la opción de Utilizar controlador de gráficos a prueba de fallas recurriendo a gráficos VESA, puede hacer que el ajuste sea permanente, quitando el # de la línea que dice #fail_safe_video_mode true en el archivo de texto /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

  • Si un controlador, extensión, etc. problemático está instalado bajo la jerarquía del sistema, las cosas se vuelven un poco más complicadas, porque esa área es de sólo léctura. En estos casos es que la opción Disable system components (Desactivar componentes del sistema) resulta útil. Con ella, puede navegar a través de todo el árbol del sistema y deshabilitar el componente que está causando problemas, al activar una de las entradas con la BARRA ESPACIADORA o con RETORNO. ESC lo regresa un nivel arriba al directorio padre.

    Existe un artículo en línea, Cómo deshabilitar componentes de paquetes (en inglés), que muestra cómo lograr que se mantengan los cambios.

    • -

  • Bajo Select boot volume (Elija el volumen de arranque) puede especificar cuál versión anterior de Haiku a arrancar. Cada vez que instale/desinstale un paquete, el estado anterior se guarda y puede iniciar en él seleccionandolo de la lista presentada en las opciones del cargador de arranque.
    -Por tanto, si encuentra problemas de arranque después de instalar algún paquete, inicie una versión de Haiku previa a ese momento, y desinstale el paquete infractor.

    • +

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    • index @@ -175,10 +175,9 @@ Los deferentes símbolos se corresponden con estas etapas de inicio:

    - - Contenido -:: Disposición del sistema de archivos » + « Bash y scripting +:: Contenido +
    diff --git a/userguide/es/contents.html b/userguide/es/contents.html index 3979dfa8..40f00095 100644 --- a/userguide/es/contents.html +++ b/userguide/es/contents.html @@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * ' * Humdinger + * ' * kervas + * Máximo Castañeda * miguel~1.mx * Oscar Carballal * @@ -173,12 +174,12 @@

    - + +Contenido +:: Deskbar (Barra de Escritorio) » @@ -156,8 +158,8 @@ Todos los favoritos se almacenan en /boot/home/config/setting

    Los replicantes son pequeñas partes autocontenidas de aplicaciones que pueden integrarse dentro de otros programas. Cuando está activada la opción para are Mostrar Replicantes del Deskbar, podrá reconocer una parte capaz de ser replicante por su pequeño manejador, normalmente en la esquina inferior derecha:

    replicant.png -

    El lugar más prominente que acepta replicantes es el escritorio. Simplemente arrastre y suelte el pequeño manejador dentro de él. Desde ese momento es parte del escritorio y la aplicación que origina al replicante no tiene que iniciarse para que trabaje.
    -Un clic derecho en un manejador de replicante ofrece un menú contextual para mostrar el cuadro de diálogo Acerca de de la aplicación que le origina y la opción de Remover Replicante.

    +

    El lugar más destacado que acepta replicantes es el escritorio. Simplemente arrastre y suelte el pequeño manejador dentro de él. Desde ese momento será parte del escritorio y la aplicación de origen del replicante no tiene que iniciarse para que funcione.
    +Hacer clic derecho sobre el manipulador del replicante ofrece un menú contextual para mostrar el cuadro de diálogo Acerca de de la aplicación de origen y la opción de Remover replicante. Para quitar un replicante también puede arrastrar y soltarlo en el ícono de la Papelera.

    Si llegara a experimentar dificultades con un replicante en el escritorio y simplemente no pudiera deshacerse de él, borre a ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Desafortunadamente, esto removerá todos los replicantes del escritorio.

    Ejemplos de aplicaciones que pueden tener replicantes son los gráficos del Monitor de Actividades, el applet Espacios de trabajo o la Calculadora de Escritorio.

    @@ -165,9 +167,10 @@ Un clic derecho en un manejador de replicante ofrece un menú contextual para mo
    - « Disposición del sistema de archivos -:: Contenido -:: Espacios de trabajo » + +Contenido +:: Deskbar (Barra de Escritorio) »
    diff --git a/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/es/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/es/index.html b/userguide/es/index.html index 881ee6ec..f16fab82 100644 --- a/userguide/es/index.html +++ b/userguide/es/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/es/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/es/preferences/filetypes.html index 514ad4aa..eb07bb8d 100644 --- a/userguide/es/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/es/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * miguel~1.mx * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@     +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Almacena todos los tipos MIME como directorios.
    Barra de escritorio:Applications
    Barra de escritorio:Aplicaciones
    Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
    /bin/screenshot
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/screenshot
    Team Monitor (Monitor de actividad) Salir de aplicaciones o componentes de sistema que no respondan.
    Shortcuts and key combinations
    Atajos y combinaciones de teclas Los atajos de teclado más comunes para acelerar el flujo de trabajo.
    Desktop Applets
      @@ -192,34 +193,34 @@
    Preferences Configurando y poniendo a punto tu sistema.
    + Apariencia
    + Fondos de pantalla
    + Traductores de datos
    + Barra de escritorio + Correo electrónico
    + Tipos de archivo
    + Entrada
    + Mapa de teclado + Idioma
    + Medios
    + Redes
    + Impresoras + Repositorios
    + Pantalla
    + Salvapantallas
    + Atajos + Memoria virtual
    - Appearance
    - Backgrounds
    - DataTranslations
    - Deskbar    		 - E-mail
    - FileTypes
    - Input
    - Keymap    		 - Locale
    - Media
    - Network
    - Printers    		 - Repositories
    - Screen
    - ScreenSaver
    - Shortcuts    		 - Sounds
    - Time
    + Sonidos
    + Hora
    Tracker
    - VirtualMemory
    Barra de escritorio:Preferencias
    Ubicación:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Almacena todos los tipos MIME como directorios.

    Por favor remítase al tema Tipos de archivo y al tutorial de trabajo Tipos de archivo, atributos, indexado y consultas que explican la mayoría de este panel de preferencias.

    diff --git a/userguide/es/preferences/input.html b/userguide/es/preferences/input.html index f1904f59..925276e6 100644 --- a/userguide/es/preferences/input.html +++ b/userguide/es/preferences/input.html @@ -75,41 +75,41 @@

    input-icon_64.pngEntrada

    - +
    Barra de escritorio:Preferences
    Barra de escritorio:Preferencias
    Ubicación:/boot/system/preferences/Input
    Configuraciones:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    ~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    ~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings


    -

    The Input preferences combine the formerly separate panels for keyboard, mouse and touchpad, plus any other input device recognized by the system. The devices are listed to the left, while the panel to the right changes according to the available settings for the selected device.

    +

    El panel de preferencias de entrada combina los cuadros de configuración de teclado, ratón y panel táctil anteriormente separados, más cualquier otro dispositivo de entrada reconocido por el sistema. La lista de dispositivos se encuentra a la izquierda, mientras que el panel a la derecha cambia de acuerdo con las configuraciones disponibles para el dispositivo seleccionado.

    index Teclado

    keyboard.png -

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    +

    Selecciona la velocidad de repetición y el retardo para que una tecla presionada comience a repetirse. Puede probar las selecciones en el campo de texto en la parte inferior.

    - - + +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    Valores predeterminados restablece todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revertir restaura los ajustes a como estaban al iniciar el panel de ajustes de teclado.

    index Ratón

    mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    +

    Primero seleccione su tipo de ratón: de 1, 2 o 3 botones. Se puede simular el segundo botón (o sea, el derecho) del ratón manteniendo presionado CTRL mientras hace clic con el botón izquierdo. Para el tercer botón de ratón (es decir, el central), la combinación es CTRL ALT y hacer clic con el botón izquierdo.

    +

    Se pueden cambiar de lugar los botones haciendo clic sobre ellos y eligiendo su nueva poición en el menú emergente.

    +

    Con los deslizadores a la derecha podrá ajustar la velocidad del doble clic, la velocidad del ratón y su aceleración. El área de prueba debajo de la imagen de un ratón puede usarse para verificar si la velocidad del doble clic es la adecuada: si al hacer doble clic sobre una palabra no la selecciona, es por que el ajuste está establecido en un nivel demasiado rápido (o tendrá que habituarse a hacer clic más rápidamente).

    +

    Hay tres Modos de enfoque que determinan cómo reaccionan las ventanas a los clics:

    - - + +
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Click to focus and raise Esta es la configuración predeterminada: al hacer clic en la ventana esta recibe el enfoque y es traída a primer plano.
    Click to focus Hacer clic en una ventana solamente le da enfoque, pero no la traerá a primer plano automaticamente. Para hacer eso, deberá hacer clic en su pestaña de título o borde o hacer clic en cualquier lugar mientras mantiene presionadas las teclas de gestión de ventanas CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    +

    Todas las configuraciones se aplican inmediatamente.

    - - + +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    Valores predeterminados restablece todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revertir restaura los ajustes a como estaban al iniciar el panel de ajustes de ratón.

    index @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - + +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    Valores predeterminados restablece todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revertir restaura los ajustes a como estaban al iniciar el panel de ajustes de panel táctil.

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    diff --git a/userguide/es/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/es/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9d9829f9..00000000 --- a/userguide/es/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Teclado - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Tipos de archivo  -::  Preferencias  -::  Distribución de teclado  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferencias
    Ubicación:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Configuración:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Selecciona la velocidad de repetición y el retardo para que una tecla presionada comience a repetirse. Puede probar las selecciones en el campo de texto en la parte inferior.

    - - - -
    Valores predeterminados restablece todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revertir regresa las selecciones que estuvieron activas cuando se abrió el cuadro de diálogo de preferencias Keyboard.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html index c2d85658..e37c54ee 100644 --- a/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Ratón - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferencias  -::  Red  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferencias
    Ubicación:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Configuración:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Primero seleccione su tipo de ratón: de 1, 2 o 3 botones. Se puede simular el segundo botón (=derecho) del ratón manteniendo presionado CTRL mientras hace clic con el botón izquierdo. Para el tercer botón de ratón (=centro), la combinación es CTRL ALT y hacer clic con el botón izquierdo. Un clic central es simulado también haciendo clic a la vez con los botones izquierdo y derecho. Útil para notebooks, que no suelen tener un tercer botón.

    -

    Se pueden cambiar de lugar los botones dando clic sobre ellos y eligiendo su nueva poición en el menú emergente.

    -

    Con los controles de deslizador a la derecha, se ajusta la velocidad del doble click, la velocidad del ratón y la aceleración. El área de prueba bajo el gráfico del ratón puede usarse para revisar si la velocidad del doble clic es de su gusto: si el hacer doble clic sobre una palabra no la selecciona, es por que el ajuste está establecido en muy rápido (o tendrá que habituarse a hacer clic más rapidamente…

    -

    Hay tres Modalidades de enfoque que determinan cómo reaccionan las ventanas a los clics:

    - - - - -
    Clic para enfocar y traer a primer plano Este es la configuración predeterminada: haga clic en la ventana y recibe el enfoque y es traída a primer plano.
    Clic para enfocar Hacer clic en una ventana solamente le da enfoque, pero no la traerá a primer plano automaticamente. Para hacer eso, deberá hacer clic en su pestaña de título o borde o hacer clic en cualquier lugar mientras mantiene presionadas las teclas de gestión de ventanas CTRL ALT.
    Enfoque sigue al ratónLa ventana bajo el ratón automaticamente obtiene el enfoque. Esto la trae a primer plano, tal como se describe en el modo clic para enfocar.
    -

    Activar la opción Aceptar primer clic le libera de tener que primero poner el enfoque en la ventana inactiva para poder activar los "widgets" como botones o menú. Esto conlleva el riesgo de involuntariamente cerrar una ventana, por ejemplo, por presionar accidentalmente el botón de cerrar cuando apunta por la pestaña de la ventana. Por el otro lado acelera su flujo de trabajo considerablemente.

    -

    Todas las configuraciones se aplican inmediatamente.

    - - - -
    Valores predeterminados restablece todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revertir restaura la configuración que había en funcionamiento cuando se inició "Mouse preferences" (Preferencias del ratón)
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferencias  -::  Red  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/es/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/es/preferences/screen.html index 172bcdb0..563d2053 100644 --- a/userguide/es/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/es/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferencias
    Ubicación:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Configuración:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Este panel ofrece bastantes opciones de configuración relacionadas con el Touchpad que son interesantes cuando se esté usndo en una notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    Al arrastrar las líneas rojas horizontal y vertical en la representación del touchpad, se seleccionan el área de desplazamiento (ligeramente roja contra el área general de toque, en gris). Al mover un dedo en esa parte del pad se moverán las barras de desplazamiento de una ventana de forma correspondiente.

    -

    A la derecha hay deslizadores para seleccionar la aceleración de desplazamiento y la velocidad de desplazamiento horizontal y vertical.
    -La selección de aceleración decide cuán más rápida se desplaza una lista si se mueve sobre el área de desplazamiento muy rápido. Las velocidades de desplaamiento controlan la velocidad general cuando se usa el área de desplazamiento de manera "normal".

    -

    Debajo del gráfico del touchpad hay casillas de verificación para habilitar el "Desplazamiento con dos dedos" para el deslizamiento horizontal y vertical. Se mueven dos dedos en paralelo para mover las barras de desplazamiento de una ventana. Al menos para algunas personas, funciona mejor si con un dedo se mueve con un dedo de la mano izquierda y otro con uno de la mano derecha.
    -Si se siente cómodo con esta característica, puede usarla con la selección de áreas de desplazamiento y en su lugar utilizar todo el pad para la navegación normal.

    -

    Al fondo está otro deslizador para seleccionar la sensibilidad de clic al dar golpe. Si se ignoran sus golpes, incremente la sensibilidad. Si el sistem registra clics todo el tiempo, mientras todo lo que desea es mover el puntero del ratón, intente decrementarla.

    - - - -
    Valores predeterminados restablece todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revertir (Revertir) regresa las configuraciones que estuvieron activas cuando se abrió el cuadro de diálogo preferencias del Touchpad.
    -

    Aquí hay un consejo no relacionado a las preferencias de Touchpad, pero cabe mencionarlo en el tema general:
    -¿Sabía que se puede arrastrar y colocar sólo con el touchpad, p. ej., sin usar los botones? Sólo haga doble clic sin levantar el dedo después del segundo clic. El icono elegido se pegará al puntero del ratón y podrá desplazarlo moviendo el dedo. Al levantar el dedo se soltará el icono.

    -

    Si el dedo alcanzara una orilla del touchpad mientras se arrastra un icono, pero el puntero del ratón todavía no haya alcanzado la orilla de la pantalla, ̉cómo puede mantener el objeto en movimiento? Tan pronto como levante su dedo, el icono se soltaría.
    -Dependiendo de su hardware, hay una linda característica: sólo deje su dedo sin levantarlo en la orilla del touchpad. El puntero del ratón se mantendrá moviendo en piloto automático.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferencias  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/es/preferences/virtualmemory.html b/userguide/es/preferences/virtualmemory.html index 55cf109c..de77b552 100644 --- a/userguide/es/preferences/virtualmemory.html +++ b/userguide/es/preferences/virtualmemory.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * ' * miguel~1.mx * Oscar Carballal * @@ -61,7 +62,6 @@
    -
    La traducción de esta página aún no está completa. Hasta que lo esté, las partes sin traducir se muestran en el original en inglés.

    virtualmemory-icon_64.pngVirtualMemory

    @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@

    La memoria virtual permite al sistema intercambiar memoria hacia el disco duro, si la RAM pudiera usarse más sensiblemente para otras cosas. Así, incluso si se tuvieran montones de RAM, el proporcionar memoria virtual nunca es una mala idea.

    virtualmemory.png -

    Normally, the swap file is written to the boot partition. If you're running low on free memory there, you can deactivate the Automatic swap management and choose another mounted partition from the popup menu. The swap file size is set with the slider below.
    -If you often run into disk thrashing due to the virtual memory system swapping memory in and out, you can try to use a separate harddisk for you swap file to avoid I/O congestion. Simply another partition on the same harddisk with your system/data won't help. Upgrading your RAM is of course the most effective way to go...

    +

    Por lo general, el archivo de intercambio se escribe en la partición de arranque. En caso de tener poco espacio libre en esa partición, es posible desactivar la Gestión automática del archivo de intercambio y elegir otra partición montada desde el menú emergente. El tamaño del archivo de intercambio se configura con el deslizador ubicado abajo.
    +Si sucede frecuentemente que el disco se sobrecargue por haber un intercambio constante entre la memoria y la memoria de intercambio, intente usar un disco duro aparte para el archivo de intercambio, para evitar atascos en la entrada y salida. En estos casos de alta demanda, utilizar otra partición en el mismo disco duro en donde está el sistema o los datos no será de ayuda. Por supuesto, la forma más efectiva de mejorar el rendimiento es añadir más memoria RAM.

    diff --git a/userguide/es/queries.html b/userguide/es/queries.html index a845a24e..9de9a4d4 100644 --- a/userguide/es/queries.html +++ b/userguide/es/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/es/tracker.html b/userguide/es/tracker.html index 01cf4947..1872e933 100644 --- a/userguide/es/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/es/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -68,16 +69,15 @@
    Valores predeterminados restablece todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revertir regresa las selecciones que estaban activas cuando se inició el cuadro de diálogo de preferencias VirtualMemory.
    + Cómo conectarse a una red inalámbrica
    + Conectarse a través de la línea de comandos
    + Hacer que funcione el hardware compatible
    Índice
    - Joining a wireless network
    - Joining from the command line
    - Getting supported hardware to work -

    Taller: Redes inalámbricas

    -

    Getting the networking to run is essential in today's need for permanent internet connection. As keeping up to date with all the different and ever changing hardware and drivers is quite impossible for a small project, Haiku relies on a FreeBSD compatibility layer for its networking drivers.
    -This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See FreeBSD 13.0's release hardware notes for a list of supported models.

    +

    Hoy en día existe la necesidad de tener una conexión permanente a internet, y para ello es esencial tener la red funcionando. La variedad de controladores y dispositivos existentes es amplia y siempre cambiante, y lograr mantener compatibilidad al día es prácticamente imposible para un pequeño proyecto. Por esta razón, Haiku se ampara de una capa de compatibilidad con FreeBSD para sus controladores de red.
    +Con esto, se asegura una cantidad masiva de hardware compatible, aunque probablemente no el 100% de lo que hay en el mercado. Véase las notas de publicación FreeBSD 13.0 sobre el hardware para consultar una lista de los modelos admitidos.

    Actualmente sólo está previsto que funcionen los dispositivos PCI, PCI-X, PCI-Express, Mini PCI, y Mini PCI-Express.
    Los dispositivos PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, ISA y USB todavía requieren de trabajo adicional para que puedan ser funcionales.
    @@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ Los dispositivos PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, ISA y USB todavía requieren de t

    Haiku se unirá, de forma predeterminada, a la primera red inalámbrica no cifrada que encuentre después de arrancar. Para unirse a una red específica, use el applet de Escritorio NetworkStatus.

    Dele un clic derecho en el ícono de la Barra de Escritorio y seleccione el nombre público de la red (que es la "SSID" que difunde) desde el menú contextual.

    join-network.png -

    Se abrirá una ventana donde ingresa el tipo de autenticación (probablemente WPA/WPA2, WEP ya no es un cifrado seguro!) y la contraseña para esa red inalámbrica. Dele clic a Aceptar para iniciar el proceso de inicio de sesión.
    Dependiendo de su configuración de red y hardware esto podría llevar algo de tiempo. Se le mantendrá informado sobre el avance a través de notificaciones:

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    Una vez que aparezca "Listo" y el ícono NetworkStatus de la Barra de Escritorio muestre una luz verde, la conexión estará establecida. Si las notificaciones terminan en "Sin conexión" y un triángulo amarillo, algo salió mal, tal vez una contraseña incorrecta.

    @@ -109,12 +110,12 @@ La salida muestra el nombre público (SSID), dirección MAC, intensidad de la se

    index Como hacer funcionar hardware compatible

    -

    All supported modern wireless hardware works out of the box and you don't have to download/install any additional firmware.

    +

    Todo el hardware de comunicación inalámbrica soportado funciona de forma predeterminada y no va a ser necesario descargar o instalar algún archivo de firmware suplementario.

    -

    Only a few quite old chipsets (Intel 2100/2200/2225/2915, Broadcom 43xx, Marvell 88w8335) require binary firmware modules that Haiku cannot include due to licensing issues, though. To get these wireless cards to work, a simple script is included which will retrieve and install all of the needed proprietary bits for you.

    +

    Sólo algunos circuitos integrados o «chipsets» (como Intel 2100/2200/2225/2915, Broadcom 43xx, Marvell 88w8335) necesitan módulos de firmware binarios que sin embargo Haiku no puede incluir por cuestiones legales. Para hacer que estas tarjetas de inalámbricas funcionen, existe un comando sencillo que descargará e instalará en su lugar todos estos archivos propietarios.

    Abra una Terminal y escriba:

    install-wifi-firmwares.sh
    -

    Ahora repase la licencia y aceptela si está de acuerdo para instalar todos los archivos de firmware disponibles.

    +

    Ahora lea la licencia y acéptela si está de acuerdo para instalar todos los archivos de firmware disponibles.

    En caso que no pudiera obtener los archivos binarios de firmware a través del script install-wifi-firmwares.sh (por ejemplo, debido a una falta de conexión de otro tipo desde adentro de Haiku), también puede descargar este script de intérprete de comandos, y ejecutarlo desde otro sistema operativo que tenga instalados wget y zip.
    Los usuarios de Windows deberán tener wget y zip para Windows instalados en sus ubicaciones predeterminadas y usar este archivo por lotes.
    diff --git a/userguide/es/workspaces.html b/userguide/es/workspaces.html index 98689571..0e59f6b5 100644 --- a/userguide/es/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/es/workspaces.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Vincent Duvert * miguel~1.mx * Oscar Carballal - * Vincent Duvert * --> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

  • 日本語
    • - « Interfaz gráfica de usuario de Haiku + « Aplicaciones :: Contenido :: Twitcher (seleccionador de aplicaciones) »
    @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ También, dar click en la aplicación o en una de sus ventanas en el Deskbar, le
    diff --git a/userguide/fi/applications.html b/userguide/fi/applications.html index 9437a1db..d1ec9a0f 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/applications.html +++ b/userguide/fi/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Käynnistyslataaja  »
    @@ -111,9 +111,9 @@ Jos niitä ei jo ole olemassa, sinun on lisättävä tarvittavat tiedostot itse.
    - «  Asetukset  + «  Työpaja: Langaton verkko  ::  Sisältö  - +::  Käynnistyslataaja  »
    diff --git a/userguide/fi/bootloader.html b/userguide/fi/bootloader.html index a9f8938c..2bae81a5 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/fi/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Sisältö -:: Tiedostojärjestelmäsijoittelu » + « Bash ja skriptaus +:: Sisältö +
    -
    Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.

    Käynnistyslataaja

    @@ -79,35 +77,35 @@

    Valitse turvatilavalitsimet Laitteistopulmien tapahtuessa voit kokeilla useita valitsimia tai jos järjestelmä tulee epästabiiliksi tai sitä ei pysty käynnistämään huonosti käyttäytyvän lisäosan vuoksi. Kun valintapalkin siirtää valitsimelle, niin näytön alalaitaan ilmaantuu lyhyt selite.
    -

    Safe mode
    - Puts the system into safe mode. This can be enabled independently from the other options.

    -

    Disable user add-ons
    - Prevents all user installed add-ons from being loaded. Only the add-ons in the system directory will be used. See Troubleshooting below.

    -

    Disable IDE DMA
    - Disables IDE DMA, increasing IDE compatibility at the expense of performance.

    -

    Ignore memory beyond 4 GiB
    - Ignores all memory beyond the 4 GiB address limit, overriding the setting in the kernel settings file. +

    Turvatila
    + Laittaa järjestelmän turvatilaan. Tämä voidaan ottaa käyttöön riippumatta muista valitsimista.

    +

    Ota pois käytöstä käyttäjälisäosat
    + Estää kaikkien käyttäjän asentamien lisäosien latauksen. Vain järjestelmähakemistossa sijaitsevia lisäosia käytetään. Katso alla Vianjäljitys.

    +

    Ota IDE DMA pois käytöstä
    + Ottaa pois käytöstä IDE DMA:an, lisää IDE-yhteensopivuutta suorituskyvyn kustannuksella.

    +

    Ohita muisti 4:n gibitavun takana
    + Ohittaa kaiken muistin 4:n gibitavun rajan takana, korvaa asetukset käyttöjärjestelmäytimen asetustiedostossa.

    -

    Use fail-safe graphics driver
    - The system will use VESA mode and won't try to use any video graphics drivers.

    -

    Disable IO-APIC
    - Disables using the IO APIC for interrupt routing, forcing the use of the legacy PIC instead.

    -

    Disable local APIC
    - Disables using the local APIC, also disables SMP.

    -

    Disable X2APIC
    - Disables second generation APIC.

    -

    Disable SMEP and SMAP
    - Disables SMEP/SMAP security features of the CPU.

    -

    Disable SMP
    - Disables all but one CPU core.

    -

    Don't call the BIOS
    - Stops the system from calling BIOS functions.

    -

    Disable APM
    - Disables Advanced Power Management hardware support, overriding the APM setting in the kernel settings file.

    -

    Disable ACPI
    - Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.

    -

    Disable system components
    - Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.

    Valitse vianjäljitysvalitsimet Tästä löydät useita valitsimia, jotka opastavat vianjäljityksessä tai lisätietojen hakemisessa vikailmoitukseen. Taas näytön alalaidassa näytetään lyhyt selite.
    @@ -140,11 +138,11 @@

    • Turvatila-aktivointi estää useimpien palvelin-, taustaprosessi- ja KäyttäjäKäynnistysSkriptien käynnistymisen.

    • Ota pois käytöstä käyttäjälisäosat-aktivointi estää kaikkien lisäosien käytön (ajurit, kääntäjät, jne.), jotka olet asentanut kotikansion alaiseen hierarkkiaan.

      • -

    • Jos Käyttäjäturvallisen grafiikkaohjaimen käyttö-aktivointi ratkaisee pulmasi putoamalla takaisin VESA-grafiikkaan, voit tehdä tämän asetuksen pysyväksi poistamalla merkin # riviltä #fail_safe_video_mode true tekstitiedostosta /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

      • -

    • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

      -

      Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

      • -

    • Kohdasta Valitse käynnistyslevy voit määritellä, että minkä aikaisemman ”version” käynnistät. Joka kerta kun asennat pakkauksen tai poistat sen, vanha tila tallennetaan ja voit käynnistää järjestelmän siihen tilaan valitsemalla sen käynnistyslatausvalitsimissa esitetystä luettelosta.
      -Joten jos kohtaat käynnistyspulmia jonkun pakkauksen asentamisen jälkeen, käynnistä Haiku-versioon ennen sitä aikaa ja poista haittallinen pakkaus.

      • +

    • Jos Käytä vikasietoista grafiikka-ajuria-aktivointi ratkaisee pulmasi putoamalla takaisin VESA-grafiikkatilaan, voit tehdä tämän asetuksen pysyväksi poistamalla merkin # riviltä #fail_safe_video_mode true tekstitiedostosta /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

      • +

    • Jos häiritsevä ajuri, lisäosa jne. on asennettu järjestelmähierarkiaan, asiat ovat hiukan mutkikkaampia, koska se alue on kirjoitussuojattu. Tässä Poista järjestelmäkomponentteja käytöstä voi näytellä tärkeää roolia. Sen avulla voit navigoida läpi koko järjestelmähierarkian ja ottaa pois käytöstä komponentit, jotka sotkevat järjestelmää merkitsemällä kohteita VÄLILYÖNTI-näppäimellä tai RETURN-näppäimellä. ESC-näppäin palauttaa sinut yhden tason ylöspäin ylempään hakemistoon.

      +

      Verkossa oleva artikkeli Poistetaan pakkausten komponentteja käytöstä näyttää, kuinka tästä asetuksesta tekee pysyvän.

      • +

    • Kohdasta Valitse käynnistyslevy voit määritellä, että minkä aikaisemman Haikun ”version” käynnistät. Joka kerta kun asennat pakkauksen tai poistat sen, vanha tila tallennetaan ja voit käynnistää järjestelmän siihen tilaan valitsemalla sen käynnistyslatausvalitsimissa esitetystä luettelosta.
      +Joten jos kohtaat käynnistyspulmia jonkun pakkauksen asentamisen jälkeen, käynnistä Haiku-versioon ennen sitä aikaa ja poista haittallinen pakkaus. Voit palata pysyvästi määrättyyn Haiku-versioon kuten kuvaillaan kohdassa Ohjelmistopäivittäjä.

    index @@ -168,10 +166,9 @@ Joten jos kohtaat käynnistyspulmia jonkun pakkauksen asentamisen jälkeen, käy
    - - Sisältö -:: Tiedostojärjestelmäsijoittelu » + « Bash ja skriptaus +:: Sisältö +
    diff --git a/userguide/fi/deskbar.html b/userguide/fi/deskbar.html index 900f7916..937b274f 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/fi/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Työpöytäpalkki + « Kyselyt :: Sisältö :: Attribuutit » @@ -107,14 +108,14 @@

    Vain argumentit ilmoittaa, että sovellus ei vastaa viesteihin.
    Taustasovellus Sovellus ei ole näkyvissä Vaihtajaohjelmassa tai Työpöytäpalkin suoritettavien ohjelmien luettelossa.
    -

    Sitten siellä on tuettujen tiedostotyyppien luettelo. Voit lisätä (tai poistaa) tiedostotyyppejä, jos ajattelet, että sovellus voi käsitellä niitä. Seurauksena sovellus ilmaantuu ensisijaisen sovelluksen valikkoon tai Seuraajan Avaa sovelluksella...-asiayhteysvalikkoon, kun napsautat hiiren kakkospainikkeella tuon tyyppistä tiedostoa.

    +

    Sitten siellä on tuettujen tiedostotyyppien luettelo. Voit lisätä (tai poistaa) tiedostotyyppejä, jos ajattelet, että sovellus voi käsitellä niitä. Siitä seuraa, että sovellus ilmaantuu ensisijaisen sovelluksen valikkoon tai Seuraajan Avaa sovelluksella...-asiayhteysvalikkoon, kun napsautat hiiren kakkospainikkeella tuon tyyppistä tiedostoa.

    Alimmaisen on versio- ja copyright-tiedot. Kuten sovellusallekirjoitus, ne täyttää sovelluksen kehittäjä eikä niitä pitäisi muuttaa.

    index Yleiset tiedostotyypit-asetukset

    Tiedostotyypit-asetukset ei käsittele yksittäisiä tiedostoja vaan yleisiä tiedostotyypin asetuksia. Voit vaihtaa oletuskuvaketta ja ensisijaista ohjelmaa tai lisätä, poistaa ja muuttaa koko tiedostotyypin attribuuttteja. Voit jopa luoda oman tiedostyypin tyhjästä.

    -

    Kaikki tiedostotyypit ja niiden asetukset tallennetaan kansioon /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Ennenkuin aloitat kokeilun, saatta olla järkevä tehdä varmuuskopio tuosta kansiosta...

    +

    Kaikki tiedostotyypit ja niiden asetukset tallennetaan kansioon /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Ennenkuin aloitat kokeilun, saatta olla järkevä tehdä varmuuskopio tuosta kansiosta...

    Opi lisää Tiedostotyypit-asetuksista katsomalla työpajaa: Tiedostotyypit, Attribuutit, Indeksi ja Kyselyt.

    @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
    - « Työpöytäpalkki + « Kyselyt :: Sisältö :: Attribuutit »
    diff --git a/userguide/fi/gui.html b/userguide/fi/gui.html index a8b2ef18..16e06274 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/gui.html +++ b/userguide/fi/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Sisältö +:: Työpöytäpalkki »
    @@ -151,7 +152,8 @@ Pidä taas alhaalla painiketta Alt Gr/OPT, ja ne reunat Kopiot

    Kopiot ovat pieniä itsensä sisältäviä sovellusosia, jotka on integroitu toisiin sovelluksiin. Edellyttäen, että Seuraajan valitsin Näytä kopiot on aktivoitu, tunnistat sovelluksen kopio-osan pienestä kahvasta, joka on normaalisti oikeassa alakulmassa:

    replicant.png -

    Huomioonherättävin paikka, joka hyväksyy kopiot on työpöytä. Yksinkertaisesti raahaat ja pudotat pienen kahvan sille. Siitä alkaen se on osa työpöytää ja sovellus, josta Kopio on lähtöisin, ei tarvitse käynnistyä toimiakseen.
    Hiiren kakkospainikkeen painallus kopiokahvassa tarjoaa asiayhteysvalikon, joka näyttää alkuperäsovelluksen Ohjelmasta-ikkunan ja Poista kopio-valikon.

    +

    Huomioonherättävin paikka, joka hyväksyy kopiot on työpöytä. Yksinkertaisesti raahaat ja pudotat pienen kahvan sille. Siitä alkaen se on osa työpöytää ja sovellus, josta Kopio on lähtöisin, ei tarvitse käynnistyä toimiakseen.
    +Hiiren kakkospainikkeen painallus kopiokahvassa tarjoaa asiayhteysvalikon, joka näyttää alkuperäsovelluksen Ohjelmasta-ikkunan ja Poista kopio-valikon. Toinen tapa kopion poistamiseen on yksinkertaisesta raahata & pudottaa se Roskakori-kuvakkeeseen.

    Jos sinulla on vaikeuksia kopion kanssa työpöydällä ja et pääse niistä eroon, poista ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Valitettavasti tämä poistaa kaikki kopiot työpöydältä.

    Esimerkkejä kopioitavista sovelluksista ovat Aktiviteettivalvonta-ohjelman graafit, Työtilat-sovelma tai Työpöytälaskin.

    @@ -159,9 +161,10 @@ Pidä taas alhaalla painiketta Alt Gr/OPT, ja ne reunat
    - « Tiedostojärjestelmäsijoittelu -:: Sisältö -:: Työtilat » + +Sisältö +:: Työpöytäpalkki »
    diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/fi/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index aa472a82..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/fi/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fi/index.html b/userguide/fi/index.html index b0e93c78..ceaf4cd9 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/index.html +++ b/userguide/fi/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Seuraajalisäosat + « Ryhmävalvonta :: Sisältö -:: Työpöytäpalkki » +:: Työpöytäsovelmat » @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Navigoi avaruudellisesti käytettävissä olevien työtilojen rivejä tai sarakkeita. Lisää yhdistelmään VAIHTO niin saat aktiivin ikkunan mukanasi. Alt Gr/OPTNäppäimen Alt Gr pitäminen alhaalla raahattaessa ikkuna lähelle toisen ikkunan välilehteä tai reunaa aiheuttaa niiden pinoamisen tai asettumisen rinnakkaisiksi tiiliksi (katso kappale Haikun graafinen käyttöliittymä). -Alt Gr/OPT↑ / ↓Askeltaa nykyisen työtilan avoimien ikkunoiden lävitse. +Alt Gr/OPT ↑ / ↓Askeltaa nykyisen työtilan avoimien ikkunoiden lävitse. CTRL ALT + hiiren ykköspainikeNapsauttaminen ja raahaaminen hiiren ykköspainikkeella siirtää ikkunan (see chapter Haikun graafinen käyttöliittymä). CTRL ALT + hiiren kakkospainikeNapsauttaminen ja raahaaminen hiiren kakkospainikkeella muuttaa ikkunan koon (see chapter Haikun graafinen käyttöliittymä). @@ -169,9 +170,9 @@ Sen sijaan että hyppäisin hakumerkkijonon ensimmäiseen ilmentymään, Seuraaj
    - « Seuraajalisäosat + « Ryhmävalvonta :: Sisältö -:: Työpöytäpalkki » +:: Työpöytäsovelmat »
    diff --git a/userguide/fi/preferences.html b/userguide/fi/preferences.html index fe79e178..207b3ec3 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/fi/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/fi/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/fi/preferences/filetypes.html index 3cbc02b5..67c8c14f 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/fi/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Työpöytäpalkki:Asetukset Sijainti:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Asetukset:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Tallentaa kaikki MIME-tyypit kansioina. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Tallentaa kaikki MIME-tyypit kansioina.

    Viittaa aiheisiin Tiedostotyypit ja työpaja Tiedostotyypit, Attribuutit, Indeksi ja Kyselyt, jotka selittävät suurimman osan tästä asetuspaneelista.

    diff --git a/userguide/fi/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/fi/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9cb6a9f1..00000000 --- a/userguide/fi/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Näppäimistö - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Tiedostotyypit  -::  Asetukset  -::  Näppäimistökuvaus  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngNäppäimistö

    - - - - -
    Työpöytäpalkki:Asetukset
    Sijainti:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Asetukset:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Aseta toistonopeus ja viive siihen, kunnes näppäimen alaspainallus käynnistää toiston. Voit testata asetuksiasi kirjoitustestausalueella alhaalla.

    - - - -
    Oletukset nollaa kaikki oletusarvoihin.
    Palauta palauttaa asetukset, jotka olivat voimassa kun käynnistit Näppäimistöasetukset.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/fi/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/fi/preferences/keymap.html index 63f48325..c775f97c 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/fi/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Hiiri - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Asetukset  -::  Verkkoasetukset  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngHiiri

    - - - - -
    Työpöytäpalkki:Asetukset
    Sijainti:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Asetukset:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Asetat ensimmäisenä hiiresi tyypin: 1-, 2- tai 3-painikkeinen hiiri. Voit matkia 2. (=oikeaa) hiiren painiketta pitämällä alhaalla CTRL-näppäintä samalla kun napsautat vasemmalla painikkeella. Hiiren 3. (=keskimmäinen) painiketta varten voit käyttää CTRL- ja ALT-näppäintä sekä hiiren vasenta painiketta.

    -

    Voit järjestää uudelleen hiiren painikkeet napsauttamalla niitä ja valitsemalla uusi merkitys ponnahdusvalikosta.

    -

    Oikealla olevilla liukukytkimillä voit säätää kaksoisnapsautuksen nopeutta, hiiren nopeutta ja kiihtyvyyttä. Testialuealuetta hiiren graafisen kuvan alla voidaan käyttää tarkistamaan, että kaksoisnapsautusnopeus vastaa omaa makuasi: jos kaksoisnapsautus ei valitse sitä se asettuu liian nopeasti (tai sinun on totuttava napsauttamaan nopeammin....

    -

    Ikkunat reagoivat hiiren napsautuksiin kolmen Kohdistustila-valikon määrittelyn mukaisesti:

    - - - - -
    Napsauta kohdistusta ja nostoa varten Tämä on oletusasetus: napsautat ikkunaa, se saa kohdistuksen ja nousee päällimmäiseksi.
    Napsauta kohdistamista varten Ikkunan napsauttaminen antaa sille kohdistuksen, mutta ei nosta sitä automaattisesti. Sen tekemiseksi sinun on joko napsautettava sen otsaketta tai rajaa tai napsauttaa mihin tahansa pitäen samalla ikkunan hallintanäppäimiä CTRL ALT alhaalla.
    Kohdistin seuraa hiirtäHiiren kohdistimen alla oleva ikkuna saa automaattisesti kohdistuksen. Sen todellinen nostaminen päällimmäiseksi tapahtuu, kuten on kuvatu valikossa Napsauta kohdistamista varten
    -

    Aktivoimalla Hyväksy ensimmäinen napsautus vapauttaa sinut laittamasta ensin kohdistuksen epäaktiiviin ikkunaan, jotta voit aktivoida käyttöliittymäkomponentin kuten painikkeen tai valikon. Tämä sisältää riskin ikkunan sulkemisesta tahattomasti, esimerkiksi lyömällä vahingossa sulje-painiketta, kun tähdätään ikkunan välilehteen. Toisaalta se nopeuttaa työnkulkuasi merkittävästi.

    -

    Kaikki asetukset toteutetaan välittömästi.

    - - - -
    Oletukset nollaa kaikki oletusarvoihin.
    Palauta tuo takaisi asetukset, jotka olivat voimassa Hiiriasetus-sovellusta käynnistettäessä.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Asetukset  -::  Verkkoasetukset  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html index 8a3e789b..02ca7f87 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Levyhiiri - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngLevyhiiri

    - - - - -
    Työpöytäpalkki:Asetukset
    Sijainti:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Asetukset:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Tämä paneeli tarjoaa useita levyhiiren asetusta, jotka ovat mielenkiintoisia, jos käytät tablettia tai sylimikroa.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    Raahattaessa levyhiiriesittelyalueella punaista pystysuoraa ja vaakasuoraa viivaa, asetat vieritysalueen (lievästi punertava vasten harmaata yleistä kosketusaluetta). Liikuttamalla sormeasi levyhiirialueen tuolla osalla liikutat ikkunan vierityspalkkeja vastaavasti.

    -

    Oikealla on liukukytkimet yleisen vieritysnopeuden sekä pystysuoran ja vaakasuoran nopeuden asettamiseksi.
    -Kiihtyvyysasetus päättää, kuinka paljon nopeammin luettelo vierii, jos huiskaiset vieritysalueen yli hyvin nopeasti. Vieritysnopeudet ohjaavat yleistä nopeutta kun käytät vieritysaluetta "normaalilla" tavalla.

    -

    Levyhiirigrafiikan alapuolella on valintaruudut "Kaksisormivieritys"-ominaisuuden käyttöönottoon pystysuorassa ja vaakasuorassa vierityksessä. Kahden sormen siirtäminen rinnakkain pystysuoraan tai vaakasuoraan siirtää ikkunan vierityspalkkeja. Ainakin minulle se toimii paremmin yhdellä sormella vasemmasta kädestä ja toisella sormella oikeasta kädestä.
    -Jos tämän ominaisuuden käyttö tuntuu mukavalta, voit jättää väliin vieritysalueiden asetuksen ja käyttää sen sijaan koko levyaluetta normaaliin navigointiin.

    -

    Pohjalla on toinen liukukytkin naputuskosketuksen herkkyyden asettamiseksi. Jos sinun napautuksiin ei reagoida, lisää herkkyyttä. Jos järjestelmä rekisteröi naputuksia koko ajan silloin kun haluat siirtää hiiren kohdistinta, yritä herkkyyden pienentämistä.

    - - - -
    Oletukset nollaa kaikki oletusarvoihin.
    Palauta tuo takaisin asetukset, jota olivat voimassa kun käynnistit Levyhiiri-sovelluksen.
    -

    Tässä on vihje, joka ei koske Levyhiiriasetuksia, vaan sopii yleiseen aiheeseen:
    -Tiesitkö, että voit raahata ja pudottaa käyttäen vain levyhiirtä, toisin sanoen. käyttämättä painikkeita? Kaksoisnapsauta vain ilman että nostat sormea jälkimmäisen napsautuksen jälkeen. Ylöspoimintakuvake kiinnittyy hiiriosoittimeen ja voit raahata sitä ympäriinssä siirtämällä sormeasi. Sormen nostaminen pudottaa kuvakkeen.

    -

    Jos sormesi kohtaa levyhiirialueen rajan kuvaketta raahatessa, mutta hiiren osoitin ei ole vielä tavoittanut näytön rajan, kuinka voit jatkaa kuvakkeen raahaamista? Kuvake putoaa heti kun nostat sormea.
    -Laitteistosta riippuen on olemassa näppärä ominaisuus: jätä vain sormesi nostamatta levyhiirialueen reunalla. Hiiren kohdistin jatkaa siirtymistä autopilotilla.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Seuraaja  -::  Asetukset  -::  Virtuaalimuistiasetukset  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/fi/queries.html b/userguide/fi/queries.html index ea7aac20..f590a5db 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/queries.html +++ b/userguide/fi/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/fi/tracker.html b/userguide/fi/tracker.html index f84cb187..684a011a 100644 --- a/userguide/fi/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/fi/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications.html b/userguide/fr/applications.html index c87b69c2..b23c2a92 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Atelier + « Tracker :: Sommaire -:: Appliquettes du bureau » +:: Espaces de travail » @@ -188,9 +188,9 @@ en ligne de commandes spécifiques à Haiku mérites d'êtres mentionnés. Ces c
    - « Atelier + « Tracker :: Sommaire -:: Appliquettes du bureau » +:: Espaces de travail »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/activitymonitor.html b/userguide/fr/applications/activitymonitor.html index ac2d8c08..7238e837 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/activitymonitor.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/activitymonitor.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Vincent Duvert * Loïc * roptat - * Vincent Duvert * --> @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@

    activitymonitor-icon_64.pngActivityMonitor (Moniteur d'activité)

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/ActivityMonitor
    Réglages :~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/ActivityMonitor
    Settings:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings


    Vous pouvez surveiller l'utilisation des ressources système en ouvrant ActivityMonitor et en activant les éléments qui vous intéressent.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/bepdf.html b/userguide/fr/applications/bepdf.html index 00e5ad6f..177a06f1 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/bepdf.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/bepdf.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -64,13 +64,14 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    bepdf-icon_64.pngBePDF

    - - + + - +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Documentation :/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/*
    Réglages :~/config/settings/BePDF
    Settings:~/config/settings/BePDF


    BePDF est un visualisateur PDF rapide à se lancer. En plus de la visualisation simple, il support l'ajout de notes et de marque-pages sur les PDF non protégés. Il est traduit en 20 langues (dont le français) et des langues supplémentaires peuvent être facilement ajoutées via des fichiers texte.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/bootmanager.html b/userguide/fr/applications/bootmanager.html index 70f46576..e7443b2e 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/bootmanager.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/bootmanager.html @@ -61,12 +61,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    bootmanager-icon_64.pngGestionnaire d'amorçage

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Pas d'entrée, normalement le démarrage se fait à partir du menu Outil de l'Installeur
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/BootManager
    Réglages :aucun
    Par défaut les MBR sont sauvegardés dans ~/config/settings/bootman/
    Deskbar:Pas d'entrée, normalement le démarrage se fait à partir du menu Outil de l'Installeur
    Location:/boot/system/apps/BootManager
    Settings:aucun
    Par défaut les MBR sont sauvegardés dans ~/config/settings/bootman/


    Si vous n'ajoutez pas la partition Haiku à un gestionnaire d'amorçage existants comme GRUB, BootManager peut installer dans le Master Boot Record (MBR) un petit menu de démarrage qui ressemble à ceci :

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/charactermap.html b/userguide/fr/applications/charactermap.html index 2a6aeb9b..3f518bb8 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/charactermap.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/charactermap.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    charactermap-icon_64.pngCharacterMap (Palette de caractères)

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    Réglages :~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    Settings:~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings


    CharacterMap affiche les code de tous les caractères UTF-8 qu'une police supporte.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html index 1856f96a..d3d28a9c 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc * Wabouz + * Loïc * --> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    cli-app-icon_64.pngProgrammes en ligne de commande spécifiques à Haiku

    - diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/codycam.html b/userguide/fr/applications/codycam.html index c4897e37..dd4dbcb1 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/codycam.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/codycam.html @@ -61,12 +61,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    codycam-icon_64.pngCodyCam

    Localisation :/boot/system/bin/
    +
    Location:/boot/system/bin/
    /boot/system/non-packaged/bin/
    ~/config/bin/
    ~/config/non-packaged/bin/
    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    Réglages :~/config/settings/codycam
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    Settings:~/config/settings/codycam


    CodyCam vous permet de pendre des photos intervalle régulier à partir d'une webcam connectée ou de toute autre source vidéo et de les enregistrer via FTP.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/debugger.html b/userguide/fr/applications/debugger.html index 7be11628..bc3fbbeb 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/debugger.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/debugger.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * ' * --> diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/deskcalc.html b/userguide/fr/applications/deskcalc.html index cf7c6565..fa944a45 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert * Wabouz + * Loïc * --> @@ -64,12 +64,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    deskcalc-icon_64.pngDeskCalc

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    Réglages :~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    Settings:~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings


    DeskCalc est une calculatrice simple qui a néanmoins quelques fonctionnalités qui ne sont pas visibles au premier regard.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/diskprobe.html b/userguide/fr/applications/diskprobe.html index 17dad69a..639a117f 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/diskprobe.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    diskprobe-icon_64.pngDiskProbe

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    Réglages :~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    Settings:~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data


    DiskProbe est un éditeur hexadécimal pour afficher et modifier les données d'un fichier ou d'un périphérique octet par octet. C'est un outil très bas niveau, qui peut donc potentiellement faire vraiment n'importe quoi si vous ne faites pas attention !

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html b/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html index 31e0809b..51908f47 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Wabouz + * Loïc * --> @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    diskusage-icon_64.pngDiskUsage

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    Réglages :~/config/settings/DiskUsage
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    Settings:~/config/settings/DiskUsage


    DiskUsage montre graphiquement l'occupation de vos disque.
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/drivesetup.html b/userguide/fr/applications/drivesetup.html index 204ad9af..21ac5226 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/drivesetup.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/drivesetup.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Kacper Kasper * Translators: - * eforgeot * Humdinger + * eforgeot * Loïc * --> @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@

    drivesetup-icon_64.pngDriveSetup

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    Réglages :~/config/settings/DriveSetup
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    Settings:~/config/settings/DriveSetup


    DriveSetup is a tool to create, delete and format partitions. At this time it can't resize or move existing partitions, so that you'll either need an unpartitioned volume (perhaps an external USB drive or another harddisk) or do the initial setup with a tool like the GParted LiveCD to provide the space for another partition.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/expander.html b/userguide/fr/applications/expander.html index 70d2eb45..baed62a2 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/expander.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/expander.html @@ -61,12 +61,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    expander-icon_64.pngExpander

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Pas d'entrée : normalement, un double clic sur les fichiers pris en charge assure le lancement.
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Expander
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Expander_Settings
    Deskbar:Pas d'entrée : normalement, un double clic sur les fichiers pris en charge assure le lancement.
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Expander
    Settings:~/config/settings/Expander_Settings


    Expander est un petit outil pour décompresser rapidement les archives les plus courantes, parmi lesquelles, zip, gzip, bzip2, rar et tar.gz.
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/fr/applications/haikudepot.html index 97610896..b354135e 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@

    haikudepot-icon_64.pngHaikuDépôt

    - - - + + @@ -105,7 +105,8 @@

    index La liste

    Comme dans une fenêtre du Tracker, il est possible de choisir quels colonnes afficher avec un clic droit sur l’entête de la colonne. Un clic gauche trie la liste en fonction de la colonne. Bien sûr, il est possible de réorganiser les colonnes en les glissant vers une nouvelle position.

    -

    La colonne de statut d’un paquet peut avoir pour valeur :

    +

    The Date column shows when a packge was added or updated. Sort by this column to see what's new or updated at the top of the list.

    +

    The Status column of a package can have one of several states:

    • Active: le paquet est déjà installé et prêt à être utilisé.

    • Available: The package exists in that repository and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.

      • @@ -177,7 +178,7 @@ After you click Send the data is transmitted to the

      index Tips

      -

      Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      +

      There is another way to keep track of new and updated packages besides sorting the Date column of the list of packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

      diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html index ad4a13ff..1ef5fd65 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@
      +
      La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/HaikuDepot
    Réglages :~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/ +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/HaikuDepot
    Settings:~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/ ~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/main_settings
    ~/config/cache/HaikuDepot/ -mise en cache des icônes, des captures d'écrans, des descriptions, etc.
    @@ -80,9 +81,9 @@

    icon-o-matic-icon_64.pngIcon-O-Matic

    Index
    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    Settings:~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic


    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/installer.html b/userguide/fr/applications/installer.html index 9748af51..3bdcabbc 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/installer.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    cli-app-icon_64.pngListe de tous les programmes en ligne de commande

    - +
    Localisation :/boot/system/bin/
    ~/config/bin/
    ~/config/non-packaged/bin/
    Location:/boot/system/bin/
    ~/config/bin/
    ~/config/non-packaged/bin/


    Tous les programmes en ligne de commande fournies avec Haiku se trouvent soit dans /boot/system/bin, soit dans /boot/common/bin. diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html b/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html index 84fc4a55..5e5c92fb 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    magnify-icon_64.pngMagnify

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Magnify
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Magnify
    Settings:~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs


    Magnify montre une version agrandie de la zone autour de votre pointeur de souris.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/mail.html b/userguide/fr/applications/mail.html index b9ba958f..3f71ee4d 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/mail.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/mail.html @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@

    mail-icon_64.pngMail

    - - - + + diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/mediaplayer.html b/userguide/fr/applications/mediaplayer.html index 1f112cfd..673761e9 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/mediaplayer.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/mediaplayer.html @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@

    mediaplayer-icon_64.pngMediaPlayer

    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Mail
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Mail/
    +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Mail
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mail/
    ~/config/settings/Mail/Menu Links/ - Les objets mis ici apparaissent dans le menu contextuel de la boite de réception
    ~/config/settings/Mail/signatures/ - Emplacement pour stocker les signatures
    ~/config/settings/Mail/status/ - Emplacement pour stocker les statuts personnels
    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
    Réglages :~/config/settings/MediaPlayer
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
    Settings:~/config/settings/MediaPlayer


    MediaPlayer is the default player for all audio and video files. Thanks to its ffmpeg backend, a plethora of widely used formats are supported. Its simple interface has all the controls you'd expect:

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/midiplayer.html b/userguide/fr/applications/midiplayer.html index 9923ad13..6c4fca71 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/midiplayer.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/midiplayer.html @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@

    midiplayer-icon_64.pngMidiPlayer

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
    Réglages :~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
    Settings:~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings


    Comme son nom l'indique, MidiPlayer est utilisé pour la lecture des fichiers de musique MIDI. Les fichiers Midi sont spéciaux, car ils ne contiennent pas réellement la musique numérisées et encodées, mais seulement sa description : telle note avec tel instrument, avec telle force et telle durée.
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/packageinstaller.html b/userguide/fr/applications/packageinstaller.html index 2ca6e676..c2775906 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/packageinstaller.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/packageinstaller.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    packageinstaller-icon_64.pngLegacyPackageInstaller

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Pas d'entrée : normalement, un double clic sur les fichiers pris en charge assure le lancement.
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/LegacyPackageInstaller
    Réglages :aucun
    Deskbar:Pas d'entrée : normalement, un double clic sur les fichiers pris en charge assure le lancement.
    Location:/boot/system/apps/LegacyPackageInstaller
    Settings:aucun


    Cette page est actuellement qu'une première ébauche. Veuillez revenir plus tard pour une version plus affinée.
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/pe.html b/userguide/fr/applications/pe.html index 6b9be75a..3f9b27cc 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/pe.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/pe.html @@ -61,13 +61,14 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    pe-icon_64.pngPe

    - - + + - +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe
    Documentation :/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html
    Réglages :~/config/settings/pe/*
    Settings:~/config/settings/pe/*


    Pe est un éditeur sophistiqué, avec sa coloration syntaxique, il est destiné principalement aux programmeurs et aux rédacteurs HTML. Initialement créé par Maarten Hekkelmann, il a été placé sous licence libre et maintenu par les développeurs de Haïku. Un gestionnaire de bugs et de plus amples informations sont disponibles sur la page du projet Pe.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/people.html b/userguide/fr/applications/people.html index d887b1d8..5f8265e8 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/people.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/people.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    people-icon_64.pngPeople

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/People
    Réglages :~/config/settings/People_data
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/People
    Settings:~/config/settings/People_data


    People est une base de données simple de contacts utilisant les attributs du système de fichier de Haiku pour stocker les adresses et autres informations des contacts. Chaque contact est enregistré dans un fichier de type Person et chaque donnée est placée dans un attribut séparé. Ceux-ci sont tous indexés et peuvent donc être recherchés via une requête.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html b/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html index f11d880f..cdeb10db 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    poorman-icon_64.pngPoorMan

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
    Réglages :~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
    Settings:~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings


    Poorman est un sympatique petit serveur web, extrêmement facile à configurer. Bien entendu, il ne propose pas des fonctionnalités avancées des autres poids lourds que sont les logiciels pour serveurs, mais ce n'est après tout qu'un serveur du pauvre.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/screenshot.html b/userguide/fr/applications/screenshot.html index 58188fe1..8ef698aa 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/screenshot.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/screenshot.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -62,13 +62,14 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    screenshot-icon_64.pngScreenshot

    - - + - +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
    +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
    /bin/screenshot
    Réglages :~/config/settings/screenshot
    Settings:~/config/settings/screenshot


    Vous pouvez effectuer une copie d'écran à partir de l'application Screenshot, ou en utilisant la touche IMPR,

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/showimage.html b/userguide/fr/applications/showimage.html index 58e3bfee..459239cf 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/showimage.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/showimage.html @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    showimage-icon_64.pngShowImage

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Pas d'entrée : normalement, un double clic sur les fichiers pris en charge assure le lancement.
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
    Réglages :~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings
    Deskbar:Pas d'entrée : normalement, un double clic sur les fichiers pris en charge assure le lancement.
    Location:/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
    Settings:~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings


    ShowImage (la visionneuse) vous permet d'afficher des images dans tous les formats pris en charge par les traducteurs de données (DataTranslators). De nouveaux formats sont automatiquement reconnues au fur et à mesure que de nouveaux traducteurs sont ajoutés au système, comme cela a été par exemple le cas pour les icônes vectorielles d'Haiku, les images WonderBrush, ou bientôt les images WebP quand ce format sera devenu disponible.
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/fr/applications/softwareupdater.html index 0d026e5d..91960f43 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@

    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    stylededit-icon_64.pngStyledEdit

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/StyledEdit
    Réglages :aucun
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/StyledEdit
    Settings:aucun


    StyledEdit est un éditeur de texte simple intégré à Haiku. Bien qu’il enregistre les fichiers dans un format texte brut, des attributs supplémentaires sont écrits afin de disposer de capacités de mise en forme lorsque le document est utilisé dans StyledEdit.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/terminal.html b/userguide/fr/applications/terminal.html index 83309873..f60844db 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/terminal.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/terminal.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@

    terminal-icon_64.pngTerminal

    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Terminal
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Terminal
    +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Terminal
    Settings:~/config/settings/Terminal
    ~/config/settings/profile - ajoute/surcharge les paramètres par défaut définis dans /boot/system/settings/etc/profile.
    ~/config/settings/inputrc - ajoute/surcharge les paramètres par défaut définis dans /boot/system/settings/etc/inputrc.
    @@ -100,7 +100,8 @@ comme Window title (Titre de la fenêtre),

    Most of the offered settings speak for themselves. Not entirely obvious though, the font size is set in the submenu of the Font popup menu.
    Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables.
    -You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

    +You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which Color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

    +

    You can also configure "ANSI colors" with the Color menu. Those are the first 8 named colors in the color palette of terminal applications. You choose a color, for example "ANSI red color", and then adjust it with the color picker below. The effect is not visible unless you run a terminal application that makes use of that color. The exact colors used in various places are documented at Wikipedia.

    A few more options follow: you can have a Blinking cursor and choose to Allow bold text.
    Use left Option as Meta key if you work with certain UNIX software that relies on accessing an extended portion of the ASCII character set, like e.g. GNU Emacs and the GNU readline library.
    Activate the checkbox to Confirm exit if active programs exist and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.

    @@ -150,9 +151,10 @@ Si le bouton droit de la souris est utilisé, un menu contextuel s’affichera, Move Here Déplace le fichier déposé dans le dossier courant du shell. Copy Here Copie le fichier déposé dans le dossier courant du shell. -

  • Vous pouvez ouvrir n'importe quel fichier avec son application préférée à l'aide de la commande open [nom de fichier]. Ça fonctionnerait aussi avec les répertoires courant (".") et parent ("..") qui alors s'ouvrent dans un fenêtre du Tracker. Ainsi, pour ouvrir le répertoire de travail actuel, vous pouvez saisir :

    -
    open .
    • - +

  • You can open any file with its preferred application with the command open [filename]. This also works with the representation of the current (".") and parent ("..") folder which then open in a Tracker window. So, to open the current working directory, you type:

    +
    open .
    • +

  • If a command generates lots of output, things scroll by rapidly. Use a few of those commands and it gets difficult to scroll back and find the start of the last output. With Edit | Clear all or ALT L you can clear the scroll back buffer before issuing your command. Presto, a pristine empty scroll back buffer, you can just scroll back right to the top to catch the beginning of your output.

    +
    • diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/textsearch.html b/userguide/fr/applications/textsearch.html index 3b7a23c8..10d05915 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/textsearch.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/textsearch.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    textsearch-icon_64.pngTextSearch

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Pas d'entrée, normalement vous y accédez via les Extensions du Tracker
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
    Réglages :~/config/settings/TextSearch
    Deskbar:Pas d'entrée, normalement vous y accédez via les Extensions du Tracker
    Location:/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
    Settings:~/config/settings/TextSearch


    TextSearch recherche une chaîne de caractères dans des fichiers texte. En général, il est appelé à partir du menu contextuel Extensions du Tracker sur la selection de fichiers ou dossiers que vous souhaitez examiner.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/tv.html b/userguide/fr/applications/tv.html index c61a5431..0ae28993 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/tv.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/tv.html @@ -61,12 +61,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    tv-icon_64.pngTV

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/TV
    Réglages :~/config/settings/???
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/TV
    Settings:~/config/settings/???


    La documentation n'est pas encore disponible. Si vous voulez y participer, veuillez l'annoncer sur la liste de diffusion pour la documentation afin d'éviter les les doubles emplois.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/vision.html b/userguide/fr/applications/vision.html index 17668743..6bcb892f 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/vision.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/vision.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@

    vision-icon_64.pngVision

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Vision/Vision
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Vision/*
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Vision/Vision
    Settings:~/config/settings/Vision/*


    Vision is an IRC client originally developed for the BeOS. More documentation and a bug tracker are available at the Vision homepage.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/webpositive.html b/userguide/fr/applications/webpositive.html index 09c3a059..62deef88 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/webpositive.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/webpositive.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    webpositive-icon_64.pngWebPositive

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/WebPositive
    Réglages :~/config/settings/WebPositive/ - Fichiers de configuration, cookies, cache et historique de navigation
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/WebPositive
    Settings:~/config/settings/WebPositive/ - Fichiers de configuration, cookies, cache et historique de navigation
    ~/config/settings/WebPositive/Bookmarks - Tous les signets sous forme de fichiers


    diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/wonderbrush.html b/userguide/fr/applications/wonderbrush.html index 1e21bab0..b207a828 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/applications/wonderbrush.html +++ b/userguide/fr/applications/wonderbrush.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -62,13 +62,14 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    wonderbrush-icon_64.pngWonderBrush

    - - + + - +
    Deskbar :Applications
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
    Documentation :/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation en
    Réglages :~/config/settings/WonderBrush
    Settings:~/config/settings/WonderBrush


    WonderBrush est un éditeur d'images bitmap et vectorielles. Pour obtenir plus d'informations et des ateliers consacrés à ce logiciel, consultez le site Web YellowBites, et la documentation incluse.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/attributes.html b/userguide/fr/attributes.html index 8b1512c8..41324573 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/attributes.html +++ b/userguide/fr/attributes.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> diff --git a/userguide/fr/bash-scripting.html b/userguide/fr/bash-scripting.html index f6505f50..7a408c74 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/bash-scripting.html +++ b/userguide/fr/bash-scripting.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Préférences  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Sommaire  - +::  Chargeur de démarrage  »
    @@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ Par exemple, vous pouvez demander le lancement automatique de certains programme
    - «  Préférences  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Sommaire  - +::  Chargeur de démarrage  »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/bootloader.html b/userguide/fr/bootloader.html index add2d4d2..e12caf9a 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/fr/bootloader.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -56,10 +56,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - - Sommaire -:: Structure du système de fichiers » + « Bash et les scripts +:: Sommaire +
    @@ -150,7 +149,7 @@ Voici, une courte explication pour chaque option affichée ci-dessous.

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -175,10 +174,9 @@ Ces symboles correspondent grossièrement aux étapes de démarrage suivantes :
    - - Sommaire -:: Structure du système de fichiers » + « Bash et les scripts +:: Sommaire +
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/contents.html b/userguide/fr/contents.html index b1d09e3e..c39e5c2c 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/contents.html +++ b/userguide/fr/contents.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger + * Vincent Duvert * Loïc * roptat - * Vincent Duvert * --> diff --git a/userguide/fr/deskbar.html b/userguide/fr/deskbar.html index 1a03c05b..e9773001 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/fr/deskbar.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Extensions du Tracker + « L'interface graphique de Haiku :: Sommaire -:: Types de fichiers » +:: Tracker »

    @@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ Maybe more useful: while holding SHIFT, a middle-click
    - « Extensions du Tracker + « L'interface graphique de Haiku :: Sommaire -:: Types de fichiers » +:: Tracker »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html index 1f777d58..886f191b 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html +++ b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Wabouz + * Loïc * --> @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    launchbox-icon_64.pngLaunchBox

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Desktop Applets
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox
    Réglages :~/config/settings/LaunchBox/*
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox
    Settings:~/config/settings/LaunchBox/*

    Pour organiser les raccourcis vers vos applications préférées ou vers vos documents vous pouvez démarrer une ou plusieurs appliquettes LaunchBox. vous choisissez pour chacune d'elle, si elle est affichée seulement sur l'espace de travail actuel ou sur tous. diff --git a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html index c4978f28..72fc5b89 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html +++ b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@

    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    networkstatus-icon_64.pngNetworkStatus

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Desktop Applets
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
    Réglages :aucun
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
    Settings:aucun

    NetworkStatus affiche l'état de vos connexions réseaux Si elle n'est pas déjà ouverte, l'appliquette demandera à son lancement si elle doit ouvrir une fenêtre ou s'insérer dans le cartouche de la Deskbar. diff --git a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html index 4f05a829..36322116 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html +++ b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html @@ -63,12 +63,13 @@

    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    powerstatus-icon_64.pngPowerStatus

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Desktop Applets
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/PowerStatus
    Réglages :~/config/settings/PowerStatus settings
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/PowerStatus
    Settings:~/config/settings/PowerStatus settings

    Powerstatus affiche le niveau de charge des batteries, et n'est donc utile que pour un ordinateur portable. Si ce n'est pas déjà fait, le démarrage de l'appliquette demandera si elle doit ouvrir une fenêtre normale ou si elle doit s'insérer dans le cartouche de la Deskbar. diff --git a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html index 6c861934..a7ce68ac 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html +++ b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@

    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    processcontroller-icon_64.pngProcessController

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Desktop Applets
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/ProcessController
    Réglages :aucun
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/ProcessController
    Settings:aucun

    ProcessController appletLa principale fonction de ProcessController est de visualiser l'activité processeur et la quantité de mémoire utilisée. Il permet de suivre des différents processus, de changer leurs priorités, et de les tuer en cas de blocage. Dans les environnements multiprocesseurs, il vous permet de désactiver les différents processeurs/cœurs. Lorsque le Tracker ou la Deskbar plantent, vous pouvez les redémarrer à partir du menu de ProcessController.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html index 6449aa5b..7ebb4fe1 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    workspaces-icon_64.pngWorkspaces

    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Desktop Applets
    Localisation :/boot/system/apps/Workspaces
    Réglages :~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Workspaces
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    ~/config/settings/Workspaces_settings - Conserve la position de la fenêtre du panneau de configuration.


    diff --git a/userguide/fr/filesystem-layout.html b/userguide/fr/filesystem-layout.html index 0dff9d86..762d3357 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/filesystem-layout.html +++ b/userguide/fr/filesystem-layout.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Chargeur de démarrage  + «  Index  ::  Sommaire  -::  L'interface graphique de Haiku  » +::  Workshop: Attributes  »
    @@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ Les fichiers que vous souhaiteriez partager avec les autres utilisateurs dans un
    - «  Chargeur de démarrage  + «  Index  ::  Sommaire  -::  L'interface graphique de Haiku  » +::  Workshop: Attributes  »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/filetypes.html b/userguide/fr/filetypes.html index 7a4419d0..158550fc 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/fr/filetypes.html @@ -10,8 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc + * Humdinger * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -54,7 +55,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Deskbar + « Requêtes :: Sommaire :: Attributs »
    @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ En conséquence, l'application apparaîtra dans le menu pour les applications pr index Réglages généraux avec les préférences des types de fichiers

    Le panneau de réglage FileTypes ne traite pas les fichiers individuellement, mais les paramètres globaux des types de fichiers. Vous pouvez modifier les icônes par défaut, les applications préférées, ou ajouter, modifier ou supprimer les attributs pour un type de fichier entier. Vous pouvez même créer votre propre type de fichier à partir de zéro.

    -

    Tous les types de fichiers et leurs configurations sont conservés dans /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Avant de commencer vos expérimentations, il peut être prudent de faire une sauvegarde de ce dossier...

    +

    Tous les types de fichiers et leurs configurations sont conservés dans /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Avant de commencer vos expérimentations, il peut être prudent de faire une sauvegarde de ce dossier...

    Pour en savoir plus sur les préférences des Types de fichiers référez-vous à l'atelier : Types de fichiers, Attributs, Index et Requêtes.

    @@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ En conséquence, l'application apparaîtra dans le menu pour les applications pr
    - « Deskbar + « Requêtes :: Sommaire :: Attributs »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/gui.html b/userguide/fr/gui.html index 3c941e15..05dd519d 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/gui.html +++ b/userguide/fr/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Sommaire +:: Deskbar »
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.
    @@ -159,9 +161,8 @@ Vous pouvez donc y ajouter et supprimer directement des liens vers des fichiers Les réplicants

    Les réplicants sont de petites applications autonomes, qui peuvent être intégrés dans d'autres programmes. Pour peu que l'option Show Replicants soit activée dans la Deskbar, vous reconnaîtrez une partie réplicable d'une application par sa petite poignée, généralement situé dans son coin inférieur droit.

    replicant.png -

    L'endroit le plus important qui accepte les réplicants est le bureau : faites-y simplement glisser leur petite poignée. -Le Réplicant fait maintenant partie du bureau, et l'application d'origine n'a pas besoin d'être démarrée pour que cela fonctionne.
    -Un clic droit sur la poignée d'un Réplicant ouvrira un menu contextuel, où About vous affichera une fenêtre avec l'application d'origine, et d'où vous pourrez supprimer le Réplicant (Remove Replicant).

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Si vous rencontrez des difficultés avec un Replicant sur le bureau et que vous ne pouvez pas vous en débarrasser, supprimez ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Malheureusement, cela enlèvera tout les réplicants du bureau.

    Par exemples, le graphique de ActivityMonitor, l'appliquette Workspaces ou DeskCalc sont des applications réplicables.

    @@ -169,9 +170,10 @@ Un clic droit sur la poignée d'un Réplicant ouvrira un menu contextuel, où
    - « Structure du système de fichiers -:: Sommaire -:: Espaces de travail » + +Sommaire +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fr/index.html b/userguide/fr/index.html index 9a7aa74b..8b4e566c 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/index.html +++ b/userguide/fr/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -55,9 +56,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Extensions du Tracker + « Team Monitor :: Sommaire -:: Deskbar » +:: Appliquettes du bureau » @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@     - + @@ -172,9 +173,9 @@ Au lieu de sauter sur la première occurrence de la chaîne recherchée, Le Trac
    - « Extensions du Tracker + « Team Monitor :: Sommaire -:: Deskbar » +:: Appliquettes du bureau »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences.html b/userguide/fr/preferences.html index 5d4512c1..1763f8df 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -57,12 +57,13 @@ « Appliquettes du bureau :: Sommaire -:: Bash et les scripts» +:: Requêtes»
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    Préférences

    @@ -87,7 +88,7 @@
    - + @@ -118,7 +119,7 @@
    « Appliquettes du bureau :: Sommaire -:: Bash et les scripts» +:: Requêtes»
    --> diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/appearance.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/appearance.html index da763cf2..ec4f1dc6 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/appearance.html @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc - * roptat * Vincent Duvert * Wabouz + * Loïc + * roptat * --> @@ -64,12 +64,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    appearance-icon_64.pngAppearance (Apparence)

    Index
    CTRL CMD ←/→/↑/↓Se déplace entre les lignes/colonnes des espaces de travail disponibles. Comme ci-dessus, utilisez Maj pour déplacer la fenêtre active.
    OPTEn maintenant la touche OPT pendant que vous déplacer une fenêtre au dessus du titre d'une autre fenêtre ou à coté de sa bordure, vous permettra d'empiler ou d'accoler les deux fenêtres (Voir le chapitre GUI).
    OPT↑ / ↓Fait défiler les fenêtres ouvertes dans l'espace de travail courant.
    OPT ↑ / ↓Fait défiler les fenêtres ouvertes dans l'espace de travail courant.
    CTRL CMD + left mousecliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris et faites glisser pour déplacer une fenêtre (voir le chapitre sur l'Interface graphique).
    CTRL CMD + right mousecliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et faites glisser pour redimensionner une fenêtre (voir le chapitre sur l'Interface graphique).
    iconLocale Règle les paramètres linguistiques de votre système.
    iconMedia Paramètres audio et vidéo comme les périphériques d'entrées/sorties ou le mélangeur audio du système.
    Audio and video settings for in/output devices and the system's audio mixer.
    iconNetwork Configure votre réseau.
    iconPrinters
    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Appearance
    Réglages :~/config/settings/system/app_server/appearance
    +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Appearance
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/appearance
    ~/config/settings/system/app_server/decorator_settings
    ~/config/settings/system/app_server/fonts
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/backgrounds.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/backgrounds.html index f2bccd23..5ba93586 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/backgrounds.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/backgrounds.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -63,12 +63,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    backgrounds-icon_64.pngBackgrounds (Fonds d'écran)

    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Backgrounds
    Réglages :~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Backgrounds
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    ~/config/settings/Backgrounds settings - Enregistre la position du panneau de préférences


    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/datatranslations.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/datatranslations.html index e8561151..e470e26f 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/datatranslations.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/datatranslations.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    datatranslations-icon_64.pngDataTranslations

    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
    Réglages :~/config/settings/* - Chaque traducteur crée son propre fichier de paramètres ici quand vous changez ses paramètres par défaut.
    +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
    Settings:~/config/settings/* - Chaque traducteur crée son propre fichier de paramètres ici quand vous changez ses paramètres par défaut.
    ~/config/settings/system/DataTranslations settings - Conserve les positions de la fenêtre du panneau de configuration

    Chaque application a la capacité d'ouvrir et d'enregistrer tous les formats de fichier pour lequel il y a un traducteur installé. Les paramètres de ces traducteurs peuvent être configurés dans le panneau de préférences DataTranslations.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/deskbar.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/deskbar.html index da60cd22..132f7d80 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/deskbar.html @@ -61,12 +61,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    deskbar-icon_64.pngDeskbar

    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Deskbar
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Deskbar_settings
    +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Deskbar
    Settings:~/config/settings/Deskbar_settings
    ~/config/settings/Deskbar_security_code


    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html index 9f050f4a..043de33d 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert * Wabouz + * Loïc * --> @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.
    @@ -78,9 +79,9 @@

    e-mail-icon_64.pngE-mail

    Index
    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/E-mail
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Mail/*
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/E-mail
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mail/*

    Haiku fournit un système qui relève régulièrement les emails via un service de courrier (aussi appelé « mail_daemon ») et qui enregistre chaque email dans un fichier texte individuel. Les attributs de ce fichier (De, À, Sujet, Lu/Non Lu) sont réglés à partir des données d’en-tête du message. Ils peuvent ensuite être consultés par vous-même ou toute application. Ceci permet aussi d’utiliser facilement plusieurs clients email car toutes les données qu’ils manipulent sont enregistrées dans le même format.
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/filetypes.html index 8b9d67d2..5cb0940c 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Loïc * --> @@ -61,13 +62,14 @@

    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    filetypes-icon_64.pngFileTypes

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Réglages :~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - conserve tous les types MIME sous forme de dossiers.
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Settings:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - conserve tous les types MIME sous forme de dossiers.

    Veuillez vous référer aux Types de fichiers et à l'atelier Types de fichiers, Attributs, Index and Requêtes qui expliquent l'essentiel de ce panneau de préférences.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index e1fc9fd1..00000000 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Préférences  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Réglez la vitesse de répétition et le délai à partir duquel une touche enfoncée commence à répéter. Vous pouvez tester vos paramètres dans le champ de texte en bas.

    - - - -
    Defaults réinitialise toutes les réglages.
    Revert restaure les paramètres qui étaient actifs quand vous êtes entré dans les préférences du clavier.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/keymap.html index 4a296c97..8b1e1c3d 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@

    keymap-icon_64.pngKeymap

    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Keymap
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Keymap/* - Dossier où sont conservés les dispositions de claviers modifiés par l'utilisateur.
    +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Keymap
    Settings:~/config/settings/Keymap/* - Dossier où sont conservés les dispositions de claviers modifiés par l'utilisateur.
    ~/config/settings/Key_map


    @@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ Appuyer sur Set modifier keys applique les changemen

    Afin que le clavier virtuel corresponde le plus possible à votre clavier réel, différents réglages sont disponibles dans le menu Layout.

    La police utilisée pour la représentation du clavier peut être configurée dans le menu Font. Notez qu’elle peut ou non contenir tous les symboles d’une disposition de clavier spécifique.

    Enfin, un bouton Revert restaurera les paramètres qui étaient actifs avant que vous ne commenciez à modifier la disposition du clavier.

    +
    The HaikuDepot application offers a number of input methods for Chinese, Japanese and Korean to download and install.

    index diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/locale.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/locale.html index ad356442..87775c49 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/locale.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/locale.html @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@

    locale-icon_64.pngLocale

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Locale
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Locale settings
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Locale
    Settings:~/config/settings/Locale settings


    Le système de localisation d'Haiku ne comprend pas uniquement le remplacement des textes par leurs traductions, mais aussi des tâches plus complexes telles que la mise en forme des nombres, des dates et de l'heure conformément à vos préférences linguistiques.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/media.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/media.html index 1c6d074e..8a0f0c66 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/media.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/media.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Préférences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Définissez votre type de souris : 1, 2 ou 3 boutons. -Vous pouvez simuler le 2ème bouton de la souris (=à droite) en maintenant la touche CTRL tout en faisant un clic à gauche. -Pour le 3ème bouton de la souris (=au centre), c'est CTRL ALT et un clic gauche. -

    -

    Vous pouvez réorganiser les boutons de la souris en choisissant leur nouvelle affectation dans menu contextuel qui apparait quand vous cliquer au dessus.

    -

    Les curseurs à droite, vous permettent de régler la vitesse du double-clic, vitesse de la souris et l'accélération. -La zone de test sous l'image de la souris peut être utilisée pour vérifier si la vitesse du double-clic correspond à vos attentes : si un double-clic sur un mot ne le sélectionne pas, le réglage est trop rapide (ou vous devrez vous habituer à cliquer plus vite…)

    -

    Il existe trois Focus modes qui règlent les réactions des fenêtres aux clics.

    - - - - -
    Cliquer pour donner le focus et réhausser C'est le réglage par défaut : quand vous cliquez sur une fenêtre elle obtient le focus et passe au premier plan.
    Cliquer pour donner le focus Cliquer sur une fenêtre ne fait que lui donner le focus, mais de l'amène pas à l'avant plan automatiquement. À cet effet, vous devez soit cliquer sur sa bordure ou sa barre de titre, soit cliquer dessus en maintenant les touches de gestion de fenêtres CTRL ALT.
    Le focus suit la sourisLa fenêtre sous le pointeur de la souris capture le focus automatiquement. La mise au premier plan de la fenêtre se fait comme cela est décrit dans le mode Cliquer pour donner le focus.
    -

    L'activation de Accept first click (Accepter le premier clic), vous évite d'avoir à donner le focus à une fenêtre inactive avant d'accéder à ses contrôles comme les boutons ou les menus. -Si cela augmente, par exemple, le risque de fermer une fenêtre sans le vouloir en appuyant, par mégarde sur le bouton fermer alors que vous essayer d'atteindre l'onglet de titre, cela accélère considérablement votre flux de travail.

    -

    Tous les réglages sont appliqués immédiatement.

    - - - -
    Defaults réinitialise toutes les réglages.
    Revert Restaure les réglages qui étaient actifs lorsque vous êtes entré dans le panneau de configuration de la souris.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Préférences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html index 08a66a58..f775ab78 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@

    network-icon_64.pngNetwork

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Network
    Réglages :/boot/system/settings/network/
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Network
    Settings:/boot/system/settings/network/


    The Network preference is the one-stop panel to configure all available network devices and services. To the left is a collapsible list of your devices and services, the right has information or settings for the selected entry.
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/printers.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/printers.html index 60f07f7c..f59012fe 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/printers.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/printers.html @@ -61,12 +61,13 @@

    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    printers-icon_64.pngPrinters

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Printers
    Réglages :~/config/settings/printers/*
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Printers
    Settings:~/config/settings/printers/*

    La documentation n'est pas encore disponible. Si vous voulez y participer, veuillez l'annoncer sur la liste de diffusion pour la documentation afin d'éviter les les doubles emplois.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/screen.html index 9e784817..4f212260 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Ce panneau présente plusieurs paramètres liés au touchpad qui sont intéressants quand vous utilisez un ordinateur portable.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    En faisant glisser les lignes rouges verticales ou horizontales sur la représentation touchpad, vous définissez la zone de défilement (légèrement rougeâtre sur le coté de la zone de contact générale grise). -Le déplacement de votre doigt sur cette partie de la plaque déplacera les barres de défilement de la fenêtre en conséquence.

    -

    Les curseurs à droite, règlent l'accélération générale, la vitesse de défilement vertical et horizontal.
    Le paramètre d'accélération influe sur la vitesse de défilement des listes lorsque vous frotter la zone de défilement rapidement.Les vitesses de défilement contrôlent la vitesse générale quand vous utilisez la zone de défilement de façon "normale".

    -

    Au dessous de l'illustration du touchpad, des cases à cocher vous permettent d'activer le "Défilement à deux doigts" vertical (Two finger scrolling) et éventuellement horizontal. Déplacez deux doigts en parallèle verticalement ou horizontalement pour déplacer les barres de défilement d'une fenêtre. Comme pour moi, il se pourrait que ça fonctionne mieux si vous utilisez un doigt de chaque main.
    -Si vous vous sentez à l'aise avec cette fonctionnalité, vous pouvez vous passer des zones de défilement et ainsi utiliser toute la zone de contact pour la navigation normale.

    -

    Le curseur du bas sert à régler la sensibilité du tapotement pour le clic. Si vos tapotement sont ignorés, augmentez la sensibilité. Si le système génère sans arrêt des clics, alors que vous souhaitez juste déplacer le curseur de la souris, essayez de la diminuer.

    - - - -
    Defaults réinitialise toutes les réglages.
    Revert restaure les réglages qui étaient actifs quand vous êtes entré dans le panneau de préférences du Touchpad.
    -

    Voici une astuce qui n'est pas liée aux préférences du touchpad, mais qui traite d'un sujet plus général :
    -Saviez-vous que vous pouvez faire un glisser-déposer en utilisant simplement le touchpad, c'est à dire sans utiliser les boutons ? Il suffit de faire un double clic sans lever le doigt après le deuxième clic. L'icône ramassée collera à la souris et vous pourrez la faire glisser en déplaçant votre doigt. En enlevant votre doigt, vous déposerez l'icône.

    -

    Si votre doigt atteint le bord du touchpad pendant que vous faites glisser une icône, mais que le pointeur de la souris n'a pas encore atteint le bord de l'écran, comment pouvez-vous continuer à faire glisser votre icône ? Au moment même où vous relèveriez votre doigt, l'icône serait relâchée.
    -Selon votre matériel, il existe une option très utile : il suffit de laisser votre doigt au bord du touchpad sans le relever. Le pointeur de la souris continuera son déplacement en "pilotage automatique".

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Préférences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/tracker.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/tracker.html index 9a70ac46..bd3b2148 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/tracker.html @@ -61,12 +61,13 @@
    +
    La traduction de cette page n'est pas achevée. Les parties non encore traduites apparaîtrons en anglais.

    tracker-icon_64.pngTracker

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
    Réglages :~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
    Settings:~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings


    Le panneau de préférences Tracker est également disponible depuis n'importe quelle fenêtre Tracker grâce au menu Window | Preferences....
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences/virtualmemory.html b/userguide/fr/preferences/virtualmemory.html index 907d2ee3..b8cb8215 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/preferences/virtualmemory.html +++ b/userguide/fr/preferences/virtualmemory.html @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@

    virtualmemory-icon_64.pngVirtualMemory (Mémoire virtuelle)

    - - - + +
    Deskbar :Preferences
    Localisation :/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
    Réglages :~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
    +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
    Settings:~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
    ~/config/settings/VM_data - Enregistre la position du panneau de préférences.

    La mémoire virtuelle permet au système de placer une partie de l'espace mémoire des applications sur le disque dur, si la RAM peut être utilisée pour d'autres tâches plus utiles. Même si vous avez beaucoup de RAM, activer la mémoire virtuelle n'est jamais une mauvaise idée.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/queries.html b/userguide/fr/queries.html index cef77c96..40f95ca2 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/queries.html +++ b/userguide/fr/queries.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Index + « Préférences :: Sommaire -:: Atelier » +:: Types de fichiers »
    @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ En utilisant la méthode Save Query as Template du men
    - « Index + « Préférences :: Sommaire -:: Atelier » +:: Types de fichiers »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/teammonitor.html b/userguide/fr/teammonitor.html index 3e427992..ba60a8bd 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/teammonitor.html +++ b/userguide/fr/teammonitor.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/fr/tracker.html b/userguide/fr/tracker.html index 377ccef3..1c333f6c 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/fr/tracker.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Team Monitor + « Deskbar :: Sommaire -:: Extensions du Tracker » +:: Applications »
    @@ -153,7 +153,10 @@ Ce filtrage lors de la frappe est défini dans les Maj enfoncée, le menu deviendra Close All, ce qui fermera toutes les fenêtres du Tracker.

  • Close All in Workspace (Tout fermer dans l’espace courantAlt Q) - Ferme toutes les fenêtres Tracker ouvertes dans l’espace de travail courant. Ce raccourci est utile si vous avez oublier de maintenir la touche Ctrl enfoncée lors de votre navigation à travers des dossiers et que toutes ces fenêtre Tracker encore ouvertes polluent votre espace de travail.

    • -

    Il se peut que vous vouliez réorganiser certaines icônes sans faire un nettoyage complet via Clean Up (Alt K). Dans ce cas, sélectionnez ces icônes et déplacez les à leur nouvel emplacement. Avant de les déposer, maintenez Alt enfoncé. Ceci alignera les icônes sur un grille invisible.

    +
    +

    Sometimes you just want to rearrange a few icons without doing a complete Clean up (ALT K). In that case, you select these icons and start to drag them to their new location. Before you drop them there, keep ALT pressed. This will align the icons to the invisible grid.

    +

    The first column in List view mode determines the icon labels in Mini and Icon view mode. Normally, that's the file name, but you can just as well switch to List view, drag the Size column to the left and have the icons labeled with their size when switching back to Icon view mode. Neato!

    +

    Les fonctions suivantes étant relativement simples à comprendre, passons aux préférences du Tracker.

    @@ -221,9 +224,9 @@ Si vous démarrez plusieurs tâches, un indicateur apparaît pour chacune d’en
    - « Team Monitor + « Deskbar :: Sommaire -:: Extensions du Tracker » +:: Applications »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/workshop-email.html b/userguide/fr/workshop-email.html index 7702ba60..1e57b383 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/workshop-email.html +++ b/userguide/fr/workshop-email.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Requêtes + « Structure du système de fichiers :: Sommaire -:: Applications » +:: Workshop: Email »

    @@ -240,9 +240,9 @@ Ouvrezs le dossier contenant vos fichiers DVDdb et arrangez les attributs comme
    - « Requêtes + « Structure du système de fichiers :: Sommaire -:: Applications » +:: Workshop: Email »
    diff --git a/userguide/fr/workshop-wlan.html b/userguide/fr/workshop-wlan.html index db9936b1..a93d2f29 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/workshop-wlan.html +++ b/userguide/fr/workshop-wlan.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Loïc * Wabouz + * Loïc * --> @@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of

    Par défaut, Haiku rejoint le premier réseau sans-fils non chiffré qu'il trouve après le démarrage. Pour rejoindre un réseau particulier, utilisez l'appliquette NetworkStatus.

    Faites un clic-droit sur son icône dans la Deskbar et choisissez le nom public du réseau (qui correspond au « SSID » qu'il diffuse) à partir du menu contextuel.

    join-network.png -

    Une fenêtre s'ouvre où entrer le type d'authentication (probablement WPA/WPA2, ce dernier étant préférable au WEP dont le chiffrage n'est plus suffisamment sécurisé !) et le mot de passe pour ce réseau sans-fils. Cliquez OK pour démarrer la procédure de connexion.
    -En fonction de votre configuration matérielle et réseau, cela peut prendre un certain temps. Vous serez tenu informé de l'état d'avancement par des notifications :

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    Une fois que l'icône d'état réseau affiche la mention « Prêt » et une lumière verte, la connexion est établie. Si les notifications se terminent par «Pas de lien» et un triangle jaune, alors quelque chose c'est mal passé : probablement un mot de passe incorrect.

    diff --git a/userguide/fr/workspaces.html b/userguide/fr/workspaces.html index 9c686cce..40631846 100644 --- a/userguide/fr/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/fr/workspaces.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Loïc * Vincent Duvert + * Loïc * --> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « L'interface graphique de Haiku + « Applications :: Sommaire :: Le Twitcher »
    @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ De plus, en cliquant sur une application ou une de ses fenêtres dans la DeskBar
    diff --git a/userguide/fur/applications.html b/userguide/fur/applications.html index d3c65372..58a6d223 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/applications.html +++ b/userguide/fur/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Il Boot Loader  »
    @@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ Se no esistin za, tu varâs di creâ di bessôl i file che a coventin. In câs c
    - «  Preferencis  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Contignûts  - +::  Il Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/fur/bootloader.html b/userguide/fur/bootloader.html index 54c8dd7a..205c7a57 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/fur/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Contignûts -:: Disposizion dal filesystem » + « Bash e Scripting +:: Contignûts +
    @@ -141,8 +140,8 @@ Sui computers che, al puest dal classic BIOS, a doprin UEFI pal inviament, tu sc

  • Se ativant Use fail-safe graphics driver al risolf i tiei problemis cessant ae grafiche VESA, tu puedis rindi permanente la impostazion lant a gjavâ il # de rie #fail_safe_video_mode true intal file di test /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

  • Se il driver incriminât, o la zonte e v.i., al è instalât te jerarchie dal sisteme, lis robis a diventin un tic plui complicadis, parcè che chê aree e je in dome-leture. Chi, il Disable system components al jentre in zûc. Cun chel, tu puedis navigâ su dute la jerarchie dal sisteme e disabilitâ il component che al fâs dams segnant une vôs cul tast SPAZI o INVIE. ESC ti fâs tornâ insù di un nivel ae cartele superiôr.

    In rêt, al è l'articul How to Permanently Blacklist a Package File che al mostre ce mût fâ in mût di mantignî lis modifichis.

    • -

  • Sot di Select boot volume tu puedis specificâ cuale "version" precedente di Haiku inviâ. Ogni volte che tu dis/instalis un pachet, il stât vecjo al ven salvât etu puedis inviâlu sielzintlu de liste presentade intes opzions dal boot loader.
    -Cussì, se ti si presentin problemis di inviament dopo vê instalât cualchi pachet, invie un stât di Haiku precedent a chê volte e disinstale il pachet incriminât.

    • +

  • Sot di Select boot volume tu puedis specificâ cuale "version" precedente di Haiku inviâ. Ogni volte che tu dis/instalis un pachet, il stât vecjo al ven salvât e tu puedis inviâlu se tu lu sielzis de liste presentade intes opzions dal boot loader.
    +Cussì, se ti si presentin problemis di inviament dopo vê instalât cualchi pachet, invie un stât di Haiku precedent a chê volte e disinstale il pachet incriminât. Tu puedis tornâ in maniere definitive a une specifiche version di Haiku, come descrit tal argoment SoftwareUpdater.

    • index @@ -167,10 +166,9 @@ I simbui diferents a corispuindin sù par jù a chestis fasis:

    - - Contignûts -:: Disposizion dal filesystem » + « Bash e Scripting +:: Contignûts +
    diff --git a/userguide/fur/contents.html b/userguide/fur/contents.html index 0b30fb48..40c6ab40 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/contents.html +++ b/userguide/fur/contents.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
  • Working with files
  • Transaction status
  • Tracker Add-Ons
    • - Learn all about navigating, working with files and folders and how to configure Haiku's file manager. + Impare dut su cemût navigâ e lavorâ cun files e cartelis e cemût configurâ il gjestôr di files di Haiku. Aplicazions
    • Pachets di Haiku (.hpkg)
      • diff --git a/userguide/fur/deskbar.html b/userguide/fur/deskbar.html index 85c529cb..890ffeb8 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/fur/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
    • 日本語
    - « Deskbar + « Interogazions :: Contignûts :: Atribûts »

    @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ index Impostazions globâls cu lis preferencis di Gjenars di file

    Lis preferencis Gjenars di file no àn a ce fâ cui singui file ma cu lis impostazions globâls dai gjenars di file. Tu puedis cambiâ lis iconis predefinidis e lis aplicazions preferidis o zontâ, gjavâ, o alterâ i atribûts di ducj i gjenars di file. Tu puedis adiriture creâ di zero il to gjenar di file.

    -

    Ducj i gjenars di gile e lis lôr configurazions a vegnin archiviâts in /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Prime di tacâ a sperimentâ, al sarès prudent fâ une copie di backup di chê cartele...

    +

    Ducj i gjenars di gile e lis lôr configurazions a vegnin archiviâts in /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Prime di tacâ a sperimentâ, al sarès prudent fâ une copie di backup di chê cartele...

    Par imparâ di plui su lis preferencis dai Gjenars di file, viôt il laboratori: Gjenars di file, atribûts, tabele e interogazions.

    @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
    - « Deskbar + « Interogazions :: Contignûts :: Atribûts »
    diff --git a/userguide/fur/gui.html b/userguide/fur/gui.html index 1b2d5c23..83054cd7 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/gui.html +++ b/userguide/fur/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Contignûts +:: Deskbar »
    @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ Ducj i Preferîts a son tignûts in /boot/home/config/setting

    I replicants a son piçulis parts di aplicazions auto-contignudis che a puedin jessi integradis in altris programs. Se la opzion dal Deskbar Mostre replicants e je ativade, tu ricognossarâs une part di aplicazion che si pues replicâ de sô piçule mantie, che di solit e sta tal angul in bas a diestre:

    replicant.png

    Il puest prominent che al acete i Replicants al è il Scritori: tu âs dome di strissinâ e molâ la piçule mantie su di lui. Di cumò indenant al fâs part dal Scritori e la aplicazion che e à dât origjin al Replicant no covente che e sedi inviade par che al funzioni.
    -Un clic diestri suntune mantie di Replicant al presente un menù contestuâl par mostrâ il barcon (About) Informazions de aplicazion di origjin e par fâ Gjave replicant (Remove replicant).

    +Un clic diestri suntune mantie di Replicant al presente un menù contestuâl par mostrâ il barcon (About) Informazions de aplicazion di origjin e par fâ Gjave replicant (Remove replicant). Une altre maniere par gjavâ un replicant dal Scritori e je chê di strissinale e molâle inte icone de Scovacere.

    Âstu fastidis cuntun Replicant sul Scritori e no tu rivis a gjavâlu vie? Elimine ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Di cuintri, cheste operazion e gjavarà vie ducj i Replicants dal Desktop.

    Esemplis di aplicazions che si puedin replicâ a son i grafics dal Controlôr dai procès, la applet Spazis di lavôr o DeskCalc.

    @@ -162,9 +163,10 @@ Un clic diestri suntune mantie di Replicant al presente un menù contestuâl par
    - « Disposizion dal filesystem -:: Contignûts -:: Spazis di lavôr » + +Contignûts +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/fur/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index c4937b84..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/fur/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fur/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/fur/index.html b/userguide/fur/index.html index 7fbd2f42..133eed4a 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/index.html +++ b/userguide/fur/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Monitor dai Team :: Contignûts -:: Deskbar » +:: Applet di Scritori »
    @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Al navighe tra lis riis/colonis dai spazis di lavôr disponibii. Zonte MAIUSC par puartâ cun te il barcon atîf. OPZTignint fracât OPT intant che si strissine un barcon dongje di une altre lenghete di barcon o dal ôr, jù intassarà opûr intasselarà (viôt il cjapitul Interface grafiche di Haiku). -OPZ↑ / ↓Al passe, un daûr di chel altri, ai barcons vierts intal spazi di lavôr atuâl. +OPZ ↑ / ↓Al passe, un daûr di chel altri, ai barcons vierts intal spazi di lavôr atuâl. CTRL ALT + clic di çampeClic e strissinâ cul boton di çampe dal mouse par spostâ un barcon (viôt il cjapitul Interface grafiche di Haiku). CTRL ALT + clic di diestreClic e strissinâ cul boton di diestre dal mouse par ridimensionâ un barcon (viôt cjapitul Interface grafiche di Haiku). @@ -169,9 +170,9 @@ Al puest di saltâ al prin câs che al corispuint ae stringhe di ricercje, Track
    - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Monitor dai Team :: Contignûts -:: Deskbar » +:: Applet di Scritori »
    diff --git a/userguide/fur/preferences.html b/userguide/fur/preferences.html index d25728d4..11821d9e 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/fur/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/fur/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/fur/preferences/filetypes.html index 0cd202c6..ef968941 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/fur/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Fabio Tomat * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Deskbar:Preferences Posizion:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Impostazions:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Stores all MIME types as folders. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Stores all MIME types as folders.

    Par plasê fâs riferiment al argoment Gjenars di file e al laboratori Gjenars di file, atribûts, tabele e interogazions, chel al spieghe la plui part di chest panel des preferencis.

    diff --git a/userguide/fur/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/fur/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 43be654b..00000000 --- a/userguide/fur/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Tastiere - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Gjenars di file  -::  Preferences  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngTastiere

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Posizion:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Impostazions:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Stabilìs il tas di ripetizion e il ritart di spietâ, cul tast fracât, prime di tacâ a ripeti. Tu puedis provâ lis impostazions intal cjamp di test in bas.

    - - - -
    Predefinîts al puarte dut ai valôrs predefinîts.
    Torne indaûr al puarte indaûr lis impostazions a chês che a jerin ativis cuant che tu âs inviât lis preferencis de Tastiere.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/fur/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/fur/preferences/keymap.html index 9ff4dbc1..d801728d 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/fur/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Multimedia  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Posizion:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Impostazions:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - - - -
    Predefinîts al puarte dut ai valôrs predefinîts.
    Torne indaûr brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Multimedia  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/fur/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/fur/preferences/screen.html index b49cf9dc..60c304b2 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/fur/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Posizion:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Impostazions:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Predefinîts al puarte dut ai valôrs predefinîts.
    Torne indaûr brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  Memorie virtuâl  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/fur/queries.html b/userguide/fur/queries.html index 326440a7..ca07e702 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/queries.html +++ b/userguide/fur/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/fur/tracker.html b/userguide/fur/tracker.html index a6088102..1db6c29e 100644 --- a/userguide/fur/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/fur/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications.html b/userguide/hu/applications.html index bd930e99..97e89fb2 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/debugger.html b/userguide/hu/applications/debugger.html index ff55eeaf..d46bcb06 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications/debugger.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications/debugger.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Dancsó Róbert * Humdinger + * Dancsó Róbert * --> diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/deskcalc.html b/userguide/hu/applications/deskcalc.html index 430dd8f9..c60ab9ab 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Dancsó Róbert * Humdinger + * Dancsó Róbert * --> diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/hu/applications/haikudepot.html index 2266fe70..4bb6ac95 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -101,7 +101,8 @@

    index A lista

    Mint minden Nyomkövető ablakban, az oszlopfejlécen jobb egérgombbal kattintva itt is megadhatjuk, hogy melyik oszlop jelenjen meg. A bal gombbal kattintva pedig rendezhetjük a lista tartalmát, és persze az oszlopok sorrendje is módosítható azok mozgatásával.

    -

    A csomag állapota több féle is lehet:

    +

    The Date column shows when a packge was added or updated. Sort by this column to see what's new or updated at the top of the list.

    +

    The Status column of a package can have one of several states:

    • Aktív: A csomag már telepítve van és használatra készen áll.

    • Available: The package exists in that repository and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.

      • @@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ After you click Send the data is transmitted to the

      index Tips

      -

      Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      +

      There is another way to keep track of new and updated packages besides sorting the Date column of the list of packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

    diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html index f8954b86..8fbf4fbd 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Dancsó Róbert * Humdinger + * Dancsó Róbert * --> diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/installer.html b/userguide/hu/applications/installer.html index 8e1f7a45..5e31ad75 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications/installer.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/showimage.html b/userguide/hu/applications/showimage.html index 972d6102..5c5a615f 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications/showimage.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications/showimage.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Dancsó Róbert * Humdinger + * Dancsó Róbert * --> diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/hu/applications/softwareupdater.html index 5c7bdbbf..d41dde50 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/hu/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -96,7 +96,8 @@ Via Settings | Window title... the Terminal window's t

    Most of the offered settings speak for themselves. Not entirely obvious though, the font size is set in the submenu of the Font popup menu.
    Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables.
    -You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

    +You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which Color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

    +

    You can also configure "ANSI colors" with the Color menu. Those are the first 8 named colors in the color palette of terminal applications. You choose a color, for example "ANSI red color", and then adjust it with the color picker below. The effect is not visible unless you run a terminal application that makes use of that color. The exact colors used in various places are documented at Wikipedia.

    A few more options follow: you can have a Blinking cursor and choose to Allow bold text.
    Use left Option as Meta key if you work with certain UNIX software that relies on accessing an extended portion of the ASCII character set, like e.g. GNU Emacs and the GNU readline library.
    Activate the checkbox to Confirm exit if active programs exist and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.

    @@ -145,11 +146,11 @@ Mind a kettőt a /boot/home/config/settings/ mappában Mozgatás A behúzott fájl/mappa a Terminál jelenlegi mappájába mozgatása. Másolás A behúzott fájl/mappa a Terminál jelenlegi mappájába másolása. -

  • Bármilyen fájl megnyitható az alapértelmezett programmal a open [fájlnév] paranccsal. Ez szintén működik a jelenlegi mappa (".") és a szülő mappa ("..") megfelelőjével is, amikor az adott mappa fog megnyílni a Nyomkövetőben. Tehát, a jelenlegi mappa megnyitásához az alábbi parancsot kell kiadni:

    -
    open .
    +

  • You can open any file with its preferred application with the command open [filename]. This also works with the representation of the current (".") and parent ("..") folder which then open in a Tracker window. So, to open the current working directory, you type:

    +
    open .
    • +

  • If a command generates lots of output, things scroll by rapidly. Use a few of those commands and it gets difficult to scroll back and find the start of the last output. With Edit | Clear all or ALT L you can clear the scroll back buffer before issuing your command. Presto, a pristine empty scroll back buffer, you can just scroll back right to the top to catch the beginning of your output.

    • -
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/bash-scripting.html b/userguide/hu/bash-scripting.html index 3b4dc606..36a47fb8 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/bash-scripting.html +++ b/userguide/hu/bash-scripting.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Beállítások  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Tartalom  - +::  Rendszertöltő  »
    @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
    - «  Beállítások  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Tartalom  - +::  Rendszertöltő  »
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/bootloader.html b/userguide/hu/bootloader.html index d7dc8963..6a486c69 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/hu/bootloader.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ @@ -54,10 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - - Tartalom -:: Fájlrendszer felépítése » + « Bash és szkriptek +:: Tartalom +
    @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -170,10 +169,9 @@ A különféle szimbólumok az alábbi betöltési szakaszokat jelölik:

    - - Tartalom -:: Fájlrendszer felépítése » + « Bash és szkriptek +:: Tartalom +
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/contents.html b/userguide/hu/contents.html index 4977507c..9f38104d 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/contents.html +++ b/userguide/hu/contents.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Dancsó Róbert * Humdinger + * Dancsó Róbert * --> diff --git a/userguide/hu/deskbar.html b/userguide/hu/deskbar.html index 184015b8..ddcd7aa6 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/hu/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Asztalsáv (Deskbar) + « Lekérdezések :: Tartalom :: Jellemzők »

    @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ index Általános beállítások a Fájltípusok beállítások panelen

    A Fájltípusok beállítások esetében nem külön fájlonként, hanem általánosságban módosíthatóak a beállítások. Módosítható az ikon, az előnyben részesített program, hozzáadható, törölhető illetve módosítható egy egész fájltípus és annak a jellemzői. Továbbá egyéni fájltípust is létrehozhat.

    -

    Minden fájltípus és a hozzájuk tartozó beállítás a /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/ mappában található. Mielőtt módosítanád ennek a tartalmát, előtte mindenképp ajánlott róla készíteni egy másolatot...

    +

    Minden fájltípus és a hozzájuk tartozó beállítás a /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/ mappában található. Mielőtt módosítanád ennek a tartalmát, előtte mindenképp ajánlott róla készíteni egy másolatot...

    További információkat találhatsz a Fájltípusok beállításairól a Műhely: fájltípusok, jellemzők, indexek és lekérdezések fejezetben.

    @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
    - « Asztalsáv (Deskbar) + « Lekérdezések :: Tartalom :: Jellemzők »
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/gui.html b/userguide/hu/gui.html index 4b97e0f9..9ee0c11a 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/gui.html +++ b/userguide/hu/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Tartalom +:: Asztalsáv (Deskbar) »
    @@ -154,8 +155,8 @@ A kedvencek a /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Go/ m Replikánsok

    A replikánsok egy program egyéni felülettel rendelkező részei, amiket más programokban felhasználhatunk. Az Asztalsáv Replikánsok megjelenítése bejelölésével a programok replikánsait jelző kis kéz szerű jel megjelenik, mely általában a jobb alsó sarokban található:

    replicant.png -

    A legkiválóbb hely a replikánsok tárolására az Asztal: egyszerűen a kis kéz ikonnál fogva húzzuk ki az ablak tartalmát az Asztalra, mely ettől fogva az Asztal részét képezi, és a replikáns szülőprogramja már nem is kell, hogy tovább fusson.
    -A jobb gombbal kattintva a replikáns jelén kapunk egy helyi menüt, amiben az eredeti program Névjegye és a Replikáns eltávolítása gombot találjuk.

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Ha bármi probléma van az Asztalra dobott replikánssal, akkor csak töröld ki a ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf bejegyzést. Sajnos ezzel az összes replikáns törlődik az Asztalról.

    A replikáns programokra remek példa a Folyamatmonitor grafikonjai, a Munkaasztalok kisalkalmazás vagy a Számológép.

    @@ -163,9 +164,10 @@ A jobb gombbal kattintva a replikáns jelén kapunk egy helyi menüt, amiben az
    - « Fájlrendszer felépítése -:: Tartalom -:: Munkaasztalok (Workspaces) » + +Tartalom +:: Asztalsáv (Deskbar) »
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/hu/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index c5b77089..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/hu/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/hu/index.html b/userguide/hu/index.html index c82bcaca..ee20b623 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/index.html +++ b/userguide/hu/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Nyomkövető kiegészítők + « Folyamatfigyelő (Team Monitor) :: Tartalom -:: Asztalsáv (Deskbar) » +:: Asztalsáv kisalkalmazásai »
    @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Egy virtuális táblázat/rács segítségével navigálhatunk, váltogathatunk a munkaasztalok között. Az aktuális ablakot magunkal is vihetjük az új munkaasztalra, ha közben lenyomva tartjuk a SHIFT-et. OPTHa az OPT-ot lenyomva tartjuk miközben mozgatjuk az ablakot egy másik ablak közelében, akkor azokat csoportba rendezhetjük (további információk A Haiku felhasználói felülete témakörben). -OPT↑ / ↓A jelenlegi munkaasztalon megnyitott ablakok között váltogathatunk. +OPT ↑ / ↓A jelenlegi munkaasztalon megnyitott ablakok között váltogathatunk. CTRL ALT + bal egérgombAz ablak mozgatása annak bármely részén (további információk A Haiku felhasználói felülete témakörben). CTRL ALT + jobb egérgombAz ablak méretezése a keretek körüli területen (további információk A Haiku felhasználói felülete témakörben). @@ -170,9 +171,9 @@ Azzal szemben, hogy a fájlra ugrik az első találatkor, a Nyomkövető ki is t
    - « Nyomkövető kiegészítők + « Folyamatfigyelő (Team Monitor) :: Tartalom -:: Asztalsáv (Deskbar) » +:: Asztalsáv kisalkalmazásai »
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/preferences.html b/userguide/hu/preferences.html index baa94574..49624fb1 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/hu/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/hu/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/hu/preferences/filetypes.html index 4781ba37..99943d3e 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/hu/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Dancsó Róbert * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Asztalsáv:Beállítások Útvonal:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Beállítások:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - az összes MIME típust mappaként tárolja +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - az összes MIME típust mappaként tárolja

    További információkat találsz a Fájltípusok és a Fájltípusok, Kiegészítő információk, Index-ek és lekérdezések fejezetben.

    diff --git a/userguide/hu/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/hu/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index bd9f717e..00000000 --- a/userguide/hu/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Billentyűzet - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Fájltípusok  -::  Beállítások  -::  Billentyűzetkiosztás  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngBillentyűzet (Keyboard)

    - - - - -
    Asztalsáv:Beállítások
    Útvonal:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Beállítások:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Megadható az ismétlési gyakoriság illetve a két billentyű leütése közötti késleltetés. A módosításokat az alsó részen lehet kipróbálni.

    - - - -
    Eredeti Az eredeti beállítások megadása.
    Visszaállít Az ablak megnyitásakori beállítások.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/hu/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/hu/preferences/keymap.html index 34a9ea23..87b63227 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/hu/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Egér - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Média  -::  Beállítások  -::  Hálózat  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngEgér (Mouse)

    - - - - -
    Asztalsáv:Beállítások
    Útvonal:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Beállítások:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Elsőként megadhatjuk az egér típusát: 1, 2 vagy 3 gombos. A 2. egérgomb (=jobb) szimulálható, ha lenyomva tartjuk a CTRL-t miközben kattintunk a bal egérgombbal. A 3. gomb (=középső) pedig a CTRL ALT lenyomásakor a bal gombbal kattintva.

    -

    A gombok felcserélhetőek ha a gombon a helyi menüből kiválasztjuk az új gomb számát.

    -

    A jobb oldali csuszkák használatával az egér dupla-kattintási sebessége, az egér sebessége és gyorsulása módosítható. Az egér képe alatti területen gyakorolva beállíthatjuk az optimális sebességeket: csak jelöljük ki valamelyik szót és szükség esetén állítsuk gyorsabbra vagy lassabbra, ezután pedig próbálkozzunk újra.

    -

    Az Ablak aktiválása három módon történhet:

    - - - - -
    Kattintással (az előre hozáshoz is) Ez az alap beállítás. Az ablak aktiválásához és a többi ablak elé hozásához is az ablakon történő kattintás szükséges.
    Kattintással Ebben az esetben ha egy ablakra kattintunk, akkor aktiválja azt, azonban nem hozza a többi ablak elé. Ehhez az szükséges, hogy miközben az ablak keretére vagy a sárga fülre kattintunk, közben lenyomva kell tartania az ablakkezelő gombokat (CTRL ALT).
    Ha az egér felette vanAz egér-kurzor alatti ablak automatikusan aktiválásra kerül. Az ablak előrehozása fedig a Kattintással módnál leírtak szerint történik.
    -

    Az Első kattintásra opció bejelölével mindjárt az első kattintásra aktiválódnak az ablak vezérlői, mint például a menü vagy a gombok. Ennek a használatakor fennáll az a veszély, hogy véletlenül bezárjuk az ablakot, azonban a munkát felgyorsíthatja.

    -

    A módosítások azonnal érvénybe lépnek.

    - - - -
    Eredeti Az eredeti beállítások megadása.
    Visszaállít Az ablak megnyitásakori értékek visszaállítása.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Média  -::  Beállítások  -::  Hálózat  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html index 7b8fe228..76740b88 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Érintőpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngÉrintőpad (Touchpad)

    - - - - -
    Asztalsáv:Beállítások
    Útvonal:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Beállítások:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Ezen a panelen több, az érintőpad tulajdonságait módosító beállítás található, melyek elsősorban notebook esetén hasznosak.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    A vízszintes vagy függőleges vonalak mozgatásával a görgetősáv mérete módosítható az érintőpadon. Ha ezen a görgetősávon mozgatjuk az ujjunkat, az egyenértékű azzal, ha az ablak görgetősávját mozgatjuk az egérrel.

    -

    A jobb oldali csúszkák segítségével az általános gyorsulás, és a vízszintes és függőleges görgetés sebessége állítható.
    -A gyorsulás megadja, hogy a listát milyen gyorsan görgesse, amikor a görgetősávon húzzuk az ujjunkat. A görgetés sebessége pedig azt, hogy a többi, görgethető vezérlő milyen sebességgel mozogjon.

    -

    Az érintőpad grafikus megfelelője alatt a jelölőnégyzetekkel engedélyezhetjük a "Kétujjas görgetést" a vízszintes és a függőleges grögetősáv esetén. Mozgassuk párhuzamosan a két ujjunkat vízszintesen vagy függőlegesen az ablak görgetősávjának mozgatásához. A legjobban akkor működik, ha mindkét kezünk egy-egy ujját használjuk.
    -Ha úgy kényelmesebb, akkor feloszthatjuk, hogy az érintőpad nagyobb része legyen használatos a görgetéshez a navigáláshoz képest.

    -

    Az alsó csúszka pedig az érintőpad "kattintási" érdékenységét adja meg. Ha a "kattintások" kihagynak, akkor növelni, ha pedig minden mozdulatot kattintásnak érzékel a rendszer, akkor csökkenteni kell azt.

    - - - -
    Eredeti Az eredeti beállítások megadása.
    Visszaállít A panel megnyitásakori állapot vsszaállítása.
    -

    Ez az ötlet bár nem tartozik ehhez a beállításhoz, de a témához igen:
    -Tudtad azt, hogy az érintőpaddal is mozgathatsz objektumokat épp úgy, mint a gombok használatával? Ehhez csak annyit kell tenni, hogy kattints duplán az ujjaddal, de a második kattintás után ne engedd fel azt. Ekkor a "megfogott" objektum az ujjaink mozgatásával mozgatható. Az érintőpad elengedésével pedig az objektum elengedhető.

    -

    Hogyan húzhatjuk tovább az objektumot, ha az ujjunkkal már elértük az érintőpad szélét, de még szeretnénk tovább húzni azt? Hiszen ha felemeljük az ujjunkat, ezzel elengedjük az objektumot is.
    -Attól függően, hogy milyen hardverrel rendelkezünk, lehetőségünk van arra, hogy az érintőpad széléhez érve nem engedjük fel az ujjunkat, hanem várunk egy kicsit. Ekkor automatikusan folytatódik a mozgás.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Nyomkövető (Tracker)  -::  Beállítások  -::  Virtuális memória  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/hu/queries.html b/userguide/hu/queries.html index 3a685f58..5d0e89b3 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/queries.html +++ b/userguide/hu/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/hu/tracker.html b/userguide/hu/tracker.html index 37d02cd1..05392845 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/hu/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ - « Queries + « Workshop: Attributes :: Contents -:: Applications » +:: Workshop: Wlan »
    @@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ Az utóbbi 12 órában érkezett levelek, melyek tárgya tartalmazza a "guide" s
    - « Lekérdezések + « Workshop: Attributes :: Tartalom -:: Programok » +:: Workshop: Wlan »
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html b/userguide/hu/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html index 14a117cd..25e212e2 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html +++ b/userguide/hu/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Lekérdezések + « Fájlrendszer felépítése :: Tartalom -:: Programok » +:: Workshop: Email »
    @@ -240,9 +240,9 @@ Nyissuk meg a DVDdb fájlokat tartalmazó mappát és rendezzük el az oszlopoka
    - « Lekérdezések + « Fájlrendszer felépítése :: Tartalom -:: Programok » +:: Workshop: Email »
    diff --git a/userguide/hu/workshop-wlan.html b/userguide/hu/workshop-wlan.html index 4a2161b3..6b5367a4 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/workshop-wlan.html +++ b/userguide/hu/workshop-wlan.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Dancsó Róbert * Humdinger + * Dancsó Róbert * --> @@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ A PCMCIA, a CardBus, az ExpressCard, az USB és az ISA esetében további fejles

    Alap esetben a Haiku az első nyílt hálózathoz automatikusan csatlakozni fog. A Hálózat állapot kisalkalmazásból választhatunk másik hálózatot is.

    Jobb gombbal kattitnva az ikonon az Asztalsávon válasszuk ki a használni kívánt nyilvános hálózatot (amelyik "SSID"-je látható) a menüből.

    join-network.png -

    Ekkor kapunk egy ablakot, ahol a biztonság típusát (WPA/WPA2, WEP, Open (nyílt, nem védett)) és a jelszót megadva a Rendben gombra kattintás után elkezdődik a bejelentkezés a hálózatra.
    Ez az eszköz és a hálózat tulajdonságaitól fuggően hosszabb időt is igénybe vehet. A folyamat aktuális állapotáról az információs ablak tájékoztat minket (FIGYELEM: jelenleg ha a Nyelvi beállításoknál a mappa és fájlnevek lefordítása be van jelölve, akkor ez nem jelenik meg!):

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    Mikor azt látjuk, hogy "Kész." és az Asztalsávon a Hálózat állapota ikonja zöld pöttyre változik, akkor a kapcsolódás sikeres volt. Ha "Nincs kapcsolat." üzenetet kapunk, és egy sárga háromszög jelenik meg az Asztalsávon, akkor lehetséges, hogy rossz jelszót adtunk meg.

    diff --git a/userguide/hu/workspaces.html b/userguide/hu/workspaces.html index c639fdfa..930d9055 100644 --- a/userguide/hu/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/hu/workspaces.html @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « A Haiku felhasználói felülete + « Programok :: Tartalom :: Programváltó »
    @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Ugyanakkor, ha az Asztalsávon kiválasztunk egy ablakot, akkor automatikusan ar
    diff --git a/userguide/id/applications.html b/userguide/id/applications.html index b28eb37e..3a448515 100644 --- a/userguide/id/applications.html +++ b/userguide/id/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Boot Loader  »
    @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ Skrip dapat berkisar dari hanya menjalankan beberapa perintah dalam urutan terte
    - «  Preferensi  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Daftar Isi  - +::  Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/id/bootloader.html b/userguide/id/bootloader.html index 2e3e31ec..2e1ea9a2 100644 --- a/userguide/id/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/id/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Daftar Isi -:: Layout Filesystem » + « Bash dan Scripting +:: Daftar Isi +
    @@ -147,9 +146,8 @@ Menyimpan syslog dari sesi Haiku sebelumnya ke disk. Saat ini hanya volume FAT32

  • Jika mengaktifkan Use fail-safe graphics driver menyelesaikan masalah Anda dengan kembali ke grafik VESA, Anda dapat menjadikan pengaturan ini permanen dengan menghapus # dari baris #fail_safe_video_mode true dalam text file /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

  • Jika driver yang menyinggung, add-on dll diinstal dalam hierarki sistem, hal-hal menjadi sedikit lebih rumit, karena area itu hanya baca. Di sini, Blacklist entries ikut bermain. Dengan itu, Anda dapat menavigasi keseluruhan hierarki sistem dan nonaktifkan komponen yang mengacaukan Anda dengan memeriksa entri dengan kunci SPACE or RETURN key. ESC mengembalikan Anda satu tingkat ke direktori induk.

    Online, ada artikel Bagaimana secara permanen mem-dafarhitamkan berkas paket yang menunjukkan cara membuat pengaturan tetap Secara Permanen.

    • -

  • Di bawah Select boot volume Anda dapat menentukan "versi" Haiku mana yang akan di-boot. Setiap kali Anda menghapus paket, kondisi lama disimpan dan Anda dapat mem-boot-nya dengan memilihnya dari daftar yang disajikan dalam opsi boot loader.
    -Jadi, jika Anda mengalami masalah boot setelah menginstal beberapa paket, boot kondisi Haiku dari sebelum waktu itu dan hapus instalan paket yang menyinggung.

    -
    • +

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    • index @@ -174,10 +172,9 @@ Simbol yang berbeda kira-kira sesuai dengan tahapan boot ini:

    - - Daftar Isi -:: Layout Filesystem » + « Bash dan Scripting +:: Daftar Isi +
    diff --git a/userguide/id/deskbar.html b/userguide/id/deskbar.html index c6d5657c..784284e4 100644 --- a/userguide/id/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/id/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Deskbar + « Kueri (Queries) :: Daftar Isi :: Atribut »

    @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ Aplikasi ini tidak akan muncul di Twitcher atau daft index Pengaturan Global dengan Preferensi FileType

    Preferensi FileType tidak berurusan dengan file individual tetapi dengan pengaturan global dari tipe file. Anda dapat mengubah ikon default dan aplikasi pilihan atau menambah, menghapus, atau mengubah atribut dari seluruh tipe file. Anda bahkan dapat membuat tipe file Anda sendiri dari awal.

    -

    Semua tipe file dan konfigurasinya disimpan di /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Sebelum Anda mulai bereksperimen, mungkin bijaksana untuk membuat cadangan folder itu ...

    +

    Semua tipe file dan konfigurasinya disimpan di /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Sebelum Anda mulai bereksperimen, mungkin bijaksana untuk membuat cadangan folder itu ...

    Untuk mempelajari lebih lanjut tentang preferensi FileTypes, lihat Filetype, Attribut, Indeks, dan Kueri..

    @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ Aplikasi ini tidak akan muncul di Twitcher atau daft
    - « Deskbar + « Kueri (Queries) :: Daftar Isi :: Atribut »
    diff --git a/userguide/id/gui.html b/userguide/id/gui.html index ccc175ae..b95a44a0 100644 --- a/userguide/id/gui.html +++ b/userguide/id/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Daftar Isi +:: Deskbar »
    +
    Terjemahan halaman ini belum lengkap. Sampai saat itu, bagian yang belum selesai menggunakan aslinya bahasa Inggris.
    @@ -157,8 +159,8 @@ Semua Favorit disimpan di /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/ Replicants

    Replicants adalah bagian kecil aplikasi mandiri yang dapat diintegrasikan ke dalam program lain. Menyediakan opsi Deskbar untuk Show replicants diaktifkan, Anda akan mengenali bagian yang dapat direplikasi dari aplikasi dengan gagang kecilnya, biasanya di sudut kanan bawah:

    replicant.png -

    Tempat paling menonjol yang menerima Replicants adalah Desktop: Anda cukup drag & drop gagang kecil ke atasnya. Mulai sekarang ini adalah bagian dari Desktop dan aplikasi yang berasal dari Replicant tidak harus dimulai agar dapat berfungsi.
    -Klik kanan pada pegangan Replicant menawarkan menu konteks untuk menunjukkan jendela About aplikasi asal dan Menghapus replicant.

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Jika Anda mengalami kesulitan dengan Replicant di Desktop dan tidak bisa menghilangkannya, hapus ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Sayangnya, ini akan menghapus semua Replicants dari Desktop.

    Contoh untuk aplikasi yang dapat direplikasi adalah grafik ActivityMonitor, Workspaces applet atau DeskCalc.

    @@ -166,9 +168,10 @@ Klik kanan pada pegangan Replicant menawarkan menu konteks untuk menunjukkan jen
    - « Layout Filesystem -:: Daftar Isi -:: Workspace (ruang kerja) » + +Daftar Isi +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/id/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/id/index.html b/userguide/id/index.html index 85e76a16..0f6d7246 100644 --- a/userguide/id/index.html +++ b/userguide/id/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Team Monitor :: Daftar Isi -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applet » @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@     - + @@ -171,9 +172,9 @@ Instead of jumping to the first occurrence of your search string, Tracker can be
    - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Team Monitor :: Daftar Isi -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applet »
    diff --git a/userguide/id/preferences.html b/userguide/id/preferences.html index a48acf50..3140cb35 100644 --- a/userguide/id/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/id/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/id/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/id/preferences/filetypes.html index e4e0c707..f1c384ea 100644 --- a/userguide/id/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/id/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * mazbrili abu ibrahim * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Menyimpan semua tipe MIME sebagai folder.
    Indeks
    CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Menavigasi secara spasial baris / kolom dari ruang kerja yang tersedia. Tambahkan SHIFT untuk membawa jendela aktif bersamamu.
    OPTMenahan tombol OPT sambil menyeret jendela di dekat tab atau perbatasan jendela lain akan menumpuk atau meng-ubin jendela tersebut (lihat bab GUI).
    OPT↑ / ↓Siklus melalui jendela yang terbuka di dalam ruang kerja saat ini.
    OPT ↑ / ↓Siklus melalui jendela yang terbuka di dalam ruang kerja saat ini.
    CTRL ALT + left mouseKlik dan seret dengan tombol kiri mouse untuk memindahkan jendela (lihat bab GUI).
    CTRL ALT + right mouseKlik dan seret dengan tombol kanan mouse untuk mengubah ukuran jendela (lihat bab GUI).
    Deskbar:Preferensi
    Lokasi:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Pengaturan:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Menyimpan semua tipe MIME sebagai folder.

    Silakan merujuk ke topik Tipe file dan lokakarya Tipe file, Attribut, Indeks dan Kueri yang menjelaskan sebagian besar panel preferensi ini.

    diff --git a/userguide/id/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/id/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 1044168b..00000000 --- a/userguide/id/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Preferensi  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Terjemahan halaman ini belum lengkap. Sampai saat itu, bagian yang belum selesai menggunakan aslinya bahasa Inggris.
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Lokasi:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Pengaturan:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/id/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/id/preferences/keymap.html index 782c642a..bccd3a56 100644 --- a/userguide/id/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/id/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferensi  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Terjemahan halaman ini belum lengkap. Sampai saat itu, bagian yang belum selesai menggunakan aslinya bahasa Inggris.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Lokasi:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Pengaturan:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferensi  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/id/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/id/preferences/screen.html index 21656752..b94a7370 100644 --- a/userguide/id/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/id/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Terjemahan halaman ini belum lengkap. Sampai saat itu, bagian yang belum selesai menggunakan aslinya bahasa Inggris.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Lokasi:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Pengaturan:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferensi  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/id/queries.html b/userguide/id/queries.html index a0c98fef..1e65bdd7 100644 --- a/userguide/id/queries.html +++ b/userguide/id/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/id/tracker.html b/userguide/id/tracker.html index 13c4e5d6..b124f7b6 100644 --- a/userguide/id/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/id/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/images/HaikuDark.svg b/userguide/images/HaikuDark.svg deleted file mode 100644 index 8f72241a..00000000 --- a/userguide/images/HaikuDark.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/images/LeafDark.png b/userguide/images/LeafDark.png deleted file mode 100644 index 713a5f0d..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/LeafDark.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/LeafDark.svg b/userguide/images/LeafDark.svg deleted file mode 100644 index f22705c1..00000000 --- a/userguide/images/LeafDark.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/ca.png b/userguide/images/flags/ca.png deleted file mode 100644 index 775f4f25..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/ca.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/de.png b/userguide/images/flags/de.png deleted file mode 100644 index 41ef1aea..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/de.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/eo.png b/userguide/images/flags/eo.png deleted file mode 100644 index 95117cec..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/eo.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/es.png b/userguide/images/flags/es.png deleted file mode 100644 index 15ef65e1..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/es.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/fi.png b/userguide/images/flags/fi.png deleted file mode 100644 index 113e179a..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/fi.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/fr.png b/userguide/images/flags/fr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0c9c5950..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/fr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/fur.png b/userguide/images/flags/fur.png deleted file mode 100644 index 391b215f..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/fur.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/gb.png b/userguide/images/flags/gb.png deleted file mode 100644 index 95117cec..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/gb.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/hu.png b/userguide/images/flags/hu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6ddb72d9..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/hu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/id.png b/userguide/images/flags/id.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8a9b51ca..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/id.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/it.png b/userguide/images/flags/it.png deleted file mode 100644 index b8aafe0a..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/it.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/jp.png b/userguide/images/flags/jp.png deleted file mode 100644 index fe284a40..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/jp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/pl.png b/userguide/images/flags/pl.png deleted file mode 100644 index debe359e..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/pl.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/pt_BR.png b/userguide/images/flags/pt_BR.png deleted file mode 100644 index 93c6ee03..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/pt_BR.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/pt_PT.png b/userguide/images/flags/pt_PT.png deleted file mode 100644 index 28ee2053..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/pt_PT.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/ro.png b/userguide/images/flags/ro.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6d7778d2..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/ro.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/ru.png b/userguide/images/flags/ru.png deleted file mode 100644 index d4c5ddb7..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/ru.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/sk.png b/userguide/images/flags/sk.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7335d77a..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/sk.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/sv_SE.png b/userguide/images/flags/sv_SE.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9f016654..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/sv_SE.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/tr.png b/userguide/images/flags/tr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 38a41f1a..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/tr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/uk.png b/userguide/images/flags/uk.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7143306f..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/uk.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/images/flags/zh_CN.png b/userguide/images/flags/zh_CN.png deleted file mode 100644 index d8c89054..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/images/flags/zh_CN.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/it/applications.html b/userguide/it/applications.html index 31cc172e..6b5deb85 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/bepdf.html b/userguide/it/applications/bepdf.html index d974c2cd..2367e7da 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/bepdf.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/bepdf.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/charactermap.html b/userguide/it/applications/charactermap.html index ae107c54..56ffa0ea 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/charactermap.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/charactermap.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html index 2ee203a1..ce4a9e3c 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * Humdinger * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/codycam.html b/userguide/it/applications/codycam.html index 7a3caed7..a5a31389 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/codycam.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/codycam.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/deskcalc.html b/userguide/it/applications/deskcalc.html index fa10e53c..59174d5b 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * Humdinger + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/diskprobe.html b/userguide/it/applications/diskprobe.html index 2b8610f7..ac7e286b 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/diskprobe.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/diskusage.html b/userguide/it/applications/diskusage.html index 83689d4d..e8167692 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/diskusage.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/diskusage.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Francesco Franchina * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/drivesetup.html b/userguide/it/applications/drivesetup.html index cfebf3c4..80522576 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/drivesetup.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/drivesetup.html @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ * Kacper Kasper * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/expander.html b/userguide/it/applications/expander.html index d1a82faf..013a1f11 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/expander.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/expander.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/it/applications/haikudepot.html index b0f49852..f8f4c5e4 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -103,7 +103,8 @@

    index La lista

    Come in ogni finestra di Tracker, puoi scegliere da un menù contestuale quali colonne visualizzare attraverso un clic destro nell'intestazion delle colonne. Un clic di sinistra ordina la lista secondo quella colonna. Certo, puoi sempre riordinare le colonne trascinandole su una nuova posizione.

    -

    Per ogni pacchetto la colonna di stato può avere uno solo tra diversi stati:

    +

    The Date column shows when a packge was added or updated. Sort by this column to see what's new or updated at the top of the list.

    +

    The Status column of a package can have one of several states:

    • Attivo: Il pacchetto è attualmente installato e pronto all'uso.

    • Disponibile: Il pacchetto esiste in quel repository e può essere scaricato e installato. Se c'è qualche dipendenza con altri pacchetti, si verrà informati in merito quando si procederà con l'installazione e verrà posta un scelta riguardo a tutto ciò che occorre scaricare/installare.

      • @@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ Dopo aver fatto clic su Invia i dati vengono trasmes

      index Tips

      -

      Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      +

      There is another way to keep track of new and updated packages besides sorting the Date column of the list of packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

    diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html index 2540f97f..9944e3f2 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * Humdinger * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/installer.html b/userguide/it/applications/installer.html index 0ee21d28..60b5414e 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/installer.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@
    +
    La traduzione di questa pagina non è stata ancora completata. Finché non lo sarà, le parti non tradotte saranno visualizzate in inglese.

    installer-icon_64.pngIl programma di installazione

    @@ -71,8 +72,8 @@
    Impostazioni:nessuna


    -

    L'installer è utile per copiare Haiku all'interno di un altro volume.
    -Appena avviato, mostra in una finestra iniziale con importanti informazioni; questa non è la solita EULA da saltare in un batter d'occhio, essa afferma che:

    +

    The Installer is used to copy Haiku onto another volume. You can use it to clone your currently running Haiku - with all installed software and all data and settings. And of course you use it for the initial installation after booting from install CD or USB drive, see the online Installation Guide.

    +

    Upon launch Installer displays a start window with important information. It's not a mindless EULA you're used to click away in the blink of an eye, it states:

    • Questo è un software in fase beta. Si raccomanda di effettuare un backup prima che sia troppo tardi.

    • L'installazione necessita di una partizione già pronta. Per questo compito puoi usare DriveSetup per creare e formattare una partizione, ma non puoi alterare le dimensioni delle partizioni già esistenti. Per far ciò, per il momento devi usare GParted LiveCD o un'applicazione simile

      • diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html index 363312cc..eef01893 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/magnify.html b/userguide/it/applications/magnify.html index e64fa1ac..e95016cb 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/magnify.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/magnify.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * Gabriele + * Francesco Franchina * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/packageinstaller.html b/userguide/it/applications/packageinstaller.html index 1abcf873..747393b8 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/packageinstaller.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/packageinstaller.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Gerard Stanczak (Google Code-In student) * Translators: * Barrett - * dianamuscalu * Gabriele + * dianamuscalu * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/poorman.html b/userguide/it/applications/poorman.html index b469f874..e75e9787 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/poorman.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/poorman.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * dianamuscalu * Humdinger + * dianamuscalu * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/it/applications/softwareupdater.html index c544ca6d..456335aa 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/wonderbrush.html b/userguide/it/applications/wonderbrush.html index 45e0b334..860f4e79 100644 --- a/userguide/it/applications/wonderbrush.html +++ b/userguide/it/applications/wonderbrush.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Andrea Bernardi * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Andrea Bernardi * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/bash-scripting.html b/userguide/it/bash-scripting.html index f855cb86..126c51e5 100644 --- a/userguide/it/bash-scripting.html +++ b/userguide/it/bash-scripting.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Il Boot Loader  »
    @@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ Gli script possono variare dalla semplice esecuzione di alcuni comandi in un pre
    - «  Preferenze  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Contenuti  - +::  Il Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/bootloader.html b/userguide/it/bootloader.html index fb47a6b3..2d62e7c2 100644 --- a/userguide/it/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/it/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -57,10 +57,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - - Contenuti -:: La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku » + « La bash e lo "scripting" +:: Contenuti + @@ -147,7 +146,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -173,10 +172,9 @@ Le icone corrispondono grossomodo alle diverse fasi di caricamento dell'OS e son
    - - Contenuti -:: La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku » + « La bash e lo "scripting" +:: Contenuti +
    diff --git a/userguide/it/deskbar.html b/userguide/it/deskbar.html index 2c7c1a67..6f046bfc 100644 --- a/userguide/it/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/it/deskbar.html @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Gli add-on del Tracker + « Interfaccia grafica di Haiku :: Contenuti -:: Tipi di File » +:: Tracker » @@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ Maybe more useful: while holding SHIFT, a middle-click
    - « Gli add-on del Tracker + « Interfaccia grafica di Haiku :: Contenuti -:: Tipi di File » +:: Tracker »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/desktop-applets.html b/userguide/it/desktop-applets.html index a5328c16..1f5dd1f8 100644 --- a/userguide/it/desktop-applets.html +++ b/userguide/it/desktop-applets.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Andrea * MichaelPeppers + * Andrea * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/filesystem-layout.html b/userguide/it/filesystem-layout.html index 7f6483df..de87ec6b 100644 --- a/userguide/it/filesystem-layout.html +++ b/userguide/it/filesystem-layout.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Il Boot Loader  + «  Indice  ::  Contenuti  -::  Interfaccia grafica di Haiku  » +::  Workshop: Attributes  » @@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ I file che intendi condividere con altri utenti in un sistema multi-utente (che
    - «  Il Boot Loader  + «  Indice  ::  Contenuti  -::  Interfaccia grafica di Haiku  » +::  Workshop: Attributes  »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/filetypes.html b/userguide/it/filetypes.html index 3b9e07e9..5077064f 100644 --- a/userguide/it/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/it/filetypes.html @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Andrea + * Humdinger * Gabriele + * Andrea * --> @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Deskbar + « Le interrogazioni :: Contenuti :: Attributi » @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ index Impostazioni globali tramite le preferenze dei Filetype

    Il pannello delle preferenze Tipi di File non si occupa dei singoli file, ma delle impostazioni globali per i tipi di file, ad esempio si possono modificare le icone di default, le applicazioni preferite oppure è possibile aggiungere, rimuovere e modificare le proprietà dell'intero tipo. È possibile anche creare un nuovo tipo di file completamente da zero.

    -

    Tutti i filetype e le loro configurazioni sono conservati nella directory /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Prima di iniziare a sperimentare, può essere prudente fare un backup della cartella...

    +

    Tutti i filetype e le loro configurazioni sono conservati nella directory /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Prima di iniziare a sperimentare, può essere prudente fare un backup della cartella...

    Per saperne di più sulle preferenze dei tipi di file, consultare il documento: Tipi di file, attributi, indici e interrogazioni.

    @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@
    - « Deskbar + « Le interrogazioni :: Contenuti :: Attributi »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/gui.html b/userguide/it/gui.html index 2db54e54..64d70364 100644 --- a/userguide/it/gui.html +++ b/userguide/it/gui.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -56,9 +56,10 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku -:: Contenuti -:: Spazi di lavoro » + +Contenuti +:: Deskbar »
    @@ -162,9 +163,8 @@ Tutti i favoriti sono conservati nella cartella /boot/home/co

    I replicanti sono piccole parti di applicazioni che possono essere integrate in altri programmi. A patto che l'opzione della Deskbar Visualizza i Replicanti sia stata attivata, si potrà riconoscere una parte "replicabile" di un'applicazione dalla sua piccola maniglia, normalmente nell'angolo in basso a destra:

    replicant.png -

    Il luogo più significante che accetta i replicanti è la Scrivani: basta semplicemente trascinare la piccola maniglia su di esso. -Da quel momento in poi sarà parte della Scrivania e l'applicazione principale del replicante non deve essere avviata per farlo funzionare.
    -Un tasto destro sull'uncino del replicante permette di visualizzare la finestra Informazioni dell'applicazione principale e rimuovere il replicante.

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    In caso di difficoltà con un replicante sul Desktop e se non si riesce a rimuoverlo, basta cancellare ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Sfortunatamente questo rimuoverà tutti i replicanti dal Desktop.

    Esempi di applicazioni replicabili sono i grafici dell'ActivityMonitor, l'applet Workspace o DeskCalc.

    @@ -173,9 +173,10 @@ Un tasto destro sull'uncino del replicante permette di visualizzare la finestra
    - « La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku -:: Contenuti -:: Spazi di lavoro » + +Contenuti +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/it/index.html b/userguide/it/index.html index 4b3c27cf..20526797 100644 --- a/userguide/it/index.html +++ b/userguide/it/index.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ « Attributi :: Contenuti -:: Le interrogazioni » +:: La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku » @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ If no volume is specified, the volume of the current directory is assumed.
    « Attributi :: Contenuti -:: Le interrogazioni » +:: La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/keyboard-shortcuts.html b/userguide/it/keyboard-shortcuts.html index 1125ac14..688f87ec 100644 --- a/userguide/it/keyboard-shortcuts.html +++ b/userguide/it/keyboard-shortcuts.html @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ @@ -56,9 +57,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Gli add-on del Tracker + « Team Monitor :: Contenuti -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applets » @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Permette di navigare spazialmente tra le righe/colonne delle aree di lavoro disponibili, è sufficiente aggiungere SHIFT per trascinare la finestra attiva verso il nuovo workspace. OPTTenendo premuto OPT mentre trascini una finestra vicino alla tab o al boardo di un'altra finestra, queste verranno affiancate o sovrapposte (consulta la guida al capitolo Interfaccia utente). -OPT↑ / ↓Cicla attraverso tutte le finestre aperte dello spazio di lavoro corrente +OPT ↑ / ↓Cicla attraverso tutte le finestre aperte dello spazio di lavoro corrente CTRL ALT + tasto sinisto del mouseClicca e trascina con il pulsante sinistro del mouse per spostare una finestra (consulta la guida al capitolo Interfaccia utente). CTRL ALT + tasto destro del mouseClicca e trascina con il pulsante destro del mouse per ridimensionare una finestra (consulta al guida al capitolo Interfaccia utente). @@ -172,9 +173,9 @@ Invece di saltare alla prima corrispondenza della stringa di ricerca, il Tracker
    - « Gli add-on del Tracker + « Team Monitor :: Contenuti -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applets »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences.html b/userguide/it/preferences.html index 58ff0c8b..08ba9cca 100644 --- a/userguide/it/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/it/preferences.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -58,12 +58,13 @@ « Desktop Applets :: Contenuti -:: La bash e lo "scripting"» +:: Le interrogazioni»
    +
    La traduzione di questa pagina non è stata ancora completata. Finché non lo sarà, le parti non tradotte saranno visualizzate in inglese.

    Preferenze

    @@ -88,7 +89,7 @@ iconLocale Configura il linguaggio del sistema. iconMedia - Impostazioni audio e video, come ad esempio periferiche in/output e il mixer audio del sistema + Audio and video settings for in/output devices and the system's audio mixer. iconNetwork Configura la tua rete. iconPrinters @@ -119,7 +120,7 @@
    « Desktop Applets :: Contenuti -:: La bash e lo "scripting"» +:: Le interrogazioni»
    --> diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences/appearance.html b/userguide/it/preferences/appearance.html index 8f909845..27f32fe8 100644 --- a/userguide/it/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/userguide/it/preferences/appearance.html @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ * Translators: * Giuseppe Gargaro * Humdinger - * Andrea * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Andrea * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences/backgrounds.html b/userguide/it/preferences/backgrounds.html index aedcd01d..b6e11a90 100644 --- a/userguide/it/preferences/backgrounds.html +++ b/userguide/it/preferences/backgrounds.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Andrea Bernardi * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * Andrea Bernardi * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/it/preferences/filetypes.html index 777e0b33..517c7a2a 100644 --- a/userguide/it/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/it/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett + * Humdinger * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Deskbar:Preferenze Percorso:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Impostazioni:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Memorizza tutti i tipi MIME come cartelle. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Memorizza tutti i tipi MIME come cartelle.

    Consultare i capitoli Tipi di file e il workshop Filetype, attributi, indici e query che descrive la maggior parte delle funzionalità di questo pannello delle preferenze.

    diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/it/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index a10b0e58..00000000 --- a/userguide/it/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Preferenze  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    La traduzione di questa pagina non è stata completata. Per questo motivo le parti non tradotte sono visibili in inglese.
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferenze
    Localita:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Impostazioni:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - - - -
    Predefiniti riporta tutto ai valori predefiniti.
    Ripristina brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/it/preferences/keymap.html index 19c33e29..adea2f74 100644 --- a/userguide/it/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/it/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferenze  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    La traduzione di questa pagina non è stata completata. Per questo motivo le parti non tradotte sono visibili in inglese.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferenze
    Localita:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Impostazioni:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - - - -
    Predefiniti riporta tutto ai valori predefiniti.
    Ripristina brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferenze  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/it/preferences/screen.html index e737a525..4238dd64 100644 --- a/userguide/it/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/it/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    La traduzione di questa pagina non è stata completata. Per questo motivo le parti non tradotte sono visibili in inglese.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferenze
    Localita:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Impostazioni:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Predefiniti riporta tutto ai valori predefiniti.
    Ripristina brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferenze  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/it/queries.html b/userguide/it/queries.html index 68c182e2..da01f5df 100644 --- a/userguide/it/queries.html +++ b/userguide/it/queries.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Indice + « Preferenze :: Contenuti -:: Workshop » +:: Tipi di File »
    @@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ Si può creare un modello usando la voce del menu Salva Inter
    - « Indice + « Preferenze :: Contenuti -:: Workshop » +:: Tipi di File »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/teammonitor.html b/userguide/it/teammonitor.html index 42194bdb..77fa5006 100644 --- a/userguide/it/teammonitor.html +++ b/userguide/it/teammonitor.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/it/tracker.html b/userguide/it/tracker.html index d798e454..608e3289 100644 --- a/userguide/it/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/it/tracker.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Team Monitor + « Deskbar :: Contenuti -:: Gli add-on del Tracker » +:: Applicazioni » @@ -151,7 +151,10 @@ Le impostazioni per il filtraggio in base al nome sono presenti nelle Close     (ALT W) - Closes the window. Hold down SHIFT and the menu becomes Close all which closes every Tracker window.

  • Close all in workspace (ALT Q) - Closes every Tracker window in the current workspace. A useful shortcut if you forgot to hold the OPT key while clicking through folders and all those still open Tracker windows clutter your workspace.

    • -

    A volte potrebbe essere desiderato riordinare le icone senza fare un totale Clean Up (ALT K). In questo caso basta selezionare queste icone e trascinarle nella loro nuova posizione. Prima di rilasciarle li, bisogna tenere premuto il tasto ALT: questo fa in modo che le icone si allineino alla griglia invisibile.

    +
    +

    Sometimes you just want to rearrange a few icons without doing a complete Clean up (ALT K). In that case, you select these icons and start to drag them to their new location. Before you drop them there, keep ALT pressed. This will align the icons to the invisible grid.

    +

    The first column in List view mode determines the icon labels in Mini and Icon view mode. Normally, that's the file name, but you can just as well switch to List view, drag the Size column to the left and have the icons labeled with their size when switching back to Icon view mode. Neato!

    +

    A parte le preferenze del Tracker, il resto delle funzioni si spiega quasi da solo.

    @@ -219,9 +222,9 @@ Creando un file in questa cartella si renderà disponibile un modello con lo ste
    - « Team Monitor + « Deskbar :: Contenuti -:: Gli add-on del Tracker » +:: Applicazioni »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/twitcher.html b/userguide/it/twitcher.html index 77d87c53..6cd83cc8 100644 --- a/userguide/it/twitcher.html +++ b/userguide/it/twitcher.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * fyskij * MichaelPeppers * Gabriele + * fyskij * --> diff --git a/userguide/it/workshop-email.html b/userguide/it/workshop-email.html index 9c37b62d..ef6e056e 100644 --- a/userguide/it/workshop-email.html +++ b/userguide/it/workshop-email.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Le interrogazioni + « La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku :: Contenuti -:: Applicazioni » +:: Workshop: Email » @@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ Per fare questo aprire la cartella contenente i file DVDdb e sistemare a piacere
    - « Le interrogazioni + « La struttura del FileSystem di Haiku :: Contenuti -:: Applicazioni » +:: Workshop: Email »
    diff --git a/userguide/it/workshop-wlan.html b/userguide/it/workshop-wlan.html index ed2effb8..4fae5de5 100644 --- a/userguide/it/workshop-wlan.html +++ b/userguide/it/workshop-wlan.html @@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA devices still need more work to become

    By default, Haiku will join the first unencrypted wireless network it finds after booting up. To connect to a specific network, you use the Desktop applet NetworkStatus.

    Right-click on its icon in the Deskbar and choose the network's public name (which is the "SSID" it broadcasts) from the context menu.

    join-network.png -

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    Once it reads "Ready" and the NetworkStatus icon in the Deskbar shows a green round light, the connection is established. If the notifications end in "No link" and a yellow triangle, something went wrong, probably an incorrect password.

    diff --git a/userguide/it/workspaces.html b/userguide/it/workspaces.html index eb214e10..ced4daae 100644 --- a/userguide/it/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/it/workspaces.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Barrett - * Francesco Franchina * Vincent Duvert + * Francesco Franchina * --> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Interfaccia grafica di Haiku + « Applicazioni :: Contenuti :: Il Twitcher » @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Selezionando nella Deskbar un'applicazione o una delle sue finestre si viene tra
    diff --git a/userguide/jp/applications.html b/userguide/jp/applications.html index 805d7610..81d14287 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/applications.html +++ b/userguide/jp/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

    @@ -170,8 +171,8 @@

    index ヒント

    -

    HaikuDepot アプリケーション内から直接でなく、新規および更新されたアプリケーションを把握する方法があります。そのためには、Haiku Depot Server ウェブサイトで RSS ATOM フィードを作成する必要があります。右上の "ハンバーガー" メニューをクリックして、データーの下のフィードURL作成 (Build Feed URL) を選んでください。
    -そのページには、もっとも興味を引く数個の設定があります。すべての新規 / 更新されたパッケージに関するフィードの受け取りに加えて、興味のあるパッケージ名を追加することもできます。フィードURL作成 ボタンをクリックすると RSS URL を得ます。それは、BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS などのような RSS フィードリーダーに貼り付けられます。

    +

    パッケージリストの日付 (Date) 列を並び替える以外に、新規および更新されたアプリケーションを把握する方法があります。そのためには、Haiku Depot Server ウェブサイトで RSS ATOM フィードを作成する必要があります。右上の "ハンバーガー" メニューをクリックして、データーの下のフィードURL作成 (Build Feed URL) を選んでください。
    +そのページには、非常に興味深い数個の設定があります。すべての新規 / 更新されたパッケージに関するフィードの受け取りに加えて、興味のあるパッケージ名を追加することもできます。フィードURL作成 ボタンをクリックすると RSS URL が得られ、BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS などのような RSS フィードリーダーに貼り付けられます。

    diff --git a/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html index 44adf8d3..d88b90a2 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * hiromu1996 * Humdinger + * hiromu1996 * log-1 * mt * diff --git a/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html b/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html index ae4e17d2..3ebc8cdc 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  ブートローダー  » @@ -111,9 +111,9 @@
    - «  Preferences (プレファレンス)  + «  ワークショップ: 無線LAN  ::  目次  - +::  ブートローダー  »
    diff --git a/userguide/jp/bootloader.html b/userguide/jp/bootloader.html index bdc93662..09683e52 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/jp/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - 目次 -:: ファイルシステムレイアウト » + « Bash とスクリプト処理 +:: 目次 + @@ -141,8 +140,8 @@

  • Use fail-safe graphics driver の有効化で、VESA グラフィックへの代替によりトラブルが解決するなら、テキストファイル /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel 内の#fail_safe_video_mode true 行の# を削除すると設定を永続的にできます。

  • 問題のあるドライバー、アドオンなどが、システム階層にインストールされている場合は、もう少し複雑になります。なぜなら、そこは読み取り専用だからです。ここで、Disable system components オプションが出てきます。それにより、システム階層全体を検索して、それから SPACE または RETURN キーでチェックすれば、状況を混乱させるコンポーネントを無効にします。ESC はひとつ上の親ディレクトリーへ戻ります。

    オンラインで、Disabling components of packages という記事があります。これには、コンポーネントの無効化設定を固定する方法が説明されています。

    • -

  • Select boot volume の下では、Haiku の以前の "バージョン" を指定して起動できます。パッケージをアンインストール / インストールするたびに、以前の状態は保存されます。ブートローダーオプション内のリストから選択すれば、それを起動できます。
    -つまり、あるパッケージをインストールした後に起動時の問題が発生したら、問題が起きる前の Haiku のバージョンを起動して、問題となるパッケージをアンインストールしてください。

    • +

  • Select boot volume の下で、起動する Haiku の以前の "バージョン" を指定できます。パッケージをアンインストール / インストールするたびに、以前の状態は保存されます。ブートローダーオプション内に表示されるリストから選択すれば、それを起動できます。
    +つまり、あるパッケージをインストールした後に起動時の問題が発生したら、問題が起きる前の Haiku のバージョンを起動して、問題となるパッケージをアンインストールしてください。ソフトウェアの更新のトピックに書かれているように、永続的に特定のHaikuバージョンに戻すこともできます。

    • index @@ -167,10 +166,9 @@
    - - 目次 -:: ファイルシステムレイアウト » + « Bash とスクリプト処理 +:: 目次 +
    diff --git a/userguide/jp/deskbar.html b/userguide/jp/deskbar.html index 9b8ecec8..d7abd753 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/jp/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
  • Українська
    • - « Deskbar + « クエリ :: 目次 :: 属性 » @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ index Filetypes プレファレンスの全体設定

    FileTypes preferences は、個々のファイルでなく、ファイルタイプの全体的な設定を処理します。デフォルトアイコンや優先アプリケーションを変更でき、また、ファイルタイプ全体の属性を追加、削除、変更できます。さらに一から独自のファイルタイプを作成できます。

    -

    すべてのファイルタイプおよびそれらの設定は /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/ に格納されます。試してみる前に、フォルダーのバックアップを作るのが賢明でしょう…

    +

    すべてのファイルタイプおよびそれらの設定は /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/ に格納されます。試してみる前に、フォルダーのバックアップを作るのが賢明でしょう…

    FileTypes preferences に関してより多く学ぶには、ワークショップ、ファイルタイプ、属性、インデックス、クエリを参照ください。

    @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
    - « Deskbar + « クエリ :: 目次 :: 属性 »
    diff --git a/userguide/jp/gui.html b/userguide/jp/gui.html index 1f10ad30..490f25ba 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/gui.html +++ b/userguide/jp/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +目次 +:: Deskbar »
    @@ -155,17 +156,20 @@ レプリカント

    レプリカント (Replicant) は、アプリケーションに内蔵されている、ほかのプログラムと統合可能な部分です。Deskbar のレプリカントを表示 (Show replicants) が有効であるとき、アプリケーションのレプリカント化可能な部分は通常右下にある小さなハンドルによって見分けられます。

    replicant.png -

    レプリカントに対応する場所でもっとも目立つのはデスクトップです。小さなハンドルをそこにドラッグ＆ドロップするだけです。以後それはデスクトップの一部となり、レプリカント元アプリケーションを動作のために起動する必要はありません。レプリカントハンドル上で右クリックすると、元のアプリケーションの About ウィンドウと、レプリカントを削除 (Remove replicant) へのコンテキストメニューを表示します。

    +

    レプリカントに対応するもっとも目立つ場所はデスクトップです。小さなハンドルをそこにドラッグ＆ドロップするだけです。以後それはデスクトップの一部となり、レプリカント元アプリケーションを動作のために起動する必要はありません。
    +レプリカントハンドル上で右クリックすると、元のアプリケーションの About ウィンドウと、レプリカントを削除 (Remove replicant) へのコンテキストメニューを表示します。デスクトップからレプリカントを削除するもう一つの方法は、それをごみ箱アイコンにドラッグ＆ドロップすることです。 +

    万が一、デスクトップ上のレプリカントに問題が生じて取り除けなくなった場合は、~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf を削除してください。残念ながら、この操作によりすべてのレプリカントがデスクトップ上から取り除かれます。
    -

    レプリカント化可能なアプリケーションの例として、利用状況モニターのグラフ、ワークスペースアプレット、または電卓があります。

    +

    レプリカント化可能なアプリケーションの例として、アクティビティモニターのグラフ、ワークスペースアプレット、または電卓があります。

    - « ファイルシステムレイアウト -:: 目次 -:: ワークスペース » + +目次 +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/gui-images/gui.png b/userguide/jp/images/gui-images/gui.png index d85838b2..8bb5b2ed 100644 Binary files a/userguide/jp/images/gui-images/gui.png and b/userguide/jp/images/gui-images/gui.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/datatranslations.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/datatranslations.png index c7ea18a3..c6824115 100644 Binary files a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/datatranslations.png and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/datatranslations.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-formatting.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-formatting.png index e08d8a61..dd108eda 100644 Binary files a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-formatting.png and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-formatting.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-language.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-language.png index 8c09177a..61acc268 100644 Binary files a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-language.png and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/locale-language.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/screen.png b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/screen.png index d966f26c..e4a807e9 100644 Binary files a/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/screen.png and b/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/screen.png differ diff --git a/userguide/jp/index.html b/userguide/jp/index.html index f2b3978b..a022ee2e 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/index.html +++ b/userguide/jp/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html b/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html index 6072ebba..a78c5a65 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

    グリフのヒンティング (Glyph hinting) を有効にすると、すべての文字の縦横方向両端に、必ず 2 ピクセルの空白が入るようになります。特に、白地に黒い文字を扱う場合、有効にしたときとしないときとで、結果は完全に対照的になります。有効にした場合、テキストがはっきり見えます。ネットブックのような低解像度の機器で特に効果的な、等幅フォントのみ有効 (Monospaced Fonts Only) の設定もあります。ヒンティングをオンにすると、小さい文字がかなり汚く見えることがありますが、その場合でもテキストエディターやターミナルでヒンティングの恩恵を受けられます。

    次の拡大したスクリーンショットは、ヒンティングを有効にした場合としない場合とで、どれだけ見た目が変わるかを示しています:

    - +
    appearance-glyph-off.png
    ヒンティング無効    		appearance-glyph-on.png
    ヒンティング有効
    appearance-glyph-off.png
    ヒンティング無効    		appearance-glyph-on.png
    ヒンティング有効

    このページに掲載されているすべての拡大鏡 (Magnify) ウィンドウは、もちろんそれぞれ異なるオプションで描画されている点に注意が必要です。たとえば、黄色いタブの太文字タイトルや、"33 x 15 @ 8 pixels/pixel" というテキストを比較すれば、各設定が実際に作り出す印象を得られます。

    @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ LCD サブピクセル (LCD subpixel) は、特に (高解像度の) LCD ディスプレイの場合に、グレースケールよりなめらかに描画します。LCD ディスプレイの各ピクセルは、赤、緑、青の要素で構成されているので、この手法では 1 ピクセルの明度を変更する代わりに、その何分の 1 以下だけ輪郭を移動させて輪郭の色を変更します。

    先ほどと同様に、次の拡大したスクリーンショットは、この 2 種類の方法の違いを示しています。

    - +
    appearance-glyph-off.png
    グレースケール、ヒンティング無効    		appearance-subpixel.png
    LCD サブピクセル、ヒンティング無効
    appearance-glyph-off.png
    グレースケール、ヒンティング無効    		appearance-subpixel.png
    LCD サブピクセル、ヒンティング無効

    サブピクセルベースのアンチエイリアスでは、オブジェクトにわずかな色味を帯びた輝きが加わります。この余分な輝きをだれもが許容するわけではありません。Haiku では、この 2 種類の手法を混ぜて使えます。スライダーを使って、最適な混合比を設定できます。

    サブピクセルベースのアンチエイリアスをグリフのヒンティングとあわせて使うことは、ソフトウェア特許の対象となるため、デフォルトでは両者を同時に使えないようになっています。ユーザーの居住地域によっては、ロック解除バージョンの入手が合法な場合があります。その場合は申し訳ありませんが、その地域の配布担当者と交渉してください。
    diff --git a/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html index 86b7bc29..4e777b9a 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * mt * Kentaro Ozeki * @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ Deskbar:Preferences 場所:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes 設定ファイル:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - すべての MIME タイプをフォルダーとして保存します。 +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - すべての MIME タイプをフォルダーとして保存します。

    この設定パネルのほとんどを説明している、ファイルタイプと、ワークショップ: ファイルタイプ、属性、インデックス、およびクエリを参照してください。

    diff --git a/userguide/jp/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/jp/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index f24584c1..00000000 --- a/userguide/jp/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - キーボード - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Preferences (プレファレンス)  -::  キーマップ  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngキーボード (Keyboard)

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    繰り返しの速度と、キーを押してから繰り返しを始めるまでの間隔を設定します。下のテキストフィールドで設定をテストできます。

    - - - -
    デフォルト (Defaults) すべてをデフォルト値にリセット。
    元に戻す (Revert) キーボードプリファレンスを開始したときの設定に戻します。
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html index 0c4e002d..8173aab7 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - マウス - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  メディア  -::  Preferences (プレファレンス)  -::  ネットワーク  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngマウス (Mouse)

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    最初に、マウスの種類を 1 ボタン、2 ボタン、3 ボタンから選択してください。マウスの第 2 (右) ボタンをシミュレートするには、CTRL キーを押しながら左クリックします。第 3 (中央) ボタンは、CTRL ALT と左クリックでシミュレートできます。

    -

    マウスの挙動を好みに変更するには、ボタンをクリックして、ポップアップメニューから対応する新しい動作を選んでください。

    -

    スライダーを右に動かせば、ダブルクリックの速度、マウスの速度と加速度が調整できます。マウスの図の下にあるテストエリアでダブルクリックの速度が好みに合うかチェックするのに使えます。ダブルクリックで単語を選択できない場合は、設定が速すぎます (または、もっと速いクリックに慣れる必要があるでしょう)。

    -

    ウィンドウがクリックに反応する方法を定める、3 つのフォーカスモード (Focus modes) があります。

    - - - - -
    クリックでフォーカスと最前面へ (Click to focus and raise) これはデフォルトの設定です。クリックされると、ウィンドウはフォーカスを得て、前面に出てきます。
    クリックでフォーカスのみ (Click to focus) クリックされた場合、ウィンドウはフォーカスを得ますが、自動的に前面に出てきません。前面に出すには、タイトルタブ、枠のどちらかをクリックするか、ウィンドウ管理キー CTRL ALTを押しながら、ウィンドウのどこでもクリックしてください。
    フォーカスをマウス位置に合わせる (Focus follows mouse)マウスポインターの下にあるウィンドウは自動的にフォーカスを得ます。前面に出すには、クリックでフォーカスのみ (Click to focus) で記載されているやり方と同様にしてください。
    -

    最初のクリックを受け入れる (Accept first click) を有効にすると、ボタンやメニューのようなウィジェットを起動させるためにフォーカスの無いウィンドウをクリックする必要を除きます。これは、意図せずにウィンドウを閉じてしまうリスクを負います (たとえば、ウィンドウタブを押すつもりでうっかり閉じるボタンを押してしまう場合)が、ユーザーのワークフローを大幅にスピードアップします。

    -

    すべての設定は即時に反映されます。

    - - - -
    デフォルト (Defaults) すべてをデフォルト値にリセット。
    元に戻す (Revert) マウスの設定を起動したときのものに戻します。
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  メディア  -::  Preferences (プレファレンス)  -::  ネットワーク  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html index 7fbdd1fe..4f3aaedd 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - タッチパッド - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngタッチパッド (Touchpad)

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    ノートパソコンで使用しているなら、このパネルでタッチパネルに関連するいくつかの設定ができます。

    - -touchpad.png - -

    縦横の赤線を移動させることで、スクロール可能な領域 (灰色の部分をタッチパッドとした際の赤い部分) を設定できます。設定した領域で指を動かすとスクロールします。

    -

    右側のスライドバーでは、全体のスクロール加速度、水平方向スクロール速度、および垂直方向スクロール速度を設定できます。
    -加速度設定は、ユーザーがスクロールエリアをすばやく擦った時、リストがすばやくスクロールする量を決定します。スクロール速度設定は、スクロールエリアを "通常の" 方法で使用した際の速度をコントロールします。

    -

    タッチパッドの画像の下には、"2 本指スクロール (Two finger scrolling)" を垂直および水平方向に有効にするためのチェックボックスがあります。タッチパッド上で 2 本の指を水平または垂直の方向で平行にスライドさせると、その方向にウィンドウのスクロールバーも動きます。左手と右手の親指を使ってスクロールすると、反応しやすいです。
    -この機能に違和感がないなら、スクロール領域を設定しなくてもタッチパッド全体で普通の移動ができます。

    -

    下のスライドバーでタップクリックの感度を調整できます。タップクリックを認識しにくいなら感度を上げ、マウスポインターの移動をクリックとして認識してしまうなら感度を下げればよいでしょう。

    - - - -
    デフォルト (Defaults) すべてをデフォルト値にリセット。
    元に戻す (Revert) タッチパッドプレファレンスを起動したときの設定に戻します。
    -

    タッチパッドに関するヒント
    -ボタンを使用せずにタッチパッドだけでドラッグ＆ドロップができることをご存知ですか?
    アイコンを一度クリックして指を離さずに少し待った後にもう一度クリックします。すると、マウスポインターに合わせてアイコンが移動するようになり、ドラッグできます。指を離すとドロップされます。

    -

    ドラッグをしているときに指がタッチパッドの境界線に達してしまったが、マウスポインターがまだスクリーンの端に達していない場合はどうすればよいでしょうか? 指を離すとドロップされてしまいます。
    ハードウェアによっては次の素晴らしい機能があります。境界線に指を置いたままにしておくとマウスポインターが自動でその方向に進みます。

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences (プレファレンス)  -::  仮想メモリ  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/jp/queries.html b/userguide/jp/queries.html index 35de8f1f..2b6bb3f9 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/queries.html +++ b/userguide/jp/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/jp/tracker.html b/userguide/jp/tracker.html index d20102c9..0adb92e5 100644 --- a/userguide/jp/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/jp/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pl/applications.html b/userguide/pl/applications.html index af37d747..c7596f85 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/applications.html +++ b/userguide/pl/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pl/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/pl/applications/haikudepot.html index 8801932e..7b542737 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/pl/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -102,7 +102,8 @@

    index Lista

    Tak jak w oknie Trackera, możesz wybrać wyświetlane kolumny z menu kontekstowego klikając prawym przyciskiem myszy na nagłówkach kolumn. Kliknięcie lewym przyciskiem sortuje listę według tej kolumny. Oczywiście można również zmieniać kolejność kolumn przeciągając je na nową pozycję.

    -

    Kolumna Status może być w jednym z kilku stanów:

    +

    The Date column shows when a packge was added or updated. Sort by this column to see what's new or updated at the top of the list.

    +

    The Status column of a package can have one of several states:

    • Aktywny: pakiet jest zainstalowany i gotowy do pracy.

    • Dostępny: pakiet istnieje w repozytorium oraz może być pobrany i zainstalowany. Jeżeli występują zależności od innych pakietów, otrzymasz o tym informację podczas instalacji oraz dostaniesz wybór czy pobrać/zainstalować wszystkie brakujące pakiety.

      • @@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ Po kliknięciu Wyślijdane zostają przesłane na se

      index Tips

      -

      Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      +

      There is another way to keep track of new and updated packages besides sorting the Date column of the list of packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

      diff --git a/userguide/pl/applications/installer.html b/userguide/pl/applications/installer.html index ccdc1307..69ce92b8 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/pl/applications/installer.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Moduł rozruchu  » @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ Skrypty mogą być prostymi plikami wykonującymi kilka komend w określonym por
      - «  Preferences  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Spis treści  - +::  Moduł rozruchu  »
      diff --git a/userguide/pl/bootloader.html b/userguide/pl/bootloader.html index 91740a94..9ff18ec7 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/pl/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Spis treści -:: Układ systemu plików » + « Bash i skrypty +:: Spis treści + @@ -142,7 +141,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

    • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

      Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

    • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
      -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

      • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -167,10 +166,9 @@ Każdy z symboli mniej więcej odpowiada poniższym etapom rozruchu:

    - - Spis treści -:: Układ systemu plików » + « Bash i skrypty +:: Spis treści +
    diff --git a/userguide/pl/deskbar.html b/userguide/pl/deskbar.html index 41348d7e..9c5ddd11 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/pl/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Deskbar + « Queries :: Spis treści :: Atrybuty » @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ index Globalne ustawienia w panelu preferencji FileTypes

    Ten panel preferencji nie dotyczy pojedynczych plików, tylko ustawień dla całego systemu. Możesz zmienić domyślne ikony i preferowane aplikacje, oraz dodawać, usuwać i zmieniać atrybuty nawet typów nadrzędnych (takich jak text, image, itd.). Można również stworzyć własny typ od zera.

    -

    Wszystkie typy i ich ustawienia są przechowywane w /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Zanim zaczniesz eksperymentowanie, rozsądnie byłoby zrobić kopię zapasową tego katalogu.

    +

    Wszystkie typy i ich ustawienia są przechowywane w /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Zanim zaczniesz eksperymentowanie, rozsądnie byłoby zrobić kopię zapasową tego katalogu.

    Więcej informacji o typach plików i ich preferencjach zawarte jest w warsztacie: Typy plików, atrybuty, indeks i zapytania.

    @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
    - « Deskbar + « Queries :: Spis treści :: Atrybuty »
    diff --git a/userguide/pl/gui.html b/userguide/pl/gui.html index 6e13ebee..41b1c6c0 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/gui.html +++ b/userguide/pl/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Spis treści +:: Deskbar »
    @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    replicant.png

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    -A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant.

    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Should you experience difficulties with a Replicant on the Desktop and just can't get rid of it, delete ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Unfortunately, this will remove all Replicants from the Desktop.

    Examples for replicatable applications are the graphs of the ActivityMonitor, the Workspaces applet or DeskCalc.

    @@ -161,9 +162,10 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
    - « Układ systemu plików -:: Spis treści -:: Workspaces » + +Spis treści +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pl/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pl/index.html b/userguide/pl/index.html index 1bfb02ed..a0cca78f 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/index.html +++ b/userguide/pl/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pl/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/pl/preferences/filetypes.html index eeaace0a..c34194c0 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/pl/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Kacper Kasper * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Deskbar:Preferencje Ścieżka:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Ustawienia:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - przechowuje wszystkie typy MIME jako katalogi. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - przechowuje wszystkie typy MIME jako katalogi.

    Zobacz rozdział Typy plików oraz warsztat Typy plików, atrybuty, indeksy i zapytania, które wyjaśniają większość tego panelu preferencji.

    diff --git a/userguide/pl/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/pl/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 992757ce..00000000 --- a/userguide/pl/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Klawiatura - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Typy plików  -::  Preferences  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKlawiatura

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferencje
    Ścieżka:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Ustawienia:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Ustawia częstotliwość oraz opóźnienie przed rozpoczęciem powtarzania wciśniętego klawisza. W polu na dole możesz przetestować zmiany.

    - - - -
    Przywróć domyślne ustawia domyślne wartości dla każdego z pól.
    Cofnij  przywraca ustawienia aktywne w momencie uruchomienia panelu preferencji. -
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/pl/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/pl/preferences/keymap.html index a1e4f34d..3938968b 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/pl/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mysz - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMysz

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferencje
    Ścieżka:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Ustawienia:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Najpierw ustawia się typ myszy: jedno-, dwu- lub trójprzyciskowa. Można zasymulować prawoklik trzymając klawisz CTRL podczas kliknięcia lewym przyciskiem, natomiast dla efektu kliknięcia środkowym przyciskiem należy przytrzymać CTRL ALT.

    -

    Istnieje możliwość zmiany znaczenia przycisków, poprzez kliknięcie jednego z nich i wybór nowego działania z rozwijanego menu.

    -

    Suwakami po prawej dostosowuje się szybkość podwójnego kliknięcia, szybkość wskaźnika i wspomaganie. Obszar testowy poniżej odzwierciedlenia myszy służy sprawdzeniu, czy szybkość dwukrotnego kliknięcia jest odpowiednia: jeżeli dwuklik na słowie nie zaznaczy go, szybkość jest za duża (albo trzeba będzie przywyknąć do szybszego klikania...).

    -

    Są trzy Tryby aktywowania które zmieniają sposób reagowania okien na kliknięcia:

    - - - - -
    Kliknij aby aktywować i przesunąć na wierzch Ustawienie domyślne: kliknięcie na oknie aktywuje je i przesuwa na wierzch.
    Kliknij aby aktywować Kliknięcie na oknie jedynie je aktywuje, nie zostanie ono przesunięte na wierzch. Aby to zrobić należy kliknąć albo pasek tytułu lub obramowanie, albo gdziekolwiek przytrzymując klawisze zarządzania oknami CTRL ALT.
    Podąża za wskaźnikiemOkno aktualnie znajdujące się pod kursorem zostaje aktywowane. Przesuwanie na wierzch odbywa się w ten sam sposób, co w trybie wyżej.
    -

    Włączenie opcji Akceptuj pierwsze kliknięcie umożliwia interakcję z oknem (klikanie przycisków, rozwijanie menu, itd.) bez jego wcześniejszego aktywowania. Podnosi to ryzyko przypadkowego zamknięcia okna, np. poprzez kliknięcie przycisku zamykania zamiast paska tytułu. Z drugiej strony znacząco przyspiesza pracę.

    -

    Wszystkie ustawienia są zapisywane automatycznie.

    - - - -
    Przywróć domyślne ustawia domyślne wartości dla każdego z pól.
    Cofnij przywraca ustawienia aktywne w momencie uruchomienia panelu preferencji.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/pl/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/pl/preferences/screen.html index 8fbad7d5..389a8664 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/pl/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Tłumaczenie tej strony jest niekompletne. Nieukończone części wyświetlane są w języku angielskim.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferencje
    Ścieżka:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Ustawienia:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Przywróć domyślne ustawia domyślne wartości dla każdego z pól.
    Cofnij brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  PamięćWirtualna  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/pl/queries.html b/userguide/pl/queries.html index 036d681e..6fa6f09d 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/queries.html +++ b/userguide/pl/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pl/tracker.html b/userguide/pl/tracker.html index d18903c8..67b42fd1 100644 --- a/userguide/pl/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/pl/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pt/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/pt/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index 08068273..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/pt/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/applications.html b/userguide/pt_BR/applications.html index 7c3c0405..57445f3a 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/applications.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Inicializador do Sistema  »     @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
    - «  Preferências  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Conteúdo  - +::  Inicializador do Sistema  »
    diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/bootloader.html b/userguide/pt_BR/bootloader.html index 7ca37498..0bee1682 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Conteúdo -:: Disposição do sistema de arquivos » + « Bash e Scripting +:: Conteúdo +     @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -170,10 +169,9 @@ Os diferentes símbolos grosseiramente correspondem aos seguintes estágios de i
    - - Conteúdo -:: Disposição do sistema de arquivos » + « Bash e Scripting +:: Conteúdo +
    diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/contents.html b/userguide/pt_BR/contents.html index 3d59bcd8..6032d068 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/contents.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/contents.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Máximo Castañeda * Adriano Duarte + * Máximo Castañeda * --> diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/deskbar.html b/userguide/pt_BR/deskbar.html index 3facfd6d..418ba074 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Deskbar + « Consultas :: Conteúdo :: Atributos » @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ index Definições globais com as Preferências de Tipos de Arquivos

    As preferências dos Tipos de Arquivos não lidam com arquivos individuais mas com definições globais de tipos de arquivos. Pode-se mudar ícones padrão e aplicativos preferidos ou adicionar, remover ou alterar atributos de tipos de arquivos inteiros. Pode-se ainda criar seu próprio tipo de arquivo do zero.

    -

    Todos os tipos de arquivos e suas configurações estão armazenadas em /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Antes de começar a experimentar, seria prudente fazer um backup daquela pasta...

    +

    Todos os tipos de arquivos e suas configurações estão armazenadas em /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Antes de começar a experimentar, seria prudente fazer um backup daquela pasta...

    Para aprender mais sobre as preferências dos Tipos de Arquivos veja a oficina: Tipos de arquivos, Atributos, Indexação e Consultas.

    @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
    - « Deskbar + « Consultas :: Conteúdo :: Atributos »
    diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/gui.html b/userguide/pt_BR/gui.html index 50db9bca..291e8582 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/gui.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Conteúdo +:: Deskbar »
    @@ -154,8 +155,8 @@ Todos os Favoritos são mantidos em /boot/home/config/setting Replicantes

    Replicantes são pequenas partes fechadas de aplicativos que pode ser integrados a outros programas. Habilitados quando a opção Mostrar replicantes do Deskbar está ativa, reconhece-se uma parte replicante de um aplicativo por sua pequena alça, normalmente no canto direito inferior:

    replicant.png -

    O local que mais aceita Replicantes é a Área de Trabalho: simplesmente arraste e solte a pequena alça sobre ela. A partir desse momento passa a fazer parte da Área de Trabalho e o aplicativo de origem do Replicante não pode ser iniciado por ela.
    -Um clique com o botão direito do mouse em uma alça Replicante oferece um menu de contexto que mostra a janela Sobre do aplicativo de origem e a opção Remover replicante.

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Caso tenha dificuldades com um Replicante na Área de Trabalho e não consiga livrar-se dele, exclua ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Lamentavelmente, isto removerá todos os Replicantes da Área de Trabalho.

    Exemplos de aplicativos replicáveis são os gráficos do Monitor de Atividade, o miniaplicativo Espaços de Trabalho ou a Calculadora de Mesa.

    @@ -163,9 +164,10 @@ Um clique com o botão direito do mouse em uma alça Replicante oferece um menu
    - « Disposição do sistema de arquivos -:: Conteúdo -:: Espaços de Trabalho » + +Conteúdo +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/index.html b/userguide/pt_BR/index.html index 04925a7f..c3102906 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/index.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/filetypes.html index e1aa5fac..bb3e68de 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Adriano Duarte * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Deskbar:Preferências Localização:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Definições:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Armazena todos os tipos MIME como pastas. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Armazena todos os tipos MIME como pastas.

    Por favor, consulte o tópico Tipos de arquivos e a oficina Tipos de arquivos, Atributos, Indexação e Consultas que explicam mais sobre esta caixa de diálogo de preferências.

    diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 46fedfe2..00000000 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Teclado - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Tipos de Arquivos  -::  Preferências  -::  Mapa de Teclado  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngTeclado

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferências
    Localização:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Definições:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Defina a taxa de repetição e o atraso até que uma tecla pressionada comece a repetir. Pode-se testar as definições no campo de texto na parte inferior.

    - - - -
    Padrão redefine tudo para os valores padrão.
    Reverter traz de volta as definições que estavam ativas quando iniciou as preferências de Teclado.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/keymap.html index 4da84ce2..1a45952c 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Mídia  -::  Preferências  -::  Rede  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferências
    Localização:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Definições:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Primeiro defina seu tipo de mouse: 1, 2 ou 3 botões. Pode-se simular o segundo (=direito) botão do mouse segurando CTRL enquanto clica com o botão esquerdo. Para o terceiro (=meio) botão do mouse, é CTRL ALT e um clique com o botão esquerdo.

    -

    Pode-se rearranjar os botões do mouse clicando neles e escolhendo seus novos significados a partir do menu pop-up.

    -

    Com os botões deslizantes à direita, ajuste a velocidade do duplo clique, velocidade do mouse e aceleração. A área de teste abaixo do gráfico do mouse pode ser usada para verificar se a velocidade do duplo clique está a seu gosto: se ao clicar duas vezes sobre uma palavra não a seleciona, está definida muito rápido (ou terá que se acostumar a clicar mais rápido)...

    -

    Existem três Modos de foco que determinam como as janelas reagem aos cliques:

    - - - - -
    Clicar para focar e realçar Esta é a configuração padrão: clique em uma janela e ela é focada e fica acima das demais.
    Clicar para focar Clicar numa janela apenas a coloca no foco, mas não irá realçá-la automaticamente. Para fazer isso, é necessário também clicar na sua guia de título ou borda ou clicar em qualquer lugar enquanto segura as teclas de gerenciamento de janelas CTRL ALT.
    Foco segue o mouseA janela sob o ponteiro do mouse automaticamente é focada. Para efetivamente realçá-la, deve ser feito como descrito no modo Clicar para focar.
    -

    Ativar Aceitar primeiro clique facilita ter que primeiro colocar o foco em uma janela inativa para que possa acionar ferramentas como um botão ou menu. Corre-se o risco de fechar uma janela de forma não intencional, por exemplo, por tocar acidentalmente no botão de fechar ao visar a guia da janela. Por outro lado, aumenta a velocidade do fluxo de trabalho consideravelmente.

    -

    Todas as definições são aplicadas imediatamente.

    - - - -
    Padrão redefine tudo para os valores padrão.
    Reverter retorna as definições que estavam ativas quando abriu as preferências do Mouse.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Mídia  -::  Preferências  -::  Rede  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html index 254b4e53..7fe32fdb 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferências
    Localização:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Definições:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Esta janela de diálogo oferece váriaas definições relacionadas ao touchpad que são interessantes quando executando o sistema a partir de um notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    Arrastando as linhas vermelhas verticais ou horizontais na representação do touchpad, definimos a área de rolagem (levemente avermelhada contra a área de toque geral, em cinza). Mover seu dedo naquela parte do touchpad irá mover as barras de rolagem de uma janela conforme o movimento.

    -

    À direita estão controles deslizantes para definir a aceleração de rolagem geral e a velocidade de rolagem vertical e horizontal.
    -A definição de aceleração decide o quão rápido uma lista rola ao se deslizar pela área de rolagem muito rápido. A velocidade de rolagem controla a velocidade geral ao usar a área de rolagem de maneira "normal".

    -

    Abaixo do gráfico do touchpad estão caixas de verificação para disponibilizar "Rolagem com dois dedos" para rolagem vertical e horizontal. Mova dois dedos em parelelo vertical ou horizontalmente para mover as barras de rolagem de uma janela. Ao menos para mim, funciona melhor se com um dedo da mão esquerda e um da mão direita.
    -Caso sinta-se confortável usando esta funcionalidade, pode dispensar a definição de áreas de rolagem e, ao invés disso, utilizar o touchpad inteiro para navegação normal.

    -

    Na base está outro controle deslizante para definir a sensibilidade do clique tocando o touchpad (tapping). Se seus toques continuam sendo ignorados, aumente a sensibilidade. Se o sistema registra cliques o tempo todo, enquanto tudo o que quer é mover o ponteiro do mouse, tente diminuí-la.

    - - - -
    Padrão redefine tudo para os valores padrão.
    Reverter retorna às definições que estavam ativas quando iniciadas as preferências do Touchpad.
    -

    Esta dica não está relacionada às preferências do Touchpad, mas se encaixa no tópico em geral:
    -Você sabia que pode fazer o arrastar e soltar apenas usando o touchpad, ou seja, sem usar os botões? Apenas faça um clique duplo sem levantar o dedo após o segundo clique. O ícone selecionado irá acompanhar o ponteiro do mouse e pode arrastá-lo pelo movimento do seu dedo. Levantar o dedo irá soltar o ícone.

    -

    Se seu dedo alcança a margem do touchpad enquanto arrasta um ícone, mas o ponteiro do mouse ainda não alcançou o fim da tela, como continuar arrastando o ícone? Assim que levantar o dedo, o ícone será solto.
    -Dependendo do seu hardware, existe uma funcionalidade elegante: apenas deixe seu dedo sem levantar na borda do touchpad. O ponteiro do mouse manter-se-á movendo no piloto automático.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Rastreador  -::  Preferências  -::  Memória Virtual  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/queries.html b/userguide/pt_BR/queries.html index ed40b55f..d785e312 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/queries.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/tracker.html b/userguide/pt_BR/tracker.html index d3c30089..4914ff55 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_BR/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/pt_BR/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/applications.html b/userguide/pt_PT/applications.html index b9eaafb3..97e24836 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/applications.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Boot Loader  »     @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
    - «  Preferences  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Contents  - +::  Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/bootloader.html b/userguide/pt_PT/bootloader.html index 2167e5e5..018f46b0 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Contents -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contents + @@ -140,7 +139,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -165,10 +164,9 @@ The different symbols roughly correspond to these boot stages:

    - - Contents -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash and Scripting +:: Contents +
    diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/contents.html b/userguide/pt_PT/contents.html index faebdf52..f498f6ae 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/contents.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/contents.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Vasco Costa * Humdinger + * Vasco Costa * Máximo Castañeda * --> diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/deskbar.html b/userguide/pt_PT/deskbar.html index af60bb03..9d26d775 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Contents +:: Deskbar » @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    replicant.png

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    -A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant.

    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Should you experience difficulties with a Replicant on the Desktop and just can't get rid of it, delete ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Unfortunately, this will remove all Replicants from the Desktop.

    Examples for replicatable applications are the graphs of the ActivityMonitor, the Workspaces applet or DeskCalc.

    @@ -161,9 +162,10 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
    - « Filesystem layout -:: Contents -:: Workspaces » + +Contents +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_PT/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/index.html b/userguide/pt_PT/index.html index 5a3f37aa..d03a3dec 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/index.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/filetypes.html index 5e1b6916..d985d49d 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Deskbar:Preferences Localização:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Definições:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Stores all MIME types as folders. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Stores all MIME types as folders.

    Please refer to topic Filetypes and the workshop Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries that explains most of this preference panel.

    diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index ee768057..00000000 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Preferences  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Localização:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Definições:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/keymap.html index 83396cb6..afbff788 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Localização:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Definições:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/screen.html index 59d23c85..48000242 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Localização:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Definições:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/queries.html b/userguide/pt_PT/queries.html index 9fe5092e..699d0304 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/queries.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/tracker.html b/userguide/pt_PT/tracker.html index 23d4a8f4..665e4358 100644 --- a/userguide/pt_PT/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/pt_PT/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ro/applications.html b/userguide/ro/applications.html index 1dc12725..e8fff0fc 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/applications.html +++ b/userguide/ro/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -73,6 +75,18 @@

    After launching, SoftwareUpdater checks for updates to packages and displays them in a list with their new version and a short description. You can opt to Show more details to include the name of the repository for each package and show both the old and new package versions.

    Update now will start the download of all the packages and their subsequent installation.

    Depending on the packages that were updated, you may have to reboot Haiku to actually complete the update process. Updated applications usually only need to be restarted, while changes to Haiku itself may require a reboot of the system to take effect.

    +

    Every time packages are updated, installed or uninstalled (either with SoftwareUpdater/HaikuDepot or in Terminal via pkgman), a new "state" is saved at /system/packages/administrative/. This makes it possible to boot into any past state from the Boot Options, making it easy to solve issues that may arise from having installed/updated a package that doesn't work as expected.

    +

    As these "state" folders hold copies of the updated/uninstalled packages, the "administrative" folder can grow quite significantly over time. Until there's an option for an automatic clean-up, it's a good idea to check the size of the "administrative" folder from time to time and remove the oldest states, that you probably won't have to boot into again.

    +
    +

    +Downgrading to a previous Haiku revision

    +

    It's rare but possible that an update to the latest Haiku revision ("hrev") introduced a regression you're not willing to live with. From the boot options menu you can load a former, working state (see Boot Loader - Troubleshooting). Find the last working state and boot into it.

    +

    To permanently downgrade to this revision, you have to point the 'Haiku' repository to that hrev. You find the current revision under "About Haiku" from the Deskbar. As example, to downgrade to hrev56231, open a Terminal and enter:

    +
    pkgman add https://eu.hpkg.haiku-os.org/haiku/master/$(getarch)/r1~beta3_hrev56231
+pkgman full-sync
    +

    Note, that you're now stuck with that revision, Haiku won't get any new updates. You should report the regression and help to fix it, if you can. Once fixed - watch the commit logs - you can change back to the "current" repo with:

    +
    pkgman add https://eu.hpkg.haiku-os.org/haiku/r1beta3/$(getarch)/current
+pkgman full-sync
    diff --git a/userguide/ro/applications/terminal.html b/userguide/ro/applications/terminal.html index dc8fdc39..ac29385b 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/applications/terminal.html +++ b/userguide/ro/applications/terminal.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Boot Loader  »     @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ Dacă nu există deja, va trebui să creați fișierele necesare. Altfel, pur ș
    - «  Preferințe  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Conținut  - +::  Boot Loader  »
    diff --git a/userguide/ro/bootloader.html b/userguide/ro/bootloader.html index 76c7008a..d7ef573b 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/ro/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Conținut -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash și Scriptare +:: Conținut + @@ -141,8 +140,8 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • Dacă activarea a Utilizeaază driver de grafice care eșuează în siguranță rezolvă problemele prin reîntoarcerea la grafice VESA, puteți să faceți configurarea permanentă prin eliminarea # liniei #fail_safe_video_mode true în fișierul text /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

    • -

  • Sub Selectează volumul de pornire puteți specifica „versiunea” de Haiku anterioară pe care doriți să o porniți. De fiecare dată când dez/instalați un pachet, starea veche este salvată și puteți să o porniți prin alegerea acesteia din lista prezentată în opțiunile încărcătorului de pornire.
    -Deci, dacă întâlniți probleme de pornire după instalarea unui pachet, porniți o stare Haiku înaintea acelui timp și dezinstalați pachetul care are probleme.

    • +

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    • index @@ -167,10 +166,9 @@ Diferitele simboluri corespund aproximativ cu aceste etape de boot:

    - - Conținut -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash și Scriptare +:: Conținut +
    diff --git a/userguide/ro/deskbar.html b/userguide/ro/deskbar.html index e3c22cae..92df5874 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/ro/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Conținut +:: Deskbar » @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    replicant.png

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    -A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant.

    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Dacă întâmpinați dificultăți cu un Replicant pe Desktop și nu puteți să scăpați de acesta, ștergeți ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Din păcate această acțiune va elimina toți Replicanții de pe Desktop.

    Exemple de aplicații care se pot replica sunt graficele ale ActivityMonitor, mini-aplicația Workspaces sau DeskCalc.

    @@ -161,9 +162,10 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
    - « Filesystem layout -:: Conținut -:: Workspaces » + +Conținut +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ro/index.html b/userguide/ro/index.html index af7d477d..b985c348 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/index.html +++ b/userguide/ro/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -51,9 +53,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Team Monitor :: Conținut -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applets » @@ -76,7 +78,7 @@ CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Navigates spatially the rows/columns of the available workspaces. Add SHIFT to take the active window with you. OPTHolding OPT while dragging a window near another window's tab or border will stack or tile them (see chapter GUI). -OPT↑ / ↓Cycles through the open windows within the current workspace. +OPT ↑ / ↓Cycles through the open windows within the current workspace. CTRL ALT + clic stângaClick and drag with left mouse button to move a window (see chapter GUI). CTRL ALT + clic dreaptaClick and drag with right mouse button to resize a window (see chapter GUI). @@ -169,9 +171,9 @@ Instead of jumping to the first occurrence of your search string, Tracker can be
    - « Tracker Add-Ons + « Team Monitor :: Conținut -:: Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applets »
    diff --git a/userguide/ro/preferences.html b/userguide/ro/preferences.html index c8eac544..24405f6f 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/ro/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ro/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/ro/preferences/filetypes.html index 81ef06b4..49767085 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/ro/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Humdinger * --> @@ -65,7 +67,7 @@ Deskbar:Preferințe Locație:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Configurări:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Stochează toate tipurile MIME ca dosare. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Stochează toate tipurile MIME ca dosare.

    Consultați subiectul Filetypes și workshop-ulFiletypes, Attributes, Index și Queries care explică cea mai mare parte din acest panou de preferințe.

    diff --git a/userguide/ro/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/ro/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9bb85dc0..00000000 --- a/userguide/ro/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FileTypes  -::  Preferințe  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Locație:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Configurări:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Stabilește rata de repetare și amânarea până când o tastă apăsată începe să se repete. Puteți să testați configurările în câmpul de text din partea de jos.

    - - - -
    Implicit resetează totul la valorile implicite.
    Revenire aduce înapoi configurările care au fost active când ați pornit preferințele Keyboard.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/ro/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/ro/preferences/keymap.html index 26e31f85..e28148ab 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/ro/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Preferințe  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Locație:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Configurări:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    Toate configurările sunt aplicate imediat.

    - - - -
    Implicit resetează totul la valorile implicite.
    Revenire aduce înapoi configurările care au fost active când ați pornit preferințele Mouse.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Preferințe  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/ro/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/ro/preferences/screen.html index d59a89d1..2fde1d61 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/ro/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Locație:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Configurări:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Acest panou oferă mai multe configurări în legătură cu touchpad-ul care sunt interesante când rulați de pe un laptop.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Implicit resetează totul la valorile implicite.
    Revenire aduce înapoi configurările care au fost active atunci când ați pornit preferințele Touchpad.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Preferințe  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/ro/queries.html b/userguide/ro/queries.html index 67076b47..86c03101 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/queries.html +++ b/userguide/ro/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ro/tracker.html b/userguide/ro/tracker.html index 6979771d..c9632e1d 100644 --- a/userguide/ro/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/ro/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications.html b/userguide/ru/applications.html index ad1bd5ef..cd804b20 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Семинар + « Tracker :: Содержание -:: Апплеты рабочего стола » +:: Рабочее пространство » @@ -188,9 +188,9 @@
    - « Семинар + « Tracker :: Содержание -:: Апплеты рабочего стола » +:: Рабочее пространство »
    diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html index c6f751a0..fdd5785b 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ * Translators: * Rodastahm Islamov * Humdinger - * mrNoisy * Vsevolod + * mrNoisy * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/codycam.html b/userguide/ru/applications/codycam.html index 07bd227d..ceebcdf0 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/codycam.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/codycam.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/deskcalc.html b/userguide/ru/applications/deskcalc.html index fbd1361f..ba9306d0 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov * Rodastahm Islamov - * mrNoisy * Vsevolod + * mrNoisy * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/diskprobe.html b/userguide/ru/applications/diskprobe.html index f952f961..9d9e2ff9 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/diskprobe.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/ru/applications/haikudepot.html index fe8476c1..1269c092 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -103,7 +103,8 @@

    index Список

    Как и в любом окне Tracker, вы можете выбрать из контекстного списка, какие колонки отображать, кликнув правой кнопкой по заголовку любой из них. Левый клик сортирует список по конкретной колонке. Конечно же, вы можете изменить порядок расположения колонок, перетаскивая их на новую позицию.

    -

    Колонка "Статус" может иметь одно из нескольких значений:

    +

    The Date column shows when a packge was added or updated. Sort by this column to see what's new or updated at the top of the list.

    +

    The Status column of a package can have one of several states:

    • Активирован: Пакет в данный момент установлен и готов к использованию.

    • Доступен: Пакет существует в репозитории и может быть скачан и установлен. Если присутствуют какие-либо зависимости от других пакетов, вы будете проинформированы об этом в процессе установки и вам будет дана возможность выбрать установку всего необходимого.

      • @@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ The second item is to Manage repositories.... It opens

      index Tips

      -

      Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      +

      There is another way to keep track of new and updated packages besides sorting the Date column of the list of packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

      diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/ru/applications/icon-o-matic.html index e8705d9e..14ef4a95 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov * Humdinger - * mrNoisy * Vsevolod + * mrNoisy * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/installer.html b/userguide/ru/applications/installer.html index 7c60556f..6a467274 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/installer.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ Настройки хранятся по адресу:отсутствуют


      -

      Установщик служит для установки Haiku на другой раздел.
      -После запуска отображается окно с важной информацией. Это не бессмысленное пользовательское соглашение (EULA), поэтому не стоит сразу же подтверждать соглашение, в нем говорится следующее:

      +

      The Installer is used to copy Haiku onto another volume. You can use it to clone your currently running Haiku - with all installed software and all data and settings. And of course you use it for the initial installation after booting from install CD or USB drive, see the online Installation Guide.

      +

      Upon launch Installer displays a start window with important information. It's not a mindless EULA you're used to click away in the blink of an eye, it states:

      • This is beta-quality software. Make backups or suffer the consequences!

      • The Installer needs a prepared partition. You can use DriveSetup to create and format a partition, but cannot yet resize existing partitions. For that you'll have to use a GParted LiveCD or a similar tool for now.

        • diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/ru/applications/list-cli-apps.html index b381b7c5..817fd9f8 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/list-cli-apps.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/list-cli-apps.html @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov * Rodastahm Islamov - * mrNoisy * Vsevolod + * mrNoisy * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/people.html b/userguide/ru/applications/people.html index 3824830f..8f02a311 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/people.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/people.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/poorman.html b/userguide/ru/applications/poorman.html index 0af46896..d7f2a1ba 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/poorman.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/poorman.html @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov * Humdinger - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/ru/applications/softwareupdater.html index b839ad58..67c67191 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/ru/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -99,7 +99,8 @@ Via Settings | Window title... the Terminal window's t

        Most of the offered settings speak for themselves. Not entirely obvious though, the font size is set in the submenu of the Font popup menu.
        Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables.
        -You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

        +You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which Color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

        +

        You can also configure "ANSI colors" with the Color menu. Those are the first 8 named colors in the color palette of terminal applications. You choose a color, for example "ANSI red color", and then adjust it with the color picker below. The effect is not visible unless you run a terminal application that makes use of that color. The exact colors used in various places are documented at Wikipedia.

        A few more options follow: you can have a Blinking cursor and choose to Allow bold text.
        Use left Option as Meta key if you work with certain UNIX software that relies on accessing an extended portion of the ASCII character set, like e.g. GNU Emacs and the GNU readline library.
        Activate the checkbox to Confirm exit if active programs exist and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.

        @@ -147,11 +148,11 @@ Activate the checkbox to Confirm exit if active programs exis Переместить сюда Перемещает перетаскиваемый файл в текущую директорию Терминала. Копировать сюда Копирует перетаскиваемый файл в текущую директорию Терминала. -

      • Вы можете открыть любой файл, назначенной ему программой, используя команду open [имя_файла]. Это также сработает для открытия текущей (".") и родительской ("..") папки, которые откроются в окне Tracker-а. Так, чтобы открыть текущую директорию, следует набрать:

        -
        open .
        +

      • You can open any file with its preferred application with the command open [filename]. This also works with the representation of the current (".") and parent ("..") folder which then open in a Tracker window. So, to open the current working directory, you type:

        +
        open .
        • +

      • If a command generates lots of output, things scroll by rapidly. Use a few of those commands and it gets difficult to scroll back and find the start of the last output. With Edit | Clear all or ALT L you can clear the scroll back buffer before issuing your command. Presto, a pristine empty scroll back buffer, you can just scroll back right to the top to catch the beginning of your output.

      - diff --git a/userguide/ru/bash-scripting.html b/userguide/ru/bash-scripting.html index 9835dce7..41b45650 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/bash-scripting.html +++ b/userguide/ru/bash-scripting.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@
    • 日本語
    - «  Настройки  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Содержание  - +::  Загрузчик (Boot Loader)  » @@ -115,9 +115,9 @@
    - «  Настройки  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Содержание  - +::  Загрузчик (Boot Loader)  »
    diff --git a/userguide/ru/bootloader.html b/userguide/ru/bootloader.html index 46a45ea5..64a9dc33 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/ru/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -59,10 +59,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - - Содержание -:: Иерархия файловой системы » + « Bash и скрипты +:: Содержание + @@ -150,7 +149,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -175,10 +174,9 @@ So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku s
    - - Содержание -:: Иерархия файловой системы » + « Bash и скрипты +:: Содержание +
    diff --git a/userguide/ru/deskbar.html b/userguide/ru/deskbar.html index 8716a37b..0cb4b651 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/ru/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Дополнения для Tracker (Tracker add-ons) + « Графический интерфейс Haiku :: Содержание -:: Типы файлов » +:: Tracker » @@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ Maybe more useful: while holding SHIFT, a middle-click
    - « Дополнения для Tracker (Tracker add-ons) + « Графический интерфейс Haiku :: Содержание -:: Типы файлов » +:: Tracker »
    diff --git a/userguide/ru/desktop-applets/launchbox.html b/userguide/ru/desktop-applets/launchbox.html index 0f6a8432..cf8a1d5f 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/desktop-applets/launchbox.html +++ b/userguide/ru/desktop-applets/launchbox.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html b/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html index df00534b..65f6f891 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html +++ b/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Содержание +:: Deskbar »
    +
    Перевод этой страницы еще не завершен. Пока это не произойдет, незавершенные части будут на английском.
    @@ -157,8 +159,8 @@ Репликанты

    Репликанты - это небольшие автономные части приложений, которые могут быть интегрированы в другие приложения. Если активировать в Deskbar опцию Отображать репликанты, то вы сможете отличить область репликанта по маленькому значку в правом нижнем углу:

    replicant.png -

    Наиболее подходящее место для репликантов - Рабочий стол: просто перетащите репликант на него за эту маленькую иконку в правом нижем углу. Теперь репликант является частью рабочего стола и для его работы не требуется запуск оригинального приложения.
    -Правым щелчком мыши по иконке репликанта можно вызвать контекстное меню, которое содержит пункты О репликанте и Удалить репликант.

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Если вы испытываете трудности с репликантом и не можете его удалить, то просто удалите файл ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. К сожалению, это приведет к удалению всех репликантов с рабочего стола.

    Примерами репликантов являются Монитор активности, Рабочие столы и Калькулятор.

    @@ -166,9 +168,10 @@
    - « Иерархия файловой системы -:: Содержание -:: Рабочее пространство » + +Содержание +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/ru/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index 08068273..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/ru/index.html b/userguide/ru/index.html index fbd4607b..34c84828 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/index.html +++ b/userguide/ru/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -55,9 +56,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Дополнения для Tracker (Tracker add-ons) + « Монитор процессов (Team Monitor) :: Содержание -:: Deskbar » +:: Апплеты рабочего стола » @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ - + @@ -173,9 +174,9 @@
    - « Дополнения для Tracker (Tracker add-ons) + « Монитор процессов (Team Monitor) :: Содержание -:: Deskbar » +:: Апплеты рабочего стола »
    diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences.html b/userguide/ru/preferences.html index 56d06271..4cf0248a 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/appearance.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/appearance.html index 11d4a5c3..a856debe 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/appearance.html @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ * Sergei Reznikov * Rodastahm Islamov * Humdinger - * mrNoisy * PoZorro + * mrNoisy * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/datatranslations.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/datatranslations.html index e39b4009..3e4a6fb2 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/datatranslations.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/datatranslations.html @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov * Rodastahm Islamov - * mrNoisy * Vsevolod + * mrNoisy * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/e-mail.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/e-mail.html index f485af93..05dc182e 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/e-mail.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/filetypes.html index 1a2ef8d4..e697159d 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov * Rodastahm Islamov + * Humdinger * --> @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - хранятся все MIME-типы.
    Содержание
    CTRL ALT ←/→/↑/↓Перемещение по рабочим столам. Для перемещения активного окна следует также удерживать клавишу SHIFT.
    OPTПеремещайте одно окно за ярлычок к ярлычку другого и удерживайте в это время клавишу OPT и окна соединятся.(более подробно в теме Графический интерфейс).
    OPT↑ / ↓Переключаться между открытыми окнами в пределах текущего рабочего стола.
    OPT ↑ / ↓Переключаться между открытыми окнами в пределах текущего рабочего стола.
    CTRL ALT + левый щелчок мышиДля перемещения окна щёлкните левой кнопкой мыши и потащите его. (более подробно в теме Графический интерфейс).
    CTRL ALT + правый щелчок мышиДля изменения размера окна щёлкните правой кнопкой мыши и потащите его. (более подробно в теме Графический интерфейс).
    Расположение в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Расположение в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Настройки хранятся по адресу:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - хранятся все MIME-типы.

    Следует обратиться к темам - Типы файлов и Семинар на тему: типы файлов, атрибуты, индексация и запросы, которые содержат описание этой панели настроек.

    diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3a1ace73..00000000 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Клавиатура (Keyboard) - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Типы файлов (FileTypes)  -::  Настройки  -::  Раскладка (Keymap)  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngКлавиатура (Keyboard)

    - - - - -
    Расположение в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Расположение в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Настройки хранятся по адресу:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Позволяет установить частоту повторения и задержку ввода после нажатия клавиши. Вы можете проверить ваши настройки в поле снизу.

    - - - -
    По умолчанию сбросить текущие настройки и установить их на значения по умолчанию.
    Вернуть Вернуть все настройки к исходным (тем, которые были установлены перед запуском панели настроек).
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/keymap.html index f7199b72..c2b6c57f 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Мышь - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Медиа  -::  Настройки  -::  Сеть  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngМышь

    - - - - -
    Расположение в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Расположение в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Настройки хранятся по адресу:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    В выпадающем меню Тип мыши выберите тип своей мыши: одно-, двух- или трёхкнопочную. Имеется возможность имитировать 2-ю (правую) кнопку мыши, удерживая клавишу CTRL и щёлкнув левой кнопкой, а также 3-ю (среднюю) кнопку мыши, нажимая CTRL ALT совместно с левой кнопкой мыши.

    -

    Вы можете переназначить кнопки мыши, нажав на них и выбрав их новое значение из выпадающего меню.

    -

    С помощью ползунков справа можно настроить скорость двойного клика, скорость мыши и её ускорение.

    -

    Есть три Режима фокуса, которые определяют, как окно реагирует на клики:

    - - - - -
    Нажать для фокуса и поднятия окна Это режим по умолчанию: при клике на окно оно получает фокус и поднимается наверх.
    Нажать для фокусировки окна Клик по окну перемещает на него фокус, но не поднимает автоматически. Для этого нужно кликнуть либо на заголовке или рамке окна, либо в любом месте окна с зажатыми горячими клавишами CTRL ALT.
    Фокус следует за мышьюОкно под курсором мыши получает фокус. Поднятие происходит так же, как в режиме Нажать для фокусировки окна.
    -

    Опция Принимать первое нажатие позволяет использовать элементы неактивного окна, такие, как кнопки или меню, не перемещая предварительно на него фокус. При этом возникает риск ненамеренно закрыть окно, например, случайно нажав кнопку "закрыть" при клике по заголовку окна. С другой стороны, это существенно ускоряет рабочий процесс.

    -

    Все настройки применяются на лету.

    - - - -
    По умолчанию сбросить текущие настройки и установить их на значения по умолчанию.
    Вернуть возвращает настройки, которые были активны при открытии этого окна.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Медиа  -::  Настройки  -::  Сеть  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/screen.html index b9ebb512..ba8ac80c 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -64,6 +64,7 @@
    +
    Перевод этой страницы еще не завершен. Пока это не произойдет, незавершенные части будут на английском.

    screen-icon_64.pngЭкран (Screen)

    @@ -81,8 +82,11 @@

    Слева, вы видите изображение вашего экрана с указанием модели и производителя и его разрешение в числе точек на дюйм (dpi). При наведении курсора вы увидите подсказку с моделью видеокарты, если последняя поддерживается драйвером. В противном случае подсказка сообщит "VESA", запасной вариант, работающий почти со всем оборудованием.

    Хотя режим VESA в Haiku работает очень хорошо, вы можете столкнуться с рядом ограничений. Может оказаться, что вы не сможете использовать широкий экран в его родном разрешении, что приводит к несколько размытому изображению. Также могут наблюдаться ограничения, связанные с числом доступных разрешений и частот обновления.
    +

    Clicking on the screen representation opens the Backgrounds preferences.

    +

    Below is a slider to set the screen's Brightness, if you're running on a notebook and the graphics driver supports it. In Terminal, screenmode --help shows how to control brightness and other options from the command line.

    +

    To the bottom left you can set the number of workspaces and arrange them in columns and rows.

    Кнопка Вернуть возвращает установки, которые были активны при открытии окна настроек экрана.

    -

    В левом нижнем углу вы можете задать количество рабочих столов в порядке их расположения (Столбцы и Ряды) и открыть настройки Фона.

    + diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/screensaver.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/screensaver.html index c663e218..7251b5ef 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/screensaver.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/screensaver.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/sounds.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/sounds.html index fd66fb41..7ebf0642 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/sounds.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/sounds.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov - * Michael Smirnov * Vsevolod + * Michael Smirnov * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/time.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/time.html index 16adbf28..9c254c68 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/time.html +++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/time.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Sergei Reznikov - * mrNoisy * Vsevolod + * mrNoisy * --> diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/touchpad.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/touchpad.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7bc13c17..00000000 --- a/userguide/ru/preferences/touchpad.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Сенсорная панель (Touchpad) - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngСенсорная панель (Touchpad)

    -
    - - - -
    Расположение в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Расположение в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Настройки хранятся по адресу:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Предлагает настройки сенсорной панели, которые будут полезны при использовании Haiku на ноутбуке.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    Перемещая красные вертикальные или горизонтальные линии на изображении сенсорной панели, вы устанавливаете область прокрутки (выделена красным фоном). Движение вашего пальца на этой части панели соответственно переместит полосы прокрутки окна.

    -

    Справа расположены ползунки, которые устанавливают общее ускорение прокрутки, вертикальную и горизонтальную скорость прокрутки.
    -Настройка ускорения определяет, насколько быстрее будут пролистываться страницы, если вы быстро проведёте пальцем по области прокрутки. Скорости прокрутки управляют общей скоростью при использовании этой области при обычном движении пальца. -

    -

    Под изображением сенсорной панели находятся опции для активации возможности вертикальной и горизонтальной прокрутки двумя пальцами. Двигайте двумя пальцами параллельно в вертикальной или горизонтальной плоскости для перемещения полосы прокрутки окна. Возможно, вам будет удобнее использовать один палец на левой и один на правой руке для такой прокрутки.
    -Если вы считаете использование этой функции удобным, то можете обойтись без установки областей прокрутки и вместо этого использовать всю площадь панели для навигации.

    -

    Внизу находится ползунок для настройки чувствительности касания. Если ваши касания продолжают игнорироваться, то увеличьте чувствительность. Если в системе постоянно срабатывают клики во время перемещения курсора мыши, то попытайтесь уменьшить её.

    - - - -
    По умолчанию сбросить текущие настройки и установить их на значения по умолчанию.
    Вернуть возвращает настройки, которые были активны при открытии этого окна.
    -

    Совет, не связанный напрямую с настройками сенсорной панели, но подходящий к этой теме:
    -Знаете ли вы, что можно осуществить перетаскивание, используя только сенсорную панель без использования кнопок? Достаточно сделать двойной клик, не отрывая палец после второго касания. Выделенная иконка будет захвачена курсором мыши, и вы сможете тащить её, передвигая палец. Поднятие пальца прекратит перетаскивание иконки. -

    -

    Если палец достиг границы сенсорной панели при перетаскивании иконки, но курсор мыши еще не достиг края экрана, то как можно продолжить перемещать иконку? Как только вы поднимите палец, иконка будет отпущена.
    -В зависимости от аппаратных возможностей сенсорной панели, имеется отличный способ: остановите палец, не отрывая его от края сенсорной панели - курсор мыши продолжит двигаться на автопилоте.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Настройки  -::  Виртуальная память (VirtualMemory)  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/ru/queries.html b/userguide/ru/queries.html index e0cbfa76..e4209891 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/queries.html +++ b/userguide/ru/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/ru/tracker.html b/userguide/ru/tracker.html index db300d0e..ea235d0b 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/ru/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Запросы + « Иерархия файловой системы :: Содержание -:: Приложения » +:: Workshop: Email »
    @@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ mkindex -t int DVDdb:rating
    - « Запросы + « Иерархия файловой системы :: Содержание -:: Приложения » +:: Workshop: Email »
    diff --git a/userguide/ru/workshop-wlan.html b/userguide/ru/workshop-wlan.html index e189ac18..76d1a7cd 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/workshop-wlan.html +++ b/userguide/ru/workshop-wlan.html @@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA devices still need more work to become

    По умолчанию Haiku после загрузки подключается к первой найденной незашифрованной беспроводной сети. Чтобы подключиться к определенной сети, используйте апплет рабочего стола Статус сети (NetworkStatus).

    Кликните правой кнопкой мыши на его иконке в Deskbar и выберите из контекстного меню публичное имя сети (передаваемый ей "SSID").

    join-network.png -

    Откроется окно, где нужно выбрать тип аутентификации (возможно, WPA/WPA2, WEP больше не считается безопасным шифрованием!) и ввести пароль для этой беспроводной сети. Нажмите OK, чтобы начать процесс подключения.
    В зависимости от вашего оборудования и настроек сети это может занять некоторое время. О состоянии подключения вас проинформирует уведомление:

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    Once it reads "Ready" and the NetworkStatus icon in the Deskbar shows a green round light, the connection is established. If the notifications end in "No link" and a yellow triangle, something went wrong, probably an incorrect password.

    diff --git a/userguide/ru/workspaces.html b/userguide/ru/workspaces.html index f0fde43e..6cecb3b3 100644 --- a/userguide/ru/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/ru/workspaces.html @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Графический интерфейс Haiku + « Приложения :: Содержание :: Переключатель задач » @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications.html b/userguide/sk/applications.html index 174bff02..6174aacc 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/debugger.html b/userguide/sk/applications/debugger.html index 5f38bb42..9463b275 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/debugger.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/debugger.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Humdinger + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/deskcalc.html b/userguide/sk/applications/deskcalc.html index d61defb7..1600d004 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Humdinger + * helix84 * Peter Poláčik * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html index d8919c97..06e6013b 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -102,7 +102,8 @@

    index Zoznam

    Ako v ľubovoľnom okne Trackera si môžete vybrať z kontextového menu ktoré stĺpce chcete zobraziť kliknutím pravým tlačidlom na záhlavie stĺpca. Kliknutie ľavým tlačidlom zoradí zoznam podľa vybraného stĺpca. Samozrejme môžete zmeniť poradie stĺpcov tým, že ich pretiahnete na nové miesto.

    -

    Stavový stĺpec balíka môže obsahovať jeden z niekoľkých stavov:

    +

    The Date column shows when a packge was added or updated. Sort by this column to see what's new or updated at the top of the list.

    +

    The Status column of a package can have one of several states:

    • Aktívny: Balík je momentálne nainštalovaný a pripravený na použitie.

    • Dostupný: Balík existuje v danom zdroji softvéru a je možné ho stiahnuť a nainštalovať. Ak závisí od iných balíkov, informáciu o tom dostanete pred jeho inštaláciou a budete sa môcť rozhodnúť, či chcete stiahnuť a nainštalovať všetko potrebné.

      • @@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ After you click Send the data is transmitted to the

      index Tips

      -

      Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      +

      There is another way to keep track of new and updated packages besides sorting the Date column of the list of packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
      Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

    diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/sk/applications/icon-o-matic.html index cc7ab2fa..a19c6008 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Bachoru - * helix84 * Humdinger + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/installer.html b/userguide/sk/applications/installer.html index 4a5bd3c1..dbbf214f 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/installer.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/showimage.html b/userguide/sk/applications/showimage.html index a2ef26f9..f2d7c839 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/showimage.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/showimage.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Humdinger * Marek + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/sk/applications/softwareupdater.html index 5d8464c2..3850b9cc 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/terminal.html b/userguide/sk/applications/terminal.html index 9477555e..56186fa4 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/terminal.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/terminal.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -98,7 +98,8 @@ Via Settings | Window title... the Terminal window's t

    Most of the offered settings speak for themselves. Not entirely obvious though, the font size is set in the submenu of the Font popup menu.
    Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables.
    -You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

    +You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which Color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

    +

    You can also configure "ANSI colors" with the Color menu. Those are the first 8 named colors in the color palette of terminal applications. You choose a color, for example "ANSI red color", and then adjust it with the color picker below. The effect is not visible unless you run a terminal application that makes use of that color. The exact colors used in various places are documented at Wikipedia.

    A few more options follow: you can have a Blinking cursor and choose to Allow bold text.
    Use left Option as Meta key if you work with certain UNIX software that relies on accessing an extended portion of the ASCII character set, like e.g. GNU Emacs and the GNU readline library.
    Activate the checkbox to Confirm exit if active programs exist and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.

    @@ -146,11 +147,11 @@ Oba súbory môžu byť vytvorené v priečinku /boot/home/co Presunúť sem Presunie ťahaný súbor do aktuálneho pracovného adresára Terminálu. Skopírovať sem Kopíruje ťahaný súbor do aktuálneho pracovného adresára Terminálu. -

  • Ktorýkoľvek súbor môžte otvoriť jeho preferovanou aplikáciou príkazom open [nazov_suboru]. To tiež pracuje so zastúpením aktuálneho (".") a materského ("..") priečinka, ktoré sa potom otvoria v Tracker okne. Takže, otvorte aktuálny pracovný adresár, zadajte:

    -
    open .
    +

  • You can open any file with its preferred application with the command open [filename]. This also works with the representation of the current (".") and parent ("..") folder which then open in a Tracker window. So, to open the current working directory, you type:

    +
    open .
    • +

  • If a command generates lots of output, things scroll by rapidly. Use a few of those commands and it gets difficult to scroll back and find the start of the last output. With Edit | Clear all or ALT L you can clear the scroll back buffer before issuing your command. Presto, a pristine empty scroll back buffer, you can just scroll back right to the top to catch the beginning of your output.

    • - diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/textsearch.html b/userguide/sk/applications/textsearch.html index f31796c1..723bf2a0 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/textsearch.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/textsearch.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Marek + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/webpositive.html b/userguide/sk/applications/webpositive.html index e1a05414..1e1f2125 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/applications/webpositive.html +++ b/userguide/sk/applications/webpositive.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Marek + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/attributes.html b/userguide/sk/attributes.html index 83148403..a62ee89b 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/attributes.html +++ b/userguide/sk/attributes.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Bachoru - * helix84 * Marek + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/bash-scripting.html b/userguide/sk/bash-scripting.html index cc67eec0..a86d4602 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/bash-scripting.html +++ b/userguide/sk/bash-scripting.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Nastavenia  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Obsah  - +::  Zavádzač systému  » @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ Ak ešte neexistujú, budete potrebné súbory musieť sami vytvoriť. Inak jedn
    - «  Nastavenia  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Obsah  - +::  Zavádzač systému  »
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/bootloader.html b/userguide/sk/bootloader.html index b8cc3203..db42c8f9 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/sk/bootloader.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ @@ -54,10 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - - Obsah -:: Rozloženie súborového systému Haiku » + « Bash a Skriptovanie +:: Obsah + @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -170,10 +169,9 @@ Rozličné symboly zhruba zodpovedajú týmto fázam zavádzania:

    - - Obsah -:: Rozloženie súborového systému Haiku » + « Bash a Skriptovanie +:: Obsah +
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/contents.html b/userguide/sk/contents.html index 0955dddc..0d80fc69 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/contents.html +++ b/userguide/sk/contents.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Humdinger + * helix84 * Máximo Castañeda * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/deskbar.html b/userguide/sk/deskbar.html index 1f333927..1f5e5ded 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/sk/deskbar.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Doplnky Trackera + « Používateľské rozhranie Haiku :: Obsah -:: Typy súborov » +:: Tracker » @@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ Maybe more useful: while holding SHIFT, a middle-click
    - « Doplnky Trackera + « Používateľské rozhranie Haiku :: Obsah -:: Typy súborov » +:: Tracker »
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/desktop-applets.html b/userguide/sk/desktop-applets.html index ca7688ad..10129caa 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/desktop-applets.html +++ b/userguide/sk/desktop-applets.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Bachoru - * helix84 * Marek + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/desktop-applets/workspaces.html b/userguide/sk/desktop-applets/workspaces.html index 909339da..b5590911 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/desktop-applets/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/sk/desktop-applets/workspaces.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Bachoru - * helix84 * Humdinger + * helix84 * --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/filesystem-layout.html b/userguide/sk/filesystem-layout.html index 7577430d..1d75ea98 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/filesystem-layout.html +++ b/userguide/sk/filesystem-layout.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -54,7 +55,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Panel + « Požiadavky :: Obsah :: Atribúty » @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ index Globálne nastavenia v Nastaveniach Typov súborov

    Nastavenia Typov súborov sa nezaoberajú jednotlivými súbormi, ale globálnymi nastaveniami typov súborov. Môžete meniť predvolené ikony a preferované aplikácie alebo pridávať, odoberať alebo meniť atribúty typov súborov. Dokonca môžete vytvoriť váš vlastný typ súboru.

    -

    Všetky typy súborov a ich konfigurácie sú uložené v /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Predtým, než začnete experimentovať, bolo by rozumné zálohovať si daný priečinok...

    +

    Všetky typy súborov a ich konfigurácie sú uložené v /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/. Predtým, než začnete experimentovať, bolo by rozumné zálohovať si daný priečinok...

    Ďalšie informácie o typoch súborov sa dozviete vo workshope: Typy súborov, atribúty, index a požiadavky.

    @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@
    - « Panel + « Požiadavky :: Obsah :: Atribúty »
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/gui.html b/userguide/sk/gui.html index 985525c0..4a295272 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/gui.html +++ b/userguide/sk/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Obsah +:: Panel »
    @@ -156,8 +157,8 @@ Všetky Obľúbené sú uložené v /boot/home/config/setting Replikanti

    Replikanti sú malé samostatné súčasti aplikácií, ktoré sa dajú integrovať do iných programov. Po aktivovaní možnosti Panela Zobraziť replikantov môžete rozoznať aplikácie s replikantom podľa tejto malej rúčky v pravom dolnom rohu:

    replicant.png -

    Najprominentnejšie miesto na použitie replikantov je Plocha: Jednoducho na ňu myšou pretiahnite rúčku replikanta. Odteraz je táto aplikácia súčasťou Plochy a ak s ňou chcete pracovať, pôvodnú aplikáciu už nemusíte spúšťať.
    -Pravým kliknutím na rúčku replikanta vyvoláte menu s možnosťami zobraziť ďalšie informácie O aplikácií alebo Odstrániť replikanta.

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Ak sa s replikantom vyskytnú problémy a vy sa ho neviete zbaviť, odstráňte ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Bohužiaľ, toto odstráni všetky replikanty z Plochy.

    Možnosť vytvoriť replikanta majú napríklad aplikácie Monitor aktivity, aplet Pracovné plochy alebo DeskCalc.

    @@ -165,9 +166,10 @@ Pravým kliknutím na rúčku replikanta vyvoláte menu s možnosťami zobraziť
    - « Rozloženie súborového systému Haiku -:: Obsah -:: Pracovné plochy » + +Obsah +:: Panel »
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png b/userguide/sk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png deleted file mode 100644 index 71f87087..00000000 Binary files a/userguide/sk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user..png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sk/index.html b/userguide/sk/index.html index 9d86a2ed..d60d86f9 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/index.html +++ b/userguide/sk/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -54,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Doplnky Trackera + « Monitor tímov :: Obsah -:: Panel » +:: Aplety plochy » @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ Používateľská príručka popisuje predvolenú konfiguráciu s príkazovým k CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓Naviguje po riadkoch/stĺpcoch dostupných pracovných plôch. Pridaním SHIFT sa presunie aj aktívne okno. OPTDržaním OPT počas ťahania okna v blízkosti karty alebo okraja iného okna ho naskladá alebo dlaždicovo rozloží (pozri kapitolu Používateľské rozhranie Haiku). -OPT↑ / ↓Dokola prepína medzi otvorenými oknami na aktuálnej pracovnej ploche. +OPT ↑ / ↓Dokola prepína medzi otvorenými oknami na aktuálnej pracovnej ploche. CTRL ALT + left mouseDržaním ľavého tlačidla myši a ťahaním presúvate okno (pozri kapitolu Používateľské rozhranie Haiku). CTRL ALT + right mouseDržaním pravého tlačidla myši a ťahaním meníte veľkosť okna (pozri kapitolu Používateľské rozhranie Haiku). @@ -173,9 +174,9 @@ Namiesto označenia prvej zhody so zadaným reťazcom, Tracker môžete nakonfig
    - « Doplnky Trackera + « Monitor tímov :: Obsah -:: Panel » +:: Aplety plochy »
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences.html b/userguide/sk/preferences.html index bf6ca664..8477dfb3 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/sk/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/sk/preferences/filetypes.html index e1ad3971..524fe85b 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/sk/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * helix84 * Peter Poláčik * @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ Panel:Nastavenia Umiestnenie:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Nastavenia:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Ukladá všetky typy MIME ako priečinky. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Ukladá všetky typy MIME ako priečinky.

    Prosím pozrite si Typy súborov a workshop Typy súborov, Atribúty, Index a Požiadavky, ktoré vysvetľujú väčšinu z tejto skupiny nastavení.

    diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/sk/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 67e7a860..00000000 --- a/userguide/sk/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Klávesnica - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Typy súborov  -::  Nastavenia  -::  Mapa klávesov  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKlávesnica

    - - - - -
    Panel:Nastavenia
    Umiestnenie:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Nastavenia:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Nastaví rýchlosť opakovania a oneskorenie, po akom sa začne podržaný kláves posielať opakovane. Svoje nastavenia môžete otestovať v textovom poli dolu.

    - - - -
    Predvolené vráti všetko na predvolené hodnoty
    Vrátiť späť obnoví nastavenia, ktoré boli aktívne, keď ste spustili nastavenia Klávesnice.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/sk/preferences/keymap.html index 535bdf52..274f986e 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/sk/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Myš - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Multimédiá  -::  Nastavenia  -::  Sieť  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMyš

    - - - - -
    Panel:Nastavenia
    Umiestnenie:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Nastavenia:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Najprv nastavíte typ myši: 1, 2 alebo 3 tlačidlová myš. Môžete simulovať druhé (=pravé) tlačidlo myši, ak držíte kláves CTRL počas klikania ľavým tlačidlom. Pre tretie (=stredné) tlačidlo, je to CTRL ALT a kliknutie ľavým tlačidlom.

    -

    Môžete preskupiť tlačidlá myši, kliknutím na ne a vybratím nového významu z výsuvného menu.

    -

    Posuvníkmi vpravo nastavujete rýchlosť dvojitého kliknutia, rýchlosť myši a zrýchlenie myši. Testovacia oblasť pod obrázkom myši môže byť použitá na skontrolovanie nastavení dvojitého kliknutia a či vám vyhovuje: ak dvojitým kliknutím na slovo ho nevyberiete, je to nastavené na príliš vysokú rýchlosť (alebo si budete musieť zvyknúť na rýchlejšie klikanie...

    -

    Sú tri Režimy aktivácie, ktoré rozhodujú, ako okná reagujú na kliknutie:

    - - - - -
    Kliknutím aktivovať a preniesť do popredia Toto je prednastavená možnosť: kliknite na okno, to sa aktivuje a prenesie do popredia.
    Kliknutím aktivovať Kliknutie na okno ho len aktivuje, ale neprenáša ho automaticky do popredia. Aby ste spravili to, musíte buď kliknúť na jeho titulok alebo okraj alebo kliknúť kdekoľvek, zatiaľ čo držíte klávesy správy okien CTRL ALT.
    Aktivovať okná po kurzorom myšiOkno pod kurzorom myši je automaticky aktívne. Aby ste ho preniesli do popredia, spravte to, čo je popísané v Kliknutím aktivovať.
    -

    Ak zapnete Prijať prvé kliknutie už nebudete musieť najskôr kliknutím aktivovať neaktívne okno, aby ste mohli pracovať s ovládacími prvkami ako tlačidlo alebo menu. Toto ale prináša so sebou riziko neúmyselného zavretia okna, ak napríklad omylom kliknete na tlačidlo zavrieť, keď ste v skutočnosti chceli kliknúť na titulok okna. Na druhú stranu, podstatne to zrýchli prácu.

    -

    Všetky nastavenia sa použijú okamžite.

    - - - -
    Predvolené vráti všetko na predvolené hodnoty
    Vrátiť späť obnoví nastavenia, ktoré boli aktívne, keď ste spustili nastavenia Myši.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Multimédiá  -::  Nastavenia  -::  Sieť  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html index cac824bb..98ad6b97 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Panel:Nastavenia
    Umiestnenie:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Nastavenia:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Tento panel ponúka niekoľko nastavení súvisiacich s touchpadom, čím je zaujímavý hlavne pre používateľov notebookov.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    Presúvaním červenej zvislej a vodorovnej čiary nastavujete oblasť posúvania (mierne červenšia oproti všeobecným šedým oblastiam dotyku). Hýbaním vášho prsta po tejto časti touchpadu sa bude zodpovedajúcim spôsobom posúvať aj posuvník.

    -

    Vpravo sa nachádzajú posuvníky na nastavenie všeobecného zrýchlenia a vodorovnej/zvislej rýchlosti posúvania.
    -Nastavenie zrýchlenia určuje, ako rýchlo sa má zoznam posúvať keď rýchlo prstom presvištíte po oblasti posúvania. Rýchlosti posúvania ovládajú všeobecnú rýchlosť pri normálnom hýbaní.

    -

    Pod znázornením touchpadu sa nachádzajú dve zaškrtávacie políčka na „Posúvanie dvomi prstami“ pre zvislé aj vodorovné posúvanie. Rovnobežným hýbaním oboma prstami zvisle alebo vodorovne posúvate posuvníky okien. Aspoň pre mňa to funguje najlepšie s jedným prstom z pravej a jedným z ľavej ruky.
    -Ak vám toto nastavenie vyhovuje, môžete sa úplne zbaviť oblastí posúvania a namiesto toho používať celý touchpad na normálnu navigáciu..

    -

    V dolnej časti je ďalší posuvník, ktorý nastavuje citlivosť na klikanie. Ak sa vám zdá, že vaše kliknutia sú často ignorované, zvýšte citlivosť. Ak sa vám zdá, že často nechcene klikáte, tak citlivosť skúste znížiť.

    - - - -
    Predvolené vráti všetko na predvolené hodnoty
    Vrátiť späť vráti nastavenia, ktoré boli aktívne v momente zapnutia nastavení Touchpadu.
    -

    Ešte jedna rada, ktorá sa netýka nastavení Touchpadu, no súvisí s témou:
    -Vedeli ste, že môžete položky uchopiť a pretiahnuť iba s použitím touchpadu, teda bez tlačidiel? Iba spravte dvojité kliknutie bez toho, aby ste prst po druhom kliknutí zdvihli. Vybraná položka sa tak prilepí na kurzor myši a vy ho môžete pretiahnuť hýbaním vášho prsta. Zdvihnutím vášho prsta znova ikonu pustíte.

    -

    Ak váš prst dosiahol okraj touchpadu počas ťahania ikony, no váš kurzor ešte nedosiahol okraj obrazovky, ako môžete ďalej ťahať ikonu? Akonáhle zdvihnete váš prst, ikona bude pustená.
    -V závislosti od vášho hardvéru máte možno túto užitočnú funkciu: Jednoducho nechajte váš prst na hrane touchpadu bez toho, aby ste ho zdvihli. Kurzor sa tak bude automaticky posúvať ďalej.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Nastavenia  -::  Virtuálna pamäť  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/sk/queries.html b/userguide/sk/queries.html index daac0833..224a8308 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/queries.html +++ b/userguide/sk/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@  «  Twitcher  ::  Obsah  -::  Tracker  » +::  Klávesové skratky  » @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Aplikácie, ktoré nereagujú, čo väčšinou znamená pád programu, sú ozna
     «  Twitcher  ::  Obsah  -::  Tracker  » +::  Klávesové skratky  »
    --> diff --git a/userguide/sk/tracker.html b/userguide/sk/tracker.html index 1eace0e3..a634737a 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/sk/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/sk/workshop-email.html b/userguide/sk/workshop-email.html index 0689a172..af086acf 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/workshop-email.html +++ b/userguide/sk/workshop-email.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ - « Queries + « Workshop: Attributes :: Contents -:: Applications » +:: Workshop: Wlan » @@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ Toto nájde všetky príspevky zo zoznamu udalostí Haiku za posledných 12 hod
    - « Požiadavky + « Workshop: Attributes :: Obsah -:: Aplikácie » +:: Workshop: Wlan »
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html b/userguide/sk/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html index 40065e04..d58d2cd7 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html +++ b/userguide/sk/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Marek + * helix84 * --> @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Požiadavky + « Rozloženie súborového systému Haiku :: Obsah -:: Aplikácie » +:: Workshop: Email » @@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ Otvorte priečinok obsahujúci vaše DVDdb súbory a upravte atribúty tak, ako
    - « Požiadavky + « Rozloženie súborového systému Haiku :: Obsah -:: Aplikácie » +:: Workshop: Email »
    diff --git a/userguide/sk/workshop-wlan.html b/userguide/sk/workshop-wlan.html index 64aee9ac..ee19e640 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/workshop-wlan.html +++ b/userguide/sk/workshop-wlan.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Humdinger + * helix84 * --> @@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ Zariadenia PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB a ISA ešte vyžadujú ďalšiu pr

    Haiku sa štadardne pripojí k prvej nešifrovanej sieti, ktorú po spustení nájde. Ak sa chcete pripojiť ku konkrétnej sieti, použite v Paneli aplet Stav siete.

    Kliknite na jeho ikonu na Paneli pravým tlačidlom a zvoľte z kontextového menu verejné meno siete (SSID, ktoré vysiela).

    join-network.png -

    Otvorí sa okno, kde napíšete typ overenia totožnosti (pravdepodobne WPA/WPA2; WEP u6 nie je bezpečné šifrovanie!) a heslo danej bezdrôtovej siete. Kliknutím na OK spustíte prihlasovanie.
    V závislosti od vášho hardvéru a nastavenia siete to môže chvíľu trvať. O priebehu vás budú informovať oznámenia:

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    Keď sa zobrazí „Pripravené“ a ikona Stavu siete v Paneli zobrazí zelené okrúhle svetielko, spojenie je nadviazané. Ak oznámenie hlási „Bez spojenia“ so žltým trojuholníkom, niečo nie je v poriadku - zrejme nesprávne heslo.

    diff --git a/userguide/sk/workspaces.html b/userguide/sk/workspaces.html index e6392b19..5057238c 100644 --- a/userguide/sk/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/sk/workspaces.html @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Používateľské rozhranie Haiku + « Aplikácie :: Obsah :: Twitcher » @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Taktiež, kliknutie na aplikáciu alebo jedno z jej okien v Panely vás pošle n
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications.html index 895d7e6c..6833297f 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Snabbkurs + « Tracker :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Skrivbordsprogram » +:: Arbetsytor »
    @@ -187,9 +187,9 @@
    - « Snabbkurs + « Tracker :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Skrivbordsprogram » +:: Arbetsytor »
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/activitymonitor.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/activitymonitor.html index 15527d0c..0a2da70f 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/activitymonitor.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/activitymonitor.html @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Jimmy Olsson * deejam * Victor Widell * kirilla - * Jimmy Olsson * --> @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@

    activitymonitor-icon_64.pngAktivitetsÖvervakare

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/AktivitetsÖvervakare
    Settings:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/AktivitetsÖvervakare
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings


    You can track system resources by launching the ActivityMonitor and activating different items of interest.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bepdf.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bepdf.html index 299ebf58..c6322e6d 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bepdf.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bepdf.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Victor Widell * Jimmy Olsson + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -68,10 +68,10 @@

    bepdf-icon_64.pngBePDF

    - - + + - +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Dokumentation:/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/*
    Settings:~/config/settings/BePDF
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/BePDF


    BePDF är en snabbstartande PDF-läsare. Förutom visning stöder den anteckningar och användardefinerade bokmärken för okrypterade PDF:er. Den är helt översatt till 20 språk för tillfället, och fler språk kan enkelt läggas till via textfiler.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bootmanager.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bootmanager.html index 72352b7e..04096439 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bootmanager.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/bootmanager.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -64,8 +66,8 @@

    bootmanager-icon_64.pngBootManager

    - - + +
    Deskbar:No entry, normally started from Installer's Tools menu
    Location:/boot/system/apps/BootManager
    Settings:none
    MBR backups are saved by default in ~/config/settings/bootman/
    Position:/boot/system/apps/BootManager
    Inställningar:none
    MBR backups are saved by default in ~/config/settings/bootman/


    If you don't add the Haiku partition to an existing boot manager like GRUB, BootManager can install a small boot menu in the Master Boot Record (MBR) that looks something like this:

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/charactermap.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/charactermap.html index a6ff7cae..10f99839 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/charactermap.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/charactermap.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    charactermap-icon_64.pngTeckenTabell

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    Settings:~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings


    CharacterMap will show you the UTF-8 code of every character a font supports.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html index 9f783402..7f721c82 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    cli-app-icon_64.pngHaiku-specifika kommandoradsapplikationer

    -
    Location:/boot/system/bin/
    +
    Position:/boot/system/bin/
    /boot/system/non-packaged/bin/
    ~/config/bin/
    ~/config/non-packaged/bin/


    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/codycam.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/codycam.html index f7f71ccc..898e96af 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/codycam.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/codycam.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    codycam-icon_64.pngCodyKamera

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    Settings:~/config/settings/codycam
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/codycam


    CodyCam lets you take pictures at a specified interval from a connected webcam or any other video-in device and save them via FTP.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/debugger.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/debugger.html index 76fb1d6f..110aa6dc 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/debugger.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/debugger.html @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@

    debugger-icon_64.pngDebugger

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Debugger
    Settings:~/config/settings/Debugger settings
    +
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/Debugger
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Debugger settings
    ~/config/settings/Debugger/


    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/deskcalc.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/deskcalc.html index 45010f05..3fa1897c 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * deejam - * Victor Widell * Humdinger * Jimmy Olsson + * deejam + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@

    deskcalc-icon_64.pngKalkylator

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    Settings:~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings


    Kalkylator är en enkel kalkylator som ändå har några trevliga funktioner som inte är uppenbara vid första ögonkastet.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskprobe.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskprobe.html index 66b6e8ef..0cd3783c 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskprobe.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    diskprobe-icon_64.pngDiskInspekterare

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    Settings:~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data


    DiskProbe is a HEX editor to view and alter data of a file or on a device on a byte-level. It's a very low-level tool and has therefore the potential to really mess things up if you're not careful!

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskusage.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskusage.html index eb4941dc..a68bc2cb 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskusage.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/diskusage.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

    diskusage-icon_64.pngDiskAnvändning

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    Settings:~/config/settings/DiskUsage
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/DiskUsage


    DiskUsage shows graphically how the space on your volumes is utilized.
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/drivesetup.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/drivesetup.html index 6bbaff56..955801ea 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/drivesetup.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/drivesetup.html @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@

    drivesetup-icon_64.pngDiskHanterare

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    Settings:~/config/settings/DriveSetup
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/DriveSetup


    DriveSetup is a tool to create, delete and format partitions. At this time it can't resize or move existing partitions, so that you'll either need an unpartitioned volume (perhaps an external USB drive or another harddisk) or do the initial setup with a tool like the GParted LiveCD to provide the space for another partition.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/expander.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/expander.html index 2b87fc18..3b72c505 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/expander.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/expander.html @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@

    expander-icon_64.pngExpanderare

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Finns ej. Startas genom att dubbel-klicka på ett arkiv.
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Expander
    Settings:~/config/settings/Expander_Settings
    Position:/boot/system/apps/Expander
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Expander_Settings


    Expanderaren är ett litet verktyg som kan packa upp några av de vanligaste arkivformaten, exempelvis zip, gzip, bzip2, rar och tar.gz.
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/haikudepot.html index 2e4f99d9..6fb3d5e9 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/haikudepot.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/haikudepot.html @@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Andrew Lindesay + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -77,13 +79,13 @@

    haikudepot-icon_64.pngHaikuDepot

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/HaikuDepot
    Settings:~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/main_settings
    -~/config/cache/HaikuDepot/ - Cached icons, screenshots, descriptions etc.
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/HaikuDepot
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/main_settings
    +~/config/cache/HaikuDepot/ - Ikoner i cacheminne, skärmbilder, beskrivningar osv.


    -

    HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories and install and uninstall packages. By default, HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "Featured packages", software that's deemed interesting to many users.

    +

    HaikuDepot är ett centralt program för att hantera dina programvara paketen. With it you can browse and search through package repositories and install and uninstall packages. By default, HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "Featured packages", software that's deemed interesting to many users.

    haikudepot.png

    The second tab shows All packages, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns:

    haikudepot.png @@ -100,7 +102,8 @@

    index The List

    Like in any Tracker window, you can choose from a context menu which columns to display by right-clicking the column heading. A left-click sorts the list according to that column. Of course, you can rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position.

    -

    The status column of a package can have one of several states:

    +

    The Date column shows when a packge was added or updated. Sort by this column to see what's new or updated at the top of the list.

    +

    The Status column of a package can have one of several states:

    • Active: The package is currently installed and ready to be used.

    • Available: The package exists in that repository and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.

      • @@ -131,7 +134,7 @@ In the middle are user comments with their nickname, the number of stars they ga

    index -HaikuDepot and Show menu

    +HaikuDepot och Visa-meny

    In the HaikuDepot menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
    The second item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
    Check for updates... opens the SoftwareUpdater to search and install updated packages.
    @@ -171,7 +174,7 @@ After you click Send the data is transmitted to the

    index Tips

    -

    Not directly from within the HaikuDepot application, but there is a way to keep track of new and updated packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
    +

    There is another way to keep track of new and updated packages besides sorting the Date column of the list of packages. For that, you need to create an RSS ATOM feed at the Haiku Depot Server website. Click the "hamburger" widget at the top right, and choose Build Feed URL under Data.
    Most interesting of the few settings on that page: Besides getting a feed for all new/updated packages, you are also able to add just the names of the packages you're interested in. Click the Build Feed URL button and you get an RSS URL that you can paste into an RSS feed reader like BePodder, QuiteRSS, fRiSS etc.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html index 9089a12c..a029c60b 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@

    icon-o-matic-icon_64.pngIcon-O-Matic

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    Settings:~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic


    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/installer.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/installer.html index 54a7bfa0..e8e9fb15 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/installer.html @@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ @@ -63,13 +65,13 @@

    installer-icon_64.pngInstaller

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Installer
    Settings:inga
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/Installer
    Inställningar:inga


    -

    The Installer is used to copy Haiku onto another volume.
    -Upon launch it displays a start window with important information. It's not a mindless EULA you're used to click away in the blink of an eye, it states:

    +

    The Installer is used to copy Haiku onto another volume. You can use it to clone your currently running Haiku - with all installed software and all data and settings. And of course you use it for the initial installation after booting from install CD or USB drive, see the online Installation Guide.

    +

    Upon launch Installer displays a start window with important information. It's not a mindless EULA you're used to click away in the blink of an eye, it states:

    • This is beta-quality software. Make backups or suffer the consequences!

    • The Installer needs a prepared partition. You can use DriveSetup to create and format a partition, but cannot yet resize existing partitions. For that you'll have to use a GParted LiveCD or a similar tool for now.

      • diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html index 8e8aaa3b..a20c3a70 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

      cli-app-icon_64.pngLista över alla kommandoradsapplikationer

      - +
      Location:/boot/system/bin/
      ~/config/bin/
      ~/config/non-packaged/bin/
      Position:/boot/system/bin/
      ~/config/bin/
      ~/config/non-packaged/bin/


      All commandline applications shipped with Haiku are in /boot/system/bin/. Your own or additionally installed commandline apps will appear in ~/config/bin/ when installed from a .hpkg package. Otherwise you can put them into ~/config/non-packaged/bin/. All these locations are part of the PATH variable and are therefore automatically found.
      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/magnify.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/magnify.html index 79b22598..ad369649 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/magnify.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/magnify.html @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@

      magnify-icon_64.pngFörstorningsGlas

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/Magnify
      Settings:~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/Magnify
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs


      Magnify shows an enlarged version of the area around your mouse pointer.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mail.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mail.html index 41b099a7..17773f0b 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mail.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mail.html @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@

      mail-icon_64.pngE-post

      - - - + + diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mediaplayer.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mediaplayer.html index d55f17c5..c9c96ba1 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mediaplayer.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/mediaplayer.html @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@

      mediaplayer-icon_64.pngMediaSpelare

      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/Mail
      Settings:~/config/settings/Mail/
      +
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/Mail
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/Mail/
      ~/config/settings/Mail/Menu Links/ - Objects put here appear in the mailbox' context menu
      ~/config/settings/Mail/signatures/ - Location to store signatures
      ~/config/settings/Mail/status/ - Location to store custom statuses
      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
      Settings:~/config/settings/MediaPlayer
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/MediaPlayer


      MediaPlayer is the default player for all audio and video files. Thanks to its ffmpeg backend, a plethora of widely used formats are supported. Its simple interface has all the controls you'd expect:

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/midiplayer.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/midiplayer.html index 60bcf939..cad71dde 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/midiplayer.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/midiplayer.html @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@

      midiplayer-icon_64.pngMidiSpelare

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
      Settings:~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings


      As the name suggests, MidiPlayer is used to playback MIDI music files. MIDI files are special, as they don't contain the actual digitized and in some way encoded music, but only a description of it: Hold this note for that long with this volume and use instrument X for it.
      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/packageinstaller.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/packageinstaller.html index d153a011..659cace1 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/packageinstaller.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/packageinstaller.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Gerard Stanczak (Google Code-In student) * Translators: - * Victor Widell * Jimmy Olsson + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@

      packageinstaller-icon_64.pngLegacyPackageInstaller

      - - + +
      Deskbar:Finns ej i Deskbar. Startas normalt genom att dubbelklicka på en fil som stöds av programmet.
      Location:/boot/system/apps/LegacyPackageInstaller
      Settings:inga
      Position:/boot/system/apps/LegacyPackageInstaller
      Inställningar:inga


      This page is currently only a first draft. Please check back later for a refined version.
      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/pe.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/pe.html index 076e455b..38db5647 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/pe.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/pe.html @@ -66,10 +66,10 @@

      pe-icon_64.pngPe

      - - + + - +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe
      Dokumentation:/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html
      Settings:~/config/settings/pe/*
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/pe/*


      Pe is a sophisticated editor, with its syntax highlighting targeted mainly at programmers and HTML writers. Originally created by Maarten Hekkelmann, it's been open sourced and maintained by Haiku developers. A bugtracker and more information is available at the Pe project page.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/people.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/people.html index 986ac632..d417e51e 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/people.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/people.html @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@

      people-icon_64.pngPeople

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/People
      Settings:~/config/settings/People_data
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/People
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/People_data


      People is a simple contact database using the attributes of Haiku's filesystem to store addresses and other contact information. Every contact is saved as one Person file with its data in separate attributes. All are indexed and therefore searchable with a query.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/poorman.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/poorman.html index 4212ff8d..ae7c54c8 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/poorman.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/poorman.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -63,9 +65,9 @@

      poorman-icon_64.pngPoorMan

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
      Settings:~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings


      PoorMan is a nice little webserver that's extremely easy to set up. Naturally it doesn't offer any advanced features like other heavy duty server software, it's after all only a poor man's webserver.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/screenshot.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/screenshot.html index 2aa78ab2..800de854 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/screenshot.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/screenshot.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -63,10 +65,10 @@

      screenshot-icon_64.pngScreenshot

      - - + - +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
      +
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
      /bin/screenshot
      Settings:~/config/settings/screenshot
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/screenshot


      Screenshots are taken by either starting the Screenshot application or by pressing the PRINT key.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/showimage.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/showimage.html index 95ac3600..210c5a77 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/showimage.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/showimage.html @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@

      showimage-icon_64.pngBildVisning

      - - + +
      Deskbar:Finns ej i Deskbar. Startas normalt genom att dubbelklicka på en fil som stöds av programmet.
      Location:/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
      Settings:~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings
      Position:/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings


      ShowImage allows you to view images in all formats that are supported through DataTranslators. New formats are automatically recognized when their translator is added to the system. This has been done for Haiku's vector icon files, WonderBrush images or when WebP images became available, for example.
      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/softwareupdater.html index 1fea7779..5b1d7573 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ @@ -63,9 +65,9 @@

      softwareupdater-icon_64.pngSoftwareUpdater

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/SoftwareUpdater
      Settings:~/config/settings/SoftwareUpdater_settings
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/SoftwareUpdater
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/SoftwareUpdater_settings


      SoftwareUpdater checks all active repositories (see the Repositories preferences) for updates to the installed packages, including system updates to Haiku itself. It downloads and installs the available updates in one go.

      @@ -73,6 +75,18 @@

      After launching, SoftwareUpdater checks for updates to packages and displays them in a list with their new version and a short description. You can opt to Show more details to include the name of the repository for each package and show both the old and new package versions.

      Update now will start the download of all the packages and their subsequent installation.

      Depending on the packages that were updated, you may have to reboot Haiku to actually complete the update process. Updated applications usually only need to be restarted, while changes to Haiku itself may require a reboot of the system to take effect.

      +

      Every time packages are updated, installed or uninstalled (either with SoftwareUpdater/HaikuDepot or in Terminal via pkgman), a new "state" is saved at /system/packages/administrative/. This makes it possible to boot into any past state from the Boot Options, making it easy to solve issues that may arise from having installed/updated a package that doesn't work as expected.

      +

      As these "state" folders hold copies of the updated/uninstalled packages, the "administrative" folder can grow quite significantly over time. Until there's an option for an automatic clean-up, it's a good idea to check the size of the "administrative" folder from time to time and remove the oldest states, that you probably won't have to boot into again.

      +
      +

      +Downgrading to a previous Haiku revision

      +

      It's rare but possible that an update to the latest Haiku revision ("hrev") introduced a regression you're not willing to live with. From the boot options menu you can load a former, working state (see Boot Loader - Troubleshooting). Find the last working state and boot into it.

      +

      To permanently downgrade to this revision, you have to point the 'Haiku' repository to that hrev. You find the current revision under "About Haiku" from the Deskbar. As example, to downgrade to hrev56231, open a Terminal and enter:

      +
      pkgman add https://eu.hpkg.haiku-os.org/haiku/master/$(getarch)/r1~beta3_hrev56231
+pkgman full-sync
      +

      Note, that you're now stuck with that revision, Haiku won't get any new updates. You should report the regression and help to fix it, if you can. Once fixed - watch the commit logs - you can change back to the "current" repo with:

      +
      pkgman add https://eu.hpkg.haiku-os.org/haiku/r1beta3/$(getarch)/current
+pkgman full-sync
      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/soundrecorder.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/soundrecorder.html index 8fd58c8f..1e0039d2 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/soundrecorder.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/soundrecorder.html @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@

      soundrecorder-icon_64.pngSoundRecorder

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/SoundRecorder
      Settings:~/config/settings/???
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/SoundRecorder
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/???


      Dokumentation saknas fortfarande. Om du vill arbeta med den, anmäl dig i e-postlistan för dokumentation för att undvika dubbelarbete.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/stylededit.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/stylededit.html index 8f5b6026..175778a4 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/stylededit.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/stylededit.html @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@

      stylededit-icon_64.pngStyledEdit

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/StyledEdit
      Settings:inga
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/StyledEdit
      Inställningar:inga


      StyleEdit är Haikus enkla textredigerare. Fastän filer sparas som ren text, sparas även utökade attribut för att möjliggöra enklare formatering när de visas med StyleEdit.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/terminal.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/terminal.html index 5f4d05bc..c071b6bc 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/terminal.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/terminal.html @@ -4,12 +4,13 @@ @@ -65,9 +66,9 @@

      terminal-icon_64.pngTerminalen

      - - - + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/Terminal
      Settings:~/config/settings/Terminal
      +
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/Terminal
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/Terminal
      ~/config/settings/profile - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/settings/etc/profile
      ~/config/settings/inputrc - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/settings/etc/inputrc
      @@ -95,13 +96,14 @@ Via Settings | Window title... the Terminal window's t

      Most of the offered settings speak for themselves. Not entirely obvious though, the font size is set in the submenu of the Font popup menu.
      Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables.
      -You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

      +You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight or Retro or create a Custom one by selecting which Color you want to change (Text, Background, Cursor etc.) and then use the color picker below.

      +

      You can also configure "ANSI colors" with the Color menu. Those are the first 8 named colors in the color palette of terminal applications. You choose a color, for example "ANSI red color", and then adjust it with the color picker below. The effect is not visible unless you run a terminal application that makes use of that color. The exact colors used in various places are documented at Wikipedia.

      A few more options follow: you can have a Blinking cursor and choose to Allow bold text.
      Use left Option as Meta key if you work with certain UNIX software that relies on accessing an extended portion of the ASCII character set, like e.g. GNU Emacs and the GNU readline library.
      Activate the checkbox to Confirm exit if active programs exist and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.

      - - + +
      Save to file... let's you save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.
      Revert brings back the settings that were active when you opened the settings panel.
      Spara i fil... let's you save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.
      Återställ brings back the settings that were active when you opened the settings panel.
      Defaults resets everything to default values.

      @@ -144,10 +146,10 @@ Both files can be created in the /boot/home/config/settings/< Copy here Copies the dragged file into the current working directory of the Terminal.

    • You can open any file with its preferred application with the command open [filename]. This also works with the representation of the current (".") and parent ("..") folder which then open in a Tracker window. So, to open the current working directory, you type:

      -
      open .
      +
      open .
      • +

    • If a command generates lots of output, things scroll by rapidly. Use a few of those commands and it gets difficult to scroll back and find the start of the last output. With Edit | Clear all or ALT L you can clear the scroll back buffer before issuing your command. Presto, a pristine empty scroll back buffer, you can just scroll back right to the top to catch the beginning of your output.

    - diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/textsearch.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/textsearch.html index 6d223aea..3ec6dc83 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/textsearch.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/textsearch.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Victor Widell * Jimmy Olsson + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@

    textsearch-icon_64.pngTextSearch

    - - + +
    Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via Tracker Add-on
    Location:/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
    Settings:~/config/settings/TextSearch
    Position:/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/TextSearch


    TextSearch looks for a string in text files. Typically it is invoked from Tracker's Add-on context menu on the selection of files or folders you want to search.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/tv.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/tv.html index 61ec4bf1..d560edd5 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/tv.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/tv.html @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@

    tv-icon_64.pngTV

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/TV
    Settings:~/config/settings/???
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/TV
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/???


    Dokumentation saknas fortfarande. Om du vill arbeta med den, anmäl dig i e-postlistan för dokumentation för att undvika dubbelarbete.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/vision.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/vision.html index 29373ae8..9df61dd6 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/vision.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/vision.html @@ -10,8 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Victor Widell + * Jorma Karvonen * Jimmy Olsson + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -73,14 +74,14 @@

    vision-icon_64.pngVision

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Vision/Vision
    Settings:~/config/settings/Vision/*
    Deskbar:Program
    Position:/boot/system/apps/Vision/Vision
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Vision/*


    -

    Vision is an IRC client originally developed for the BeOS. More documentation and a bug tracker are available at the Vision homepage.

    -
    You can find help from other Haiku users and developers on Haiku channels in various languages.
    -The most frequented channel is the English speaking #haiku at irc.oftc.net.
    +

    Vision är en IRC-klient ursprungligen utvecklad för BeOS. Dokumentation och bugghanterare finns på Visions hemsida.

    +
    Du kan få hjälp från andra Haikuanvändare och -utvecklare på Haiku kanaler på olika språk.
    +The mest välbesökta är den engelskspråkiga #haiku på irc.oftc.net.

    Some advice, especially if you're new to IRC:

    • Search the web for "IRC etiquette" to learn about the do's and don'ts of chatting. Without much searching, I found Getting help on IRC by Christoph Haas to be quite helpful.

      • diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/webpositive.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/webpositive.html index b7e5386e..5f15fd97 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/webpositive.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/webpositive.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * deejam * --> @@ -63,9 +64,9 @@
      Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.

      webpositive-icon_64.pngWebPositive

      - - - + + +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/WebPositive
      Settings:~/config/settings/WebPositive/ - Konfigurationsfiler, kakor, buffert och läsarhistorik.
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/WebPositive
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/WebPositive/ - Konfigurationsfiler, kakor, buffert och läsarhistorik.
      ~/config/settings/WebPositive/Bookmarks - Alla bokmärken som separata filer.


      @@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ Generally, WebPositive is very tolerant when it comes to managing files with Tra ALT H Öppnar startsidan. ALT D Vidar/gömmer nerladdningsfönstret. ALT F Visar sökfältet för sökning på aktiv sida (göm med ESC). -ALT B Bookmarks the current page. +ALT B Skapar ett bokmärke av aktiv sida. ALT M Öppnar mappen för Bokmärken för redigering. ALT ← Gå till föregående sida. ALT → Gå till nästa sida. diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/wonderbrush.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/wonderbrush.html index 4093a529..15354a13 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/wonderbrush.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/wonderbrush.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -62,10 +64,10 @@

      wonderbrush-icon_64.pngWonderBrush

      - - + + - +
      Deskbar:Applications
      Location:/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
      Deskbar:Program
      Position:/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
      Dokumentation:/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation en
      Settings:~/config/settings/WonderBrush
      Inställningar:~/config/settings/WonderBrush


      WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the YellowBites website and in the local documentation.

      diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/attributes.html b/userguide/sv_SE/attributes.html index 43eae27e..e281246c 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/attributes.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/attributes.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * deejam * Victor Widell - * Humdinger * --> diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/bash-scripting.html b/userguide/sv_SE/bash-scripting.html index d151a71d..b1bfb8fa 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/bash-scripting.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/bash-scripting.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
    • 日本語
    - «  Inställningar  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Innehållsförteckning  - +::  Starthanteraren  » @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
    - «  Inställningar  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Innehållsförteckning  - +::  Starthanteraren  »
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/bootloader.html b/userguide/sv_SE/bootloader.html index 0b099dbe..5170b17b 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/bootloader.html @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ @@ -57,10 +58,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - - Innehållsförteckning -:: Filesystem layout » + « Skalet och skript +:: Innehållsförteckning + @@ -70,87 +70,89 @@

    Starthanteraren

    -

    Haiku's Boot Loader Options can help when you experience hardware related problems or want to choose which Haiku installation to start, if you have more than one (maybe on an installation CD or USB stick). It's also handy if you have installed a software component that acts up and prevents you from booting Haiku, see Troubleshooting below.

    -

    För att få fram valen i Boot Loader måste du tycka på, och fortsätta hålla ner tangenten SKIFT innan Haikus startprocess. Om du har en boot manager installerad kan du börja hålla ner SKIFT innan du väljer att starta Haiku. Om Haiku är det enda installerade operativsystemet på datorn kan du börja hålla ner tangenten när du fortfarande ser startmeddelanden från BIOS.

    -
    With some hardware, you'll have to make sure USB keyboards are enabled in the BIOS.
    -On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to use the SPACEBAR instead of SHIFT.
    +

    Haiku's starthanterare kan hjälpa när du har hårdvarurelaterade problem eller vill välja vilken Haikuinstallation du vill starta, om du har mer än en (kanske på en installations-CD eller ett USB-minne). Det är också användbart efter att man installerat en mjukvarukomponent som krånglar och som hindrar dig från att starta systemet, se artikel om Felsökning.

    +

    För att få fram valen i starthanterare måste du trycka på, och fortsätta hålla ner tangenten SKIFT innan Haikus startprocess. Om du har en boot manager installerad kan du börja hålla ner SKIFT innan du väljer att starta Haiku. Om Haiku är det enda installerade operativsystemet på datorn kan du börja hålla ner tangenten när du fortfarande ser startmeddelanden från BIOS.

    +
    Med några hårdvaror, ska du säkerställa att tangentbordet via USB-porten är aktiverat i BIOS.
    +Med datorer som använder UEFI för att starta i stället för den klassiska BIOS, måste du använda MELLANSLAG i stället för SKIFT.

    index -Boot Loader Options

    +Starthanterarens alternativ

    När den kommit fram erbjuds du fyra menyer:

    - - + + - + Detta låter att välja systemfil som ska ignoreras. Nyttig exempelvis för att inaktivera divrutiner tillfälligt. Se artikel om Felsökning nedan.

    + - + Detta låter direkt skrivandet av felsökningsalternativ.

    + - + Detta lagrar syslog från föregående Haiku session i skiva. För närvarande bara FAT32-volymer är stödd.

    +
    Select boot volume Choose which Haiku installation/state to start (see Troubleshooting below).
    Select safe mode options There are several options to try in case of hardware related trouble or if the system becomes unstable or unbootable because of a misbehaving add-on. When moving the selection bar to an option, a short explanation appears at the bottom of the screen.
    Select boot volume Välj vilken Haikuinstallation/typvärde du vill starta (se artikel om Felsökning nedan).
    Select safe mode options + Det finns flera alternativ att prova om det skulle uppstå hårdvarurelaterade problem eller systemet blir instabil eller hindrar dig att starta det eftersom någon tillägg bär sig dåligt. När du flyttar markeringen mellan alternativen dyker en kort förklaring upp längst ner på skärmen.

    Safe mode
    - Puts the system into safe mode. This can be enabled independently from the other options.

    + Detta sätter systemet i säkert läge. Detta kan inaktiveras till ett självständigt alternativ.

    Disable user add-ons
    - Prevents all user installed add-ons from being loaded. Only the add-ons in the system directory will be used. See Troubleshooting below.

    + Detta hindrar alla användarinställda tillägg att laddas ner. Bara de tillägg som lagras i systemkatalog skulle användas. Se artikel om Felsökning nedan.

    Disable IDE DMA
    - Disables IDE DMA, increasing IDE compatibility at the expense of performance.

    + Detta inaktiverar IDE DMA, detta ökar IDE-kompatibilitet på bekostnad av prestanda.

    Ignore memory beyond 4 GiB
    - Ignores all memory beyond the 4 GiB address limit, overriding the setting in the kernel settings file. + Detta ignorar alla minnesadresser ovanför 4 GiB-gränsen, åsidosätter sättningar i inställningsfiler för en kärna.

    Use fail-safe graphics driver
    - The system will use VESA mode and won't try to use any video graphics drivers.

    + Systemet vill använda VESA-läge och will inte prova att använda några andra skärmens grafikdrivrutiner.

    Disable IO-APIC
    - Disables using the IO APIC for interrupt routing, forcing the use of the legacy PIC instead.

    + Detta inaktiverar att använda IO APIC för avbrottsroutning, detta tvingar snarast för att använda en företagsägd PIC.

    Disable local APIC
    - Disables using the local APIC, also disables SMP.

    + Detta inaktiverar att använda lokal APIC, detta även inaktiverar SMP.

    Disable X2APIC
    - Disables second generation APIC.

    + Detta inaktiverar andra generationens APIC.

    Disable SMEP and SMAP
    - Disables SMEP/SMAP security features of the CPU.

    + Detta inaktiverar SMEP/SMAP-säkerhetskännetecken av kärnan.

    Disable SMP
    - Disables all but one CPU core.

    + Detta inaktiverar alla utom en processorkärna.

    Don't call the BIOS
    - Stops the system from calling BIOS functions.

    + Detta stoppar systemet att anropa BIOS-funktioner.

    Disable APM
    - Disables Advanced Power Management hardware support, overriding the APM setting in the kernel settings file.

    + Detta inaktiverar Advanced Power Management hårdvarastöd, ersätter APM-inställningar i inställningsfiler för en kärna.

    Disable ACPI
    - Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.

    + Detta inaktiverar Advanced Configuration och Power Interface hårdvarastöd, ersätter ACPI-inställningar i ställingsfiler för en kärna.

    Disable system components
    - Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.

    Select debug options Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
    Select debug options + Här hittar du flera alternativ som är användbara för felsökning eller för att få detaljer till en buggrapport. Som förut visas en kort förklaring för varje alternativ längst ner på skärmen.

    Enable serial debug output
    - Turns on forwarding the syslog output to the serial interface (default: 115200, 8N1).

    + Detta sätter på vidarebeforda syslog-utdata till seriellt gränssnitt (standard: 115200, 8N1).

    Enable on screen debug output
    - Display debug output on screen while the system is booting, instead of the normal boot logo.

    + Detta visar felsökningsutdata på skärmen under systemstarten, istället för den vanliga logon för starten.

    Disable on screen paging
    - Disables paging when on screen debug output is enabled.

    + Detta inaktiverar sidbrytning när vidarebefordan av utdatan på skärmen är aktiverad.

    Enable debug syslog
    - Enables a special in-memory syslog buffer for this session that the boot loader will be able to access after rebooting.

    + Detta aktiverar en speciell minneinbyggd syslog-buffert för denna session som starthanteraren vill ha åtkomst efter omstart.

    Display current boot loader log
    - Displays the debug info the boot loader has logged (press Q to exit the log)

    + Detta visar felsökningsinformation som starthanteraren har skrivit ut (tryck på Q för att lämna logg)

    Add advanced debug option
    - Allows advanced debugging options to be entered directly.

    If Enable debug syslog is activated, a warm reboot after a crash shows these additional options:
    Om Enable debug syslog är aktiverad, varm omstart efter krasch visar vissa ytterliga alternativ:

    Save syslog from previous session during boot
    - Saves the syslog from the previous Haiku session to /var/log/previous_syslog when booting.

    + Detta lagrar syslog från föregående session under starten i /var/log/previous_syslog när starten pågår.

    Display syslog from previous session
    - Displays the syslog from the previous Haiku session.

    + Detta visar syslog från föregående Haiku session.

    Save syslog from previous session
    - Saves the syslog from the previous Haiku session to disk. Currently only FAT32 volumes are supported.

    Select screen resolution Lets you force a certain screen resolution and color depth.
    Select screen resolution Låter dig att tvinga en viss skärmupplösning och färgdjup.

    index -Troubleshooting

    -

    If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.

    -

    On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:

    +Felsökning +

    Om Haiku startar inte din hårdvara från första början, prova att inställa olika alternativ inom Select safe mode options. Tänk på fylla i en buggrapport i alla fall.

    +

    Å andra sidan, om Haiku bara plötsligt missköter sig efter du har installerat någon mjukvara, särkilt hårdvara drivrutiner, har du flera alternativ att göra Haiku bootbar igen så att du kan ta bort det kränkande paketet:

      -

    • Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootscript from being started.

      • -

    • Activating Disable user add-ons will prevent using any add-ons (drivers, translators, etc.) you have installed in the user hierarchy under your Home folder.

      • -

    • If activating Use fail-safe graphics driver solves your troubles by falling back to VESA graphics, you can make the setting permanent by removing the # of the line #fail_safe_video_mode true in the text file /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

      • -

    • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

      +

    • Aktivering Safe mode vill hindra de flesta servrarna, bakgrundsprocesserna och UserBootscript för att starta.

      • +

    • Aktivering Disable user add-ons vill hindra att använda något tillägg (drivrutiner, översättare, osv.) som du har inställt i kataloghierarkin för användaren nedanför din Home-katalog.

      • +

    • Om aktivering av Use fail-safe graphics driver löser dina problem genom att komma tillbaka till VESA grafik, kan du göra inställningen permanent genom att ta bort # från radet #fail_safe_video_mode true i textfil /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel.

      • +

    • Om en kränkande drivrutin, tillägg osv. är inställd på en hierarki av systemet, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

      Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

    • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
      -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

      • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index -Booting Haiku

    +Att starta Haiku

    Efter att du aktiverat ett eller flera val återvänder du till huvudmenyn och fortsätter med startprocessen som visar dig denna skärm:

    boot-screen.png @@ -163,7 +165,7 @@ De olika symbolerna motsvarar ungefärligt dessa i steg startsprocessen:

    Startdisk Monterar startdisk. Chip Laddar CPU-specifika moduler. Mapp Slutgiltig initiering av delsystem. - Raket Launch_daemon has started the system. + Raket Launch_daemon har startar systemet. @@ -171,10 +173,9 @@ De olika symbolerna motsvarar ungefärligt dessa i steg startsprocessen:

    - - Innehållsförteckning -:: Filesystem layout » + « Skalet och skript +:: Innehållsförteckning +
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/contents.html b/userguide/sv_SE/contents.html index 5b70e663..2d0083a1 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/contents.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/contents.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * deejam * Humdinger + * deejam * Máximo Castañeda * --> diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/deskbar.html b/userguide/sv_SE/deskbar.html index c14957ce..73ad8f59 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/deskbar.html @@ -4,14 +4,15 @@ @@ -54,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Tracker-tillägg + « Haiku's grafiska miljö :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Filetyper » +:: Tracker » @@ -77,8 +78,8 @@

    Deskbar är den lilla panelen som som standard är placerad i det övre högra hörnet på skärmen. Det är Haiku's version av Windows aktivitetsfält med startknappen. Deskbar innehåller en meny från vilken du kan starta program och inställningar, ett verktygsfält med en klocka och längst ner en lista över de program som är aktiva.

    positions -

    You can move the Deskbar to any corner or as a bar along the upper or lower border of the screen by gripping the knobbly area on one side of the tray (see arrows above) and drag & drop it into the new position.
    -You can also fold it into a more compact layout by drag & dropping the knobbly area onto Deskbar's Leaf menu. Being only the height of a regular window tab, even windows that take up the whole screen won't obscure the Deskbar tray with its clock and icons.

    +

    Du kan flytta Deskbar till vilket hörn som helst, eller placera det som en list överst eller underst på Skrivbordet. Du flyttar Deskbar genom att greppa vid den knottriga fältet bredvid verktygsfältet och sedan dra och släppa Deskbar på dess nya position.
    +Du kan också fälla ihop Deskbar till en mer kompakt utformning genom att dra det knottriga fältet och släppa det på Deskbar's meny. Being only the height of a regular window tab, even windows that take up the whole screen won't obscure the Deskbar tray with its clock and icons.

    By gripping the other knobbly widget of the tray, you can change the width of the Deskbar by dragging the mouse left or right:

    width

    A wider Deskbar allows for more icons in the tray on a single row. It also truncates longer application names in the list of running programs less often, especially if you use larger icons.

    @@ -105,33 +106,34 @@ You can also fold it into a more compact layout by drag & dropping the knobb prefs-deskbar.png

    The Deskbar preference panel is divided into three sections.

    -

    Applications

    +

    Program

    The following settings don't apply to your installed applications, but to the behavior and visuals of the list of running applications.

    - - - - + + + +
    Sort running applications Sorts the list of running programs alphabetically.
    Tracker always first Even if you sort alphabetically, the Tracker entry always stays first in the list.
    Show application expander Provides a small widget to show/hide all windows of a program directly under its entry in the Deskbar.
    Expand new applications Newly launched programs have their windows automatically expanded under their entry in the Deskbar.
    Sortera aktiva program Sorterar listan över aktiva program i alfabetisk ordning.
    Visa Tracker först Även om du sorterar efter alfabetet så kommer Tracker att vara först i listan.
    Visa program-expanderare Visar en pil som kan visa/gömma alla fönster som tillhör ett program.
    Expandera nya program Visar ett programs alla fönster vid start.
    Hide application names Removes the text labels of running applications.
    Icon size Adjusts the icon size of running applications.
    -

    Menu

    -

    While the first couple of menu items of the Deskbar are fixed, you can customized the ones below Shutdown....
    -Here you can set the number of recent documents, folders and applications that are shown in their menu in the Deskbar, or if you want to see them at all.
    -The button Edit in Tracker... opens the folder ~/config/settings/deskbar/menu/. In it you'll find the files and folders that appear in the Deskbar, by default these are Applications, Demos, Deskbar applets, and Preferences.
    -You can delete or add entries like links to applications, documents or even queries by simply copying/deleting them to/from this folder.

    +

    Meny

    +

    Meny
    +Här kan du ange hur många senaste dokument, appar och program som skall visas i Deskbar's meny, eller om du inte vill se dom över huvud taget.
    +Knappen Redigera meny... öppnar mappen ~/config/settings/deskbar/menu/. I den hittar du filerna och mapparna som syns i Deskbar; Program, Exempelprogram, Skrivbordsprogram, och Inställningar.
    +Du kan ta bort eller lägga till länkar till program, dokument eller till och med sökningar genom att kopiera/ta bort dom från denna mapp.

    +

    Det är till och med enklare att dra en fil, mapp eller en sparad sökning och släppa den där du vill ha den i Deskbar.

    Programs installed from a package automatically put an entry into the Deskbar. Depending on the number of packages you have installed, this can become a bit crowded. If you prefer to have total control, and only want to see applications you link there yourself (possibly in categorizing sub-folders), here's how to do it:
    You create a link of the menu folder in ~/config/settings/deskbar/ and rename to menu_entries. From Terminal that is achieved with:

    ln -s ~/config/settings/deskbar/menu ~/config/settings/deskbar/menu_entries
    -

    Window

    +

    Fönster

    Finally, the preferences for the Deskbar window.

    - - - + + +
    Always on top The Deskbar always stays above all other windows.
    Auto-raise The Deskbar pops to the front when the mouse pointer touches where the Deskbar meets the screen edge, and is lowered when it leaves the Deskbar area.
    Auto-hide The Deskbar is reduced to only a few pixels and only pops up if the mouse pointer touches them.
    Alltid överst Deskbar håller sig alltid högst upp bland alla andra fönster.
    Höj vid närkontakt Höjer upp Deskbar när musen är ovanför.
    Göm automatiskt The Deskbar is reduced to only a few pixels and only pops up if the mouse pointer touches them.

    @@ -145,7 +147,7 @@ You create a link of the menu folder in index Listan över aktiva program

    list-of-apps.png -

    You can change to a specific running application by clicking on its entry in the Deskbar and choosing (one of) its windows from the submenu. By right-clicking you can Hide/Show all windows or Close all and with them the entire application.

    +

    Du kan växla till ett aktivt program genom att klicka på dess fält i Deskbar och i menyn välja (en av) dess fönster. Genom att höger-klicka kan du Gömma/Visa alla fönstren eller Stänga alla och med dem hela programmet.

    A SHIFT CTRL click on an application hides all its windows, a CTRL click shows them again.

    When using the "expander" setting to show all windows of an application, you can middle-click on a window or app to start a new instance. For example, middle-clicking a running StyledEdit will open a new document window.
    Maybe more useful: while holding SHIFT, a middle-click on a window closes it. Handy when you'd like to close some of many open Tracker windows, for example.

    @@ -158,9 +160,9 @@ Maybe more useful: while holding SHIFT, a middle-click
    - « Tracker-tillägg + « Haiku's grafiska miljö :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Filetyper » +:: Tracker »
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/launchbox.html b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/launchbox.html index 9f671083..f27b4954 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/launchbox.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/launchbox.html @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@

    launchbox-icon_64.pngStartBlock

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Skrivbordsprogram
    Location:/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox
    Settings:~/config/settings/LaunchBox/*
    Position:/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/LaunchBox/*

    One or more LaunchBox applets can be started to organize shortcuts to your favorite applications or documents. You decide if each is shown on all or just the current workspace. They can also serve to quickly open a document in a specific application. For example, you could drag & drop a HTML file onto a text editor in a LaunchBox to open it in the editor instead of its preferred application, the browser.

    launchbox.png diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html index 917c3b6a..13ca8409 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@

    networkstatus-icon_64.pngNetworkStatus

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Skrivbordsprogram
    Location:/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
    Settings:inga
    Position:/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
    Inställningar:inga

    NetworkStatus shows the status of your network connections. If not yet running, launching the applet will ask if it should open in window mode or live in the Deskbar. In window mode you're able to resize the icon by resizing the window and use the Replicant handle to drag it to the Desktop.
    Wherever installed, it's operated via a right-click context menu.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html index 2cf0b91a..9d5ba84c 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/powerstatus.html @@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Maciej Bałuta (Google Code-In student) * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -66,8 +68,8 @@

    powerstatus-icon_64.pngPowerStatus

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Skrivbordsprogram
    Location:/boot/system/apps/PowerStatus
    Settings:~/config/settings/PowerStatus settings
    Position:/boot/system/apps/PowerStatus
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/PowerStatus settings

    PowerStatus shows information about the battery level, so it's only useful on mobile computers. If not yet running, launching the applet will ask if it should open in window mode or live in the Deskbar. In window mode you're able to resize the icon by resizing the window and use the Replicant handle to drag it to the Desktop.
    Wherever installed, it's operated via a right-click context menu.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html index 203e717b..68844a40 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ * Maciej Bałuta (Google Code-In student) * Humdinger * Translators: - * Victor Widell * Jimmy Olsson + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@

    processcontroller-icon_64.pngProcessController

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Skrivbordsprogram
    Location:/boot/system/apps/ProcessController
    Settings:inga
    Position:/boot/system/apps/ProcessController
    Inställningar:inga

    ProcessController appletThe primary task of the ProcessController applet is to show the activity of your CPU(s) and the amount of used memory. It allows monitoring of individual teams, change their priority, and kill them if the program freezes. In multiprocessor environments it allows you to disable individual processors/cores. When Tracker or Deskbar crash you can restart them from ProcessController's menu.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/workspaces.html b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/workspaces.html index db1747dd..8d98eeeb 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/desktop-applets/workspaces.html @@ -9,12 +9,14 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> - Workspaces Applet + Skrivbordsprogram Arbetsytor @@ -59,22 +61,22 @@
    Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.
    -

    workspaces-icon_64.pngWorkspaces

    +

    workspaces-icon_64.pngArbetsytor

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Skrivbordsprogram
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Workspaces
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    -~/config/settings/Workspaces_settings - Stores the panel's window position.
    Position:/boot/system/apps/Workspaces
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +~/config/settings/Workspaces_settings - Lagrar the panel's window position.


    workspaces.png -

    You find the Workspaces applet with the other Desktop applets in the Deskbar. It shows a miniature version of all workspaces. There are several options available from the context menu of the applet's window, which are all pretty self-explaining.
    -Change workspace count... will open the Screen preferences where you set the number of workspaces and their arrangement (how many rows and columns).

    +

    Du kan hitta skrivbordsprogrammet Arbetsytor med andra Skrivbordsprogram i Deskbar. Det visar en miniatyrversion av alla arbetsytor. Det finns flera alternativ att välja från kontextmeny av skrivbordsprogramfönstret, som alla är rätt självförklarande.
    +Ändra antalet arbetsytor... kommer att öppna Skärminställningar där du kan ange antalet arbetsytor och deras arrangemang (hur många rader och kolumner).

    Since the applet is a Replicant, you can resize the window as desired and then drag & drop it by its handle onto the desktop (make sure Show replicants is activated in the Deskbar menu). Hold SHIFT while resizing to keep your screen's aspect ratio.

    index -Moving windows between workspaces

    +Flytta fönster mellan arbetsytor

    To move a window, you grab it in the Workspaces applet and simply drag it to another workspace. This has the advantage, that you can move it without leaving your current desktop. Of course, that only works well when there aren't too many windows in a workspace and your target isn't obscured by other windows. Another possibility is to grab a window by its tab and just holding on to it while switching workspaces with ALT Fx.

    For more information on workspaces in general and more keyboard shortcuts, see topic Workspaces.

    Try this: Make the Workspaces window really big and hide the window tab and border. Now go to the Shortcuts preferences and assign CTRL ^ to the Workspaces applet (/system/apps/Workspaces).
    @@ -82,8 +84,8 @@ Now you can quickly summon the applet with a key combo and equally quickly dismi

    index -Special functionality

    -

    The Workspaces applet provides some additional functionality when clicking on a window while holding certain modifier keys:

    +Speciell funktionalitet +

    Skrivbordsprogram Arbetsytor anskaffar några ytterligare funktionalitet när man klickar fönstret medan du håller nergtryckt vissa modifier keys:

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/filesystem-layout.html b/userguide/sv_SE/filesystem-layout.html index d47e9892..7016b61b 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/filesystem-layout.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/filesystem-layout.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Innehållsförteckning +:: Deskbar » @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    replicant.png

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    -A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant.

    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Should you experience difficulties with a Replicant on the Desktop and just can't get rid of it, delete ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Unfortunately, this will remove all Replicants from the Desktop.

    Examples for replicatable applications are the graphs of the ActivityMonitor, the Workspaces applet or DeskCalc.

    @@ -163,9 +164,10 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
    - « Filesystem layout -:: Innehållsförteckning -:: Arbetsytor » + +Innehållsförteckning +:: Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/bootmanager-1.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/bootmanager-1.png index 254f731d..7d362623 100644 Binary files a/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/bootmanager-1.png and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/bootmanager-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/installer.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/installer.png index 01068669..4f538847 100644 Binary files a/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/installer.png and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/apps-images/installer.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/index.html b/userguide/sv_SE/index.html index aebfbc9e..86bc06c4 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/index.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/appearance.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/appearance.html index b339a96f..9028d90d 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/appearance.html @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * deejam - * Victor Widell * Humdinger * Jorma Karvonen * Jimmy Olsson + * deejam + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@

    appearance-icon_64.pngUtseende

    CTRLBrings the window to the front.
    CTRL SHIFTMinimizes the window.
    - - +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Utseende
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/appearance
    +
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Utseende
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/system/app_server/appearance
    ~/config/settings/system/app_server/fonts

    Inställningarna i Utseende låter dig justera några aspekter av Haikus utseende.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/backgrounds.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/backgrounds.html index 225882b8..8b3c7cab 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/backgrounds.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/backgrounds.html @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@

    backgrounds-icon_64.pngBakgrunder

    - - +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Bakgrunder
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Bakgrunder
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    ~/config/settings/Backgrounds settings - lagrar panelens fönsterposition.


    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/datatranslations.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/datatranslations.html index 2df1b11c..10b0aec8 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/datatranslations.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/datatranslations.html @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@

    datatranslations-icon_64.pngDataTranslations

    - - +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
    Settings:~/config/settings/* - Every Translator creates its own settings file here after you've changes its defaults.
    +
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/* - Every Translator creates its own settings file here after you've changes its defaults.
    ~/config/settings/system/DataTranslations settings - Stores the panel's window position.

    Every application has the ability to open and save every file format for which there's a Translator installed. The settings for these Translators are configured in the DataTranslations preferences.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/deskbar.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/deskbar.html index 9f5836a1..f7ff2902 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/deskbar.html @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@

    deskbar-icon_64.pngDeskbar

    - - +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Deskbar
    Settings:~/config/settings/Deskbar_settings
    +
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Deskbar
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Deskbar_settings
    ~/config/settings/Deskbar_security_code


    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/e-mail.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/e-mail.html index f49e308d..168dc81a 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/e-mail.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * deejam * --> @@ -78,15 +79,16 @@

    e-mail-icon_64.pngE-post

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/E-mail
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mail/*
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/E-mail
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Mail/*

    Haiku provides a system that retrieves e-mail regularly via a Mail Service (also known as mail_daemon) and saves each mail as a single text file. It parses the mail and fills its attributes with all necessary header information, like from, to, subject and its unread status. Now it can be queried by you or any application. This system also makes switching e-mail clients easy as all the data and your configuration stays the same.
    The configuration is done in the E-Mail preference panel.

    index -Creating a new e-mail account

    + +Skapa ett nytt e-post konto

    Let's go through the process of setting up an e-mail account.
    You start by clicking the Add button to create a new, unnamed account. This opens a panel where you fill in your account info:

    e-mail-new-account.png @@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ See below for more info about the various settings and additional options.

    index -Account settings

    +Kontoinställningar

    By selecting the name of an account in the left list, you can change some general settings:

    e-mail-accounts.png

    The Account name is the name that's shown for example in the list of accounts in the E-mail preferences. Real name is the name someone sees when she gets mail from you. Return address is the email address that is used when someone replies to your mail. Normally that is the same address you've sent your email from.

    @@ -107,7 +109,7 @@ See below for more info about the various settings and additional options.

    index -More on setting up incoming e-mail

    +Mera inställningar för inkommande e-post

    Click on Incoming under your account's name to set up how e-mails are received.

    e-mail-in.png

    First is the Mail server address for incoming mails. If your provider needs you to log into a specific port, you add that to the address, separated by a colon. For example, pop.your-provider.org:1400.

    @@ -120,7 +122,7 @@ See below for more info about the various settings and additional options.

    index -More on setting up outgoing e-mail

    +Mera inställningar för utgående e-post

    Click on Outgoing under your account's name to set up how e-mails are sent.

    e-mail-out.png

    First is the SMTP server address for outgoing mails. As with the incoming server before, you can use a specific port if needed, e.g. mail.your-provider.org:1200.

    @@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ Currently there are three Incoming mail filters you ca

    index -Spam filter (AGMS Bayesian)

    +Skräppostfilter (AGMS Bayesian) e-mail-filter-spam.png

    The spam filter uses statistical methods to classify a mail as unwanted spam. It assigns a value between 0 and 1 to it and you can decide what are the limits for a genuine mail and what will be considered spam.
    You can have that spam rating added to the start of the subject.
    @@ -144,7 +146,7 @@ Also, the spam filter can learn from all incoming e-mail. Of course, you'll have

    index -Rule filter

    +Reglerfilter e-mail-filter-header.png

    This filter compares the mail header to a search pattern and performs some action according to the rules you set up.
    With the first text field you specify which header to check against. These are available:

    @@ -181,7 +183,7 @@ Rule filter

    index -New mails notification

    +Ett nytt e-post meddelande e-mail-filter-notification.png

    There are several ways you can choose to be notified of newly arrived email. Under Method you find a number of options that can be combined as well:

    @@ -203,13 +205,13 @@ New mails notification

    index -Outgoing Mail Filters

    +Utgående e-post filtren

    At this moment, there's only one filter that deals with outgoing mail: fortune.
    It will attach a randomly chosen funny or wise "fortune cookie" to the end of every mail before it's sent out. You can do a dry run by issuing the command fortune in a Terminal.

    index -Setting up the Mail Service

    +Konfiguera e-posttjänst

    Now that your incoming and outgoing mail servers (and maybe some filters, too), are configured, you have to tell the Mail Service that does all the actual checking and fetching how to do its job.

    e-mail-settings.png

    Under Mail checking you configure the interval at which the account's mail server is probed for new mail.
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/filetypes.html index 33502ff8..2297ca5f 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * deejam * --> @@ -66,9 +67,9 @@

    filetypes-icon_64.pngFilTyper

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Settings:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Lagrar alla MIME-typer som mappar.
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Lagrar alla MIME-typer som mappar.

    Please refer to topic Filetypes and the workshop Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries that explains most of this preference panel.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/input.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/input.html index 9336a0e7..8fa38637 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/input.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/input.html @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@

    input-icon_64.pngInput

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Input
    Settings:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Input
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    ~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    ~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    Återställ brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.

    index @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    Återställ brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.

    index @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    Återställ brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9a238696..00000000 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Tangentbord - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  FilTyper  -::  Inställningar  -::  TangentUppsättning  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngTangentbord

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Settings:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Bestämmer upprepningstakten och fördröjningen innan en nedtrykt tangent börjar upprepas. Du kan testa dina inställningar i textfältet längst ner.

    - - - -
    Förval återställer allt till standardinställningarna.
    Återställ ställer tillbaka inställningarna som de var när du startade Keyboard.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/keymap.html index bbef08f0..9784bfb6 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mus - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Inställningar  -::  Nätverk  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMus

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    Alla inställningarna börjar att gälla direkt.

    - - - -
    Förval återställer allt till standardinställningarna.
    Återställ återställer inställningarna som de var när du startade Mus.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Inställningar  -::  Nätverk  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html index 118e264c..c9061d88 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * deejam * Victor Widell - * Humdinger * --> @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@

    network-icon_64.pngNätverk

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Network
    Settings:/boot/system/settings/network/
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Network
    Inställningar:/boot/system/settings/network/


    The Network preference is the one-stop panel to configure all available network devices and services. To the left is a collapsible list of your devices and services, the right has information or settings for the selected entry.
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/printers.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/printers.html index 8fb246df..246d3b61 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/printers.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/printers.html @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@

    printers-icon_64.pngSkrivare

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Printers
    Settings:~/config/settings/printers/*
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Printers
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/printers/*

    Dokumentation saknas fortfarande. Om du vill arbeta med den, anmäl dig i e-postlistan för dokumentation för att undvika dubbelarbete.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/repositories.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/repositories.html index 4618f3bd..4006c813 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/repositories.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/repositories.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> @@ -64,9 +66,9 @@

    repositories-icon_64.pngRepositories

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
    Settings:~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Repositories_settings

    Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.

    This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot's Tools menu):

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/screen.html index f05329f2..3a2d7da0 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -65,8 +66,8 @@

    screensaver-icon_64.pngScreenSaver

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Screensaver
    Settings:~/config/settings/ScreenSaver_settings
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Screensaver
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/ScreenSaver_settings

    The panel of the ScreenSaver preferences is split into two tabs: diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/shortcuts.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/shortcuts.html index 65b6d572..71efae5d 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/shortcuts.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/shortcuts.html @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@

    shortcuts-icon_64.pngShortcuts

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Shortcuts
    Settings:~/config/settings/shortcuts_settings
    +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Shortcuts
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/shortcuts_settings
    ~/config/settings/Shortcuts_window_settings
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/sounds.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/sounds.html index c5301ba3..423b5d56 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/sounds.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/sounds.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * Victor Widell * --> @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@  «  Shortcuts  ::  Inställningar  -::  Time  » +::  Tid  »

    @@ -66,8 +67,8 @@

    sounds-icon_64.pngSounds

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Sounds
    Settings:~/config/settings/Media/MediaFiles
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Sounds
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Media/MediaFiles


    sounds.png @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ You can "pre-hear" an event's sound by selecting it and using the  «  Shortcuts  ::  Inställningar  -::  Time  » +::  Tid  »
    --> diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/time.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/time.html index 5d87bd1f..9363da43 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/time.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/time.html @@ -10,13 +10,14 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * Victor Widell * --> - Time + Tid @@ -63,11 +64,11 @@
    Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.
    -

    time-icon_64.pngTime

    +

    time-icon_64.pngTid

    - - + - diff --git a/userguide/tr/deskbar.html b/userguide/tr/deskbar.html index 4301b1f9..f142177d 100644 --- a/userguide/tr/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/tr/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +İçerik +:: Masaüstü Çubuğu » @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ Favoriler /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Go/ klas

    Yinenenler, uygulamaların başka uygulamalar içine entegre edilebilecek kısımlarıdır. Masaüstü Çubuğu'nda Yinelenenleri göster seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde kullanılabilir uygulamaların sağ alt köşesinde el biçiminde ufak bir tutaç göreceksiniz:

    replicant.png

    Yinenenleri kullanabileceğiniz en belirgin ber Masaüstü'dür: Tutacı sürükleyip Masaüstü'ne bırakın. Bu andan itibaren bu uygulama Masaüstü'nün bir parçası olarak işlem görür ve uygulamayı yeniden açmanıza gerek kalmaz.
    -Yinelenen üzerinde sağ tıklama kaynak uygulamanın Hakkında penceresini görebileceğiniz bir seçenek ve yineleneni kaldırabileceğiniz Yineleneni kaldır seçeneğini içerir.

    +Yinelenen üzerinde sağ tıklama kaynak uygulamanın Hakkında penceresini görebileceğiniz bir seçenek ve yineleneni kaldırabileceğiniz Yineleneni kaldır seçeneğini içerir. Yinelenen'i kaldırmanın başka bir yolu da tutacı Çöp simgesine sürükleyip bırakmadır.

    Yinelenen size sorun çıkartıyor ve onu kaldıramıyorsanız ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf dosyasını silin. Ancak bu seçenek tüm yinelenenleri Masaüstü'nden kaldıracaktır.

    Yinelenebilir uygulamalara örnek olarak Etkinlik Monitörü, Çalışma Alanları gereci veya Hesap Makinesi örnek olarak verilebilir.

    @@ -163,9 +164,10 @@ Yinelenen üzerinde sağ tıklama kaynak uygulamanın Hakkın
    - « Dosya sistemi yerleşimi -:: İçerik -:: Çalışma Alanları » + +İçerik +:: Masaüstü Çubuğu »
    diff --git a/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/tr/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/tr/index.html b/userguide/tr/index.html index 89fbc5ff..a40e708f 100644 --- a/userguide/tr/index.html +++ b/userguide/tr/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/tr/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/tr/preferences/filetypes.html index 22e12f66..601a86c7 100644 --- a/userguide/tr/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/tr/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Emir SARI * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@     +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Tüm MIME türlerini klasörler olarak depolar.
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Time
    Settings:~/config/settings/networktime settings - All the settings concerning synchronizing the time through the network
    +
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Time
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/networktime settings - All the settings concerning synchronizing the time through the network
    ~/config/settings/RTC_time_settings - The setting of the hardware clock (local or GMT)
    ~/config/settings/Time settings - The time zone setting
    ~/config/settings/Time_preflet_window - The panel's window position etc.
    @@ -77,14 +78,14 @@

    index -Date and time

    +Datum och tid time-time.png

    On the left side, you can set the day of the month by simply clicking on it in the calendar. You change the month and year by clicking on it and using the up/down arrows to the right or the cursor keys on your keyboard.

    Similarly, you set the time at the right. Or simply move the hands of the clock directly.

    index -Time zone

    +Tidszon time-timezone.png

    Simply find and choose your country in the list of continents and press Set time zone. For countries with more than one time zone you'll have to expand one level deeper.
    To the right you'll find the time of the currently set time zone and the preview time of the the zone you've chosen.

    @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ To the right you'll find the time of the currently set time zone and the preview

    index -Network time

    +Nätverkstid

    Setting date and time manually is pretty much obsolete if you're connected to the internet. There are public servers that supply very exact time signals.

    time-network.png

    With the +/- buttons you can add/remove NTP-servers to/from the list.

    @@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ To the right you'll find the time of the currently set time zone and the preview

    index -Clock

    +Klocka time-clock.png

    The last tab shows the options of the clock displayed in the Deskbar. You can disable the clock there completely with the top checkbox. The rest are equally self-explanatory.


    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/touchpad.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/touchpad.html deleted file mode 100644 index cf6606ce..00000000 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/touchpad.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Settings:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Förval resets everything to default values.
    Återställ brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Inställningar  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/tracker.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/tracker.html index 35abd464..1f6f6e9d 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/tracker.html @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - «  Time  + «  Tid  ::  Inställningar  ::  VirtualMemory  » @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@

    tracker-icon_64.pngTracker

    - - + +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
    Settings:~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings


    Trackers inställningspanel finns även tillgänglig i Tracker-fönster via menyvalet Fönster > Inställningar....
    @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Dess funktioner beskrivs i kapitlet

    - «  Time  + «  Tid  ::  Inställningar  ::  VirtualMemory  »
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/virtualmemory.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/virtualmemory.html index a2a450d8..28df2b61 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/virtualmemory.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/virtualmemory.html @@ -10,8 +10,9 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Victor Widell + * Jorma Karvonen * Jimmy Olsson + * Victor Widell * --> @@ -61,19 +62,18 @@
    -
    Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.

    virtualmemory-icon_64.pngVirtualMemory

    - - +
    Deskbar:Inställningar
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
    Settings:~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
    +
    Position:/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
    Inställningar:~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
    ~/config/settings/VM_data - Lagrar panelens fönsterposition.

    Virtuellt minne låter systemet temporärt lägga ut data på hårddisken om RAM-minnet kan utnyttjas bättre till något annat. Så även om du har massor av RAM är det aldrig en dålig idé att avsätta virtuellt minne.

    virtualmemory.png -

    Normally, the swap file is written to the boot partition. If you're running low on free memory there, you can deactivate the Automatic swap management and choose another mounted partition from the popup menu. The swap file size is set with the slider below.
    -If you often run into disk thrashing due to the virtual memory system swapping memory in and out, you can try to use a separate harddisk for you swap file to avoid I/O congestion. Simply another partition on the same harddisk with your system/data won't help. Upgrading your RAM is of course the most effective way to go...

    +

    Normalt lagras den temporära filen på din startpartition. If you're running low on free memory there, you can deactivate the Automatic swap management and choose another mounted partition from the popup menu. The swap file size is set with the slider below.
    +Om du ofta råkar ut för att hårddisken rasslar långa stunder när systemet för virtuellt minne skriver och läser data kan du prova att använda en separat hårddisk till den temporära filen. Det räcker inte att bara använda en annan partition på samma hårddisk. Att uppgradera RAM-minnet är självklart den mest effektiva lösningen.

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/queries.html b/userguide/sv_SE/queries.html index ed0fb3d3..cad8de5b 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/queries.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/tracker-add-ons.html b/userguide/sv_SE/tracker-add-ons.html index 0dadf001..5fbab96a 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/tracker-add-ons.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/tracker-add-ons.html @@ -59,18 +59,17 @@
    -
    Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.

    Tracker-tillägg

    Program kan installera tillägg som enkelt kan köras på urval av filer i Tracker. Endast de tillägg som kan hantera filtypen i urvalet av filer visas under Add-Ons i kontextmenyn och i Tracker-fönstrets File-meny. Vissa tillägg behöver inte nödvändigtvis någon fil och presenteras därför alltid i listan.

    -

    New Tracker add-ons that don't come as part of a regular .hpkg package, can be installed by copying them into their respective non-packaged folder (see topic Filesystem layout):

    +

    Ny Tracker-tillägg som inte fungerar som del av ordinarie .hpkg packning, kan installeras genom att kopiera dem till respektive icke-packade mappar (se artikel om Filsystemets mappstruktur):

    Förval återställer allt till standardinställningarna.
    Återställ ställer tillbaka inställningarna som de var när du startade intällningarna för VirtualMemory.
    - - + +
    /boot/system/non-packaged/add-ons/Tracker/   för tillägg åt samtliga användare
    /boot/home/config/non-packaged/add-ons/Tracker/   för tillägg åt enskilda användare
    /boot/system/non-packaged/add-ons/Tracker/   för tillägg åt samtliga användare.
    /boot/home/config/non-packaged/add-ons/Tracker/   för tillägg åt enskilda användare.
    -

    The file name of an add-on can be suffixed with a dash and capital letter, and is then available via keyboard shortcut. For example, Open Target Folder-O opens with ALT OPT O.
    -Of course, you have to take care of possible shortcut collisions when deciding on a shortcut. You can't have the same for different add-ons.

    +

    Ett tilläggs filnamn kan ges ett suffix bestående av streck och stor bokstav, vilket gör tillägget åtkomligt via ett snabbkommando. Till exempel kan man köra Open Target Folder-O genom att trycka ALT OPT O.
    +Man måste förstås se upp när man väljer bokstav så att snabbkommandot inte kolliderar med ett annat tilläggs snabbkommando. Du kan inte använda samma snabbkommando till flera tillägg.

    Haikus Tracker-tillägg

    Dessa Tracker-tillägg kommer med varje Haiku installation:

    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/tracker.html b/userguide/sv_SE/tracker.html index a0446868..a2d1e6bb 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/tracker.html @@ -4,12 +4,13 @@ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Team Monitor + « Deskbar :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Tracker-tillägg » +:: Program »
    @@ -67,11 +68,11 @@
    Innehåll
    - Mounting volumes
    - Navigating
    - Appearance
    - Tracker preferences
    - Working with files
    + Montera volymer
    + Navigering
    + Utseende
    + Tracker inställningar
    + Arbeta med filer
    Transaction status
    @@ -148,7 +149,10 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the Trac

  • Close (ALT W) - Closes the window. Hold down SHIFT and the menu becomes Close all which closes every Tracker window.

  • Close all in workspace (ALT Q) - Closes every Tracker window in the current workspace. A useful shortcut if you forgot to hold the OPT key while clicking through folders and all those still open Tracker windows clutter your workspace.

    • -

    Sometimes you just want to rearrange a few icons without doing a complete Clean up (ALT K). In that case, you select these icons and start to drag them to their new location. Before you drop them there, keep ALT pressed. This will align the icons to the invisible grid.

    +
    +

    Sometimes you just want to rearrange a few icons without doing a complete Clean up (ALT K). In that case, you select these icons and start to drag them to their new location. Before you drop them there, keep ALT pressed. This will align the icons to the invisible grid.

    +

    The first column in List view mode determines the icon labels in Mini and Icon view mode. Normally, that's the file name, but you can just as well switch to List view, drag the Size column to the left and have the icons labeled with their size when switching back to Icon view mode. Neato!

    +

    The rest of the functions are pretty self-explanatory, leaving the Tracker preferences.

    @@ -216,9 +220,9 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the Trac
    - « Team Monitor + « Deskbar :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Tracker-tillägg » +:: Program »
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-email.html b/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-email.html index 7623d697..102d9c5d 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-email.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-email.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Workshop: Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries + Verkstad: Filtyper, Attributer, Index och Frågor @@ -51,9 +53,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Queries + « Filesystem layout :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Program » +:: Workshop: Email » @@ -65,7 +67,7 @@
    Innehåll
    - Preparations
    + Preludium
    Creating a custom filetype
    Icon
    File recognition
    @@ -78,13 +80,13 @@
    -

    Workshop: Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries

    +

    Verkstad: Filtyper, Attributer, Index och Frågor

    This is a workshop to show the use of Attributes, Queries, the Index and custom Filetypes. As an example, we build a database to keep track of our DVD library.

    index -Preparations

    +Preludium

    Let's first decide what filetype and attributes would serve our needs. Originally, I planned to use a bookmark file with a link to the movie's IMdB page, but since Haiku didn't have a "bookmarkable" browser like BeOS' NetPositive at that time, I came up with this: The file itself will be a JPEG image for the movie cover.
    With WebPositive, Haiku now has a browser using bookmark files again, so you could as well use a bookmark file instead of an image as basic filetype for our database files.
    In any case, to these files we add a couple of attributes. Here we have to decide if we want to query it later (then we have to add it to the index) and if so, what type of attribute it should be. Numbers (int, float) can be evaluated differently than text (</=/> vs. is/contains/starts with).

    @@ -122,7 +124,7 @@ In any case, to these files we add a couple of attributes. Here we have to decid index Description
      -
    • Type name - Appears e.g. in the Attribute menu of Tracker windows and the "Kind" attribute of a file.
      • +
    • Type name - Appears e.g. in the"Attribute" menu of Tracker windows and the "Kind" attribute of a file.
    • Description - A bit more detailed description.
    @@ -236,9 +238,9 @@ Open the folder containing your DVDdb files and arrange the attributes how you'd
    - « Queries + « Filesystem layout :: Innehållsförteckning -:: Program » +:: Workshop: Email »
    diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-wlan.html b/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-wlan.html index 8f0493e0..52cf6ee2 100644 --- a/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-wlan.html +++ b/userguide/sv_SE/workshop-wlan.html @@ -9,12 +9,14 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * --> - Workshop: Wireless networking + Verkstad: Trådlös nätverksanslutning @@ -66,13 +68,13 @@
    Index
    - Joining a wireless network
    - Joining from the command line
    + Anslutning till trådlös nätverksanslutning
    + Anslutning från kommandotolken
    Getting supported hardware to work
    -

    Workshop: Wireless networking

    +

    Verkstad: Trådlös nätverksanslutning

    Getting the networking to run is essential in today's need for permanent internet connection. As keeping up to date with all the different and ever changing hardware and drivers is quite impossible for a small project, Haiku relies on a FreeBSD compatibility layer for its networking drivers.
    This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See FreeBSD 13.0's release hardware notes for a list of supported models.

    @@ -81,17 +83,18 @@ PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA devices still need more work to become

    index -Joining a wireless network

    +Anslutning till trådlös nätverksanslutning

    By default, Haiku will join the first unencrypted wireless network it finds after booting up. To connect to a specific network, you use the Desktop applet NetworkStatus.

    Right-click on its icon in the Deskbar and choose the network's public name (which is the "SSID" it broadcasts) from the context menu.

    join-network.png -

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    Once it reads "Ready" and the NetworkStatus icon in the Deskbar shows a green round light, the connection is established. If the notifications end in "No link" and a yellow triangle, something went wrong, probably an incorrect password.

    index -Joining from the command line

    +Anslutning från kommandotolken

    If you prefer to use the command line or would like to use scripting or the ~/config/settings/boot/UserBootscript to automate things to join a specific network on bootup, there's the command ifconfig.

    Start a Terminal and enter the first line to scan for available wireless networks:

    ifconfig /dev/net/iprowifi3945/0 scan
@@ -110,7 +113,7 @@ The output shows the public name (SSID), MAC address, signal strength and authen
 
    All supported modern wireless hardware works out of the box and you don't have to download/install any additional firmware.
    
 
 
    Only a few quite old chipsets (Intel 2100/2200/2225/2915, Broadcom 43xx, Marvell 88w8335) require binary firmware modules that Haiku cannot include due to licensing issues, though. To get these wireless cards to work, a simple script is included which will retrieve and install all of the needed proprietary bits for you.
    
-
    Open a Terminal and type:
    
+
    Öppna kommandotolken och skriv:
    
 
    install-wifi-firmwares.sh
    
 
    Now review the licenses and accept them to install all of the available firmware files.
    
 
diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/workspaces.html b/userguide/sv_SE/workspaces.html
index f7d3554e..1c4d28fe 100644
--- a/userguide/sv_SE/workspaces.html
+++ b/userguide/sv_SE/workspaces.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 
  • 日本語
    • 
 
 
- «  Haiku's grafiska miljö 
+ «  Program 
 ::  Innehållsförteckning 
 ::  Snabbväxlaren  »
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Klickning på ett program eller ett av dess fönster i Deskbar kommer att skicka
 
    
 
    
 
diff --git a/userguide/tr/applications.html b/userguide/tr/applications.html
index 1d3b21ff..c1ac3353 100644
--- a/userguide/tr/applications.html
+++ b/userguide/tr/applications.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 
+::  Açılış Yöneticisi  » 
 
    
 
    
 
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ Ayrıntılara girmek için 
 
    
- «  Tercihler 
+ «  Çalıştay: Wi-Fi 
 ::  İçerik 
-
+::  Açılış Yöneticisi  » 
 
    
 
 
diff --git a/userguide/tr/bootloader.html b/userguide/tr/bootloader.html
index 7521da53..72851efd 100644
--- a/userguide/tr/bootloader.html
+++ b/userguide/tr/bootloader.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 
-    İçerik 
-::  Dosya sistemi yerleşimi  »
+ «  Bash ve betik yazımı 
+::  İçerik 
+
 
 
 
@@ -140,8 +139,7 @@
 
  • Use fail-safe graphics driver seçeneği sorununuzu VESA grafik kipine dönerek çözdüyse bu seçeneği /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel dosyasında #fail_safe_video_mode true satırının başında bulunan # karakterini kaldırarak sürekli duruma getirebilirsiniz.
    • 
 
  • Soruna neden olan sürücü, eklenti vb. sistem hiyerarşisi içindeyse durum biraz daha çetrefilli olabilir; çünkü bu bölüm salt okunur olarak işlem görür. Bu noktada Disable system components seçeneği işe yarar. Bu seçenekle birlikte tüm sistem hiyerarşisi içinde dolanabilir ve soruna neden olan bileşeni SPACE veya RETURN düğmesine basarak devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. ESC düğmesi sizi bir düzey yukarıya götürür.
    
 
    Yaptığınız ayarı sürekli kılmak için How to Permanently Blacklist a Package File makalesi size ayrıntılı bilgi verecektir.
    • 
-
  • Select boot volume seçeneği altında hangi önceki Haiku "sürümünü" önyükleyeceğinizi seçebilirsiniz. Bir paketi her yüklediğinizde veya kaldırdığınızda eski durum kaydedilir ve önyükleyici içinde seçebileceğiniz girdilerden başlatacağınız durumu seçebilirsiniz.
    
-Yüklediğiniz bir paket Haiku'yu başlatmanıza engel oluyorsa yalnızca eski durumu başlatın ve sorun çıkaran paketi kaldırın.
    • 
+
  • Select boot volume seçeneği altında hangi önceki Haiku "sürümünü" önyükleyeceğinizi seçebilirsiniz. Bir paketi her yüklediğinizde veya kaldırdığınızda eski durum kaydedilir ve önyükleyici içinde seçebileceğiniz girdilerden başlatacağınız durumu seçebilirsiniz.
    Herhangi bir paketi yükledikten sonra önyükleme sorunlarıyla karşılaşırsanız önceki bir Haiku durumuna önyükleyin ve sorun çıkaran paketi kaldırın. Yazılım Güncelleyici konu başlığında anlatılan yöntemleri kullanarak kalıcı olarak belirli bir Haiku revizyonuna geri dönebilirsiniz.
    • 
 
 
    
 index
@@ -166,10 +164,9 @@ Simgelerin her biri kabaca aşağıdaki önyükleme durumlarına denk gelirler:<
 
 
    
 
    
-    
-    İçerik 
-::  Dosya sistemi yerleşimi  »
+ «  Bash ve betik yazımı 
+::  İçerik 
+
 
    
 
    
 
diff --git a/userguide/tr/contents.html b/userguide/tr/contents.html
index 9ee7e0ae..ef291db1 100644
--- a/userguide/tr/contents.html
+++ b/userguide/tr/contents.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 			Icon-O-Matic
    		 - Yükleyici
    + Haiku Kur
    Ekranı Büyüt
    Posta
    Ortam Oynatıcı
    @@ -177,13 +177,13 @@
  • Diğer düğme kombinasyonları
    		•  Çalışma akışınızı hızlandırmak için çok kullanılan kısayollar.
    Masaüstü Gereçleri +
    Masaüstü Uygulamacıkları Masaüstü'ne veya Masaüstü Çubuğu'na yükleyebileceğiniz yalın gereçler.
    Masaüstü Çubuğu:Tercihler
    Konum:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Ayarlar:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Tüm MIME türlerini klasörler olarak depolar.

    Lütfen Dosya Türleri başlığına ve Dosya Türleri, Öznitelikler, İndeks ve Sorgular atölyelerine bakın. Bu tercih paneli hakkında ayrıntılı bilgi bu başlıklarda bulunmaktadır.

    diff --git a/userguide/tr/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/tr/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9b61c5f1..00000000 --- a/userguide/tr/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Klavye - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Dosya Türleri  -::  Preferences  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKlavye

    - - - - -
    Masaüstü Çubuğu:Tercihler
    Konum:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Ayarlar:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Buradan basılan bir düğmenin yineleme ve gecikme oranlarını ayarlanabilir. Ayarlarınızı aşağıdaki metin kutusunda sınayabilirsiniz.

    - - - -
    Öntanımlılar Her şeyi öntanımlı değerlerine sıfırlar.
    Eski haline döndür Klavye tercihlerini başlattığınızdaki ayarlara geri döndürür.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/tr/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/tr/preferences/keymap.html index 21a4192d..f9bf0bb9 100644 --- a/userguide/tr/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/tr/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Mouse - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Ortam  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Bu sayfanın çevrilmesi henüz tamamlanmamıştır. Tamamlanana kadar henüz bitirilmeyen kısımlar İngilizce metni kullanır.
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - - -
    Masaüstü Çubuğu:Tercihler
    Konum:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Ayarlar:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    First you set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click.

    -

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    -

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration. The test area below the mouse graphics can be used to check if the double-click speed meets your taste: if double-clicking a word doesn't select it, it's set too fast (or you'll have to get used to clicking quicker...).

    -

    There are three Focus modes that determine how windows react to clicks:

    - - - - -
    Click to focus and raise This is the default setting: you click a window and it gets focus and is raised to the top.
    Click to focus Clicking a window only gives it the focus, but won't raise it automatically. To do that, you'd have to either click on its title tab or border or click anywhere while holding the window management keys CTRL ALT.
    Focus follows mouseThe window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
    -

    Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.

    -

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - - - -
    Öntanımlılar Her şeyi öntanımlı değerlerine sıfırlar.
    Eski haline döndür brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Ortam  -::  Preferences  -::  Network  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/tr/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/tr/preferences/screen.html index 4ed3e33a..fb860f2c 100644 --- a/userguide/tr/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/tr/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Touchpad - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Bu sayfanın çevrilmesi henüz tamamlanmamıştır. Tamamlanana kadar henüz bitirilmeyen kısımlar İngilizce metni kullanır.
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngTouchpad

    - - - - -
    Masaüstü Çubuğu:Tercihler
    Konum:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Ayarlar:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    By dragging the red vertical or horizontal lines on the touchpad representation, you set the scroll area (slightly reddish against the gray general touch area). Moving your finger on that part of the pad will move the scrollbars of a window accordingly.

    -

    To the right are sliders to set the general scroll acceleration and the vertical and horizontal scrolling speed.
    -The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish over the scroll area very fast. The scrolling speeds control the general speed when using the scroll area in a "normal" way.

    -

    Below the touchpad graphic are checkboxes to enable "Two finger scrolling" for vertical and horizontal scrolling. Move two fingers in parallel vertically or horizontally to move the scrollbars of a window. At least for me, it works best with one finger from the left and one from the right hand.
    -If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.

    -

    At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.

    - - - -
    Öntanımlılar Her şeyi öntanımlı değerlerine sıfırlar.
    Eski haline döndür brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
    -

    Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
    -Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.

    -

    If your finger reaches a border of the touchpad while dragging an icon, but the mouse pointer hasn't yet reached the screen edge, how can you keep on dragging your icon? As soon as you lift your finger, the icon would be dropped.
    -Depending on your hardware, there's a nifty feature: just leave your finger without lifting at the touchpad edge. The mouse pointer will keep on moving on auto-pilot.

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  İzleyici  -::  Preferences  -::  Sanal Bellek  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/tr/queries.html b/userguide/tr/queries.html index 9c50bf89..75a71672 100644 --- a/userguide/tr/queries.html +++ b/userguide/tr/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/tr/tracker.html b/userguide/tr/tracker.html index 4394be6c..407efdbb 100644 --- a/userguide/tr/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/tr/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/uk/applications.html b/userguide/uk/applications.html index 047118ed..69e5815a 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/applications.html +++ b/userguide/uk/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  Завантажувач системи (Boot Loader)  »
    @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ The
    - «  Налаштування (Preferences)  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  Зміст  - +::  Завантажувач системи (Boot Loader)  »
    diff --git a/userguide/uk/bootloader.html b/userguide/uk/bootloader.html index 3ed350b2..ab01cd4a 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/uk/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - Зміст -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash і написання скриптів +:: Зміст + @@ -144,7 +143,7 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    -So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package.

    • +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    index @@ -169,10 +168,9 @@ So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku s
    - - Зміст -:: Filesystem layout » + « Bash і написання скриптів +:: Зміст +
    diff --git a/userguide/uk/deskbar.html b/userguide/uk/deskbar.html index db1deed0..4e89b7fe 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/uk/deskbar.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +Зміст +:: Панель задач - Deskbar » @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    replicant.png

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    -A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant.

    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    Should you experience difficulties with a Replicant on the Desktop and just can't get rid of it, delete ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Unfortunately, this will remove all Replicants from the Desktop.

    Examples for replicatable applications are the graphs of the ActivityMonitor, the Workspaces applet or DeskCalc.

    @@ -161,9 +162,10 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
    - « Filesystem layout -:: Зміст -:: Робочі місця (Workspaces) » + +Зміст +:: Панель задач - Deskbar »
    diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/uk/index.html b/userguide/uk/index.html index 40e7d6af..8809c9fe 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/index.html +++ b/userguide/uk/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Додатки Tracker'а (Tracker Add-Ons) + « Командний монітор (Team Monitor) :: Зміст -:: Панель задач - Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applets » @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓просторовий перехід рядками / стовпчиками доступних робочих місць. Додавання клавіші SHIFT дозволяє взяти активне вікно з собою. OPTутримання клавіші OPT при перетягуванні вікна на іншу вкладку або межу буде об'єднувати або розділяти їх (дивись розділ Графічний інтерфейс користувача (GUI)). -OPT↑ / ↓зациклити відкриті вікна у поточному робочому місці. +OPT ↑ / ↓зациклити відкриті вікна у поточному робочому місці. CTRL ALT + ліва мишкиклікання та захоплення лівою кнопкою мишки переміщає вікно (дивись розділ Графічний інтерфейс користувача (GUI)). CTRL ALT + права мишкинатисніть і перетягніть правою кнопкою мишки, щоб змінити розмір вікна (див розділ Графічний інтерфейс користувача (GUI)). @@ -170,9 +171,9 @@
    - « Додатки Tracker'а (Tracker Add-Ons) + « Командний монітор (Team Monitor) :: Зміст -:: Панель задач - Deskbar » +:: Desktop Applets »
    diff --git a/userguide/uk/preferences.html b/userguide/uk/preferences.html index 3f8b4231..23852eb2 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/uk/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/uk/preferences/backgrounds.html b/userguide/uk/preferences/backgrounds.html index 7f172339..1ea8078a 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/preferences/backgrounds.html +++ b/userguide/uk/preferences/backgrounds.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * totish * Vincent Duvert + * totish * --> diff --git a/userguide/uk/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/uk/preferences/filetypes.html index 9a9766d3..b0aaa495 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/uk/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * totish * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ Deskbar:Налаштування (Preferences) Розташування:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes Налаштування:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Зберігає всі MIME -типи. +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - Зберігає всі MIME -типи.

    Зверніться до теми Filetypes і семінару на тему Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries, що містять опис цієї панелі настройок.

    diff --git a/userguide/uk/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/uk/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 21a3d532..00000000 --- a/userguide/uk/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Типи файлів (FileTypes)  -::  Налаштування (Preferences)  -::  Keymap  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Переклад даної сторінки ще неповний. Допоки це так, незавершені частини користайте у англійському варіанті.
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Налаштування (Preferences)
    Розташування:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Налаштування:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    Set the repeat rate, and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - - - -
    Типово (Defaults) Скинути всі налаштування до типових значень.
    Повернути (Revert) brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/uk/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/uk/preferences/keymap.html index 278fd666..ee745bcd 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/uk/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Мишка (Mouse) - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  Media  -::  Налаштування (Preferences)  -::  Мережа (Network)  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.pngМишка (Mouse)

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Налаштування (Preferences)
    Розташування:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Налаштування:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    Спочатку треба встановити тип мишки: 1, 2 або 3 кнопкова. Ви можете моделювати другу (=праву) кнопку мишки утримуючи клавішу CTRL при кліканні лівою. Для третьої (=середньої), це буде утримання CTRL ALT та клік лівою кнопкою мишки.

    -

    Ви можете перепризначити кнопки мишки, натиснувши на них і вибираючи їх нове значення у спливаючому меню.

    -

    За допомогою повзунків справа Ви регулюєте швидкість подвійного клікання, швидкість мишки та прискорення. Випробувальна зона нижче зображення мишки може бути використана для перевірки, чи швидкість подвійного клікання відповідає вашим смакам: якщо двоклік по слові не виділяє його, то вона занадто велика ( Вам доведеться звикати до швидшого натискування...

    -

    Існує три Режими фокусу (Focus modes) що визначають реакцію вікна на клік:

    - - - - -
    Натиснути для фокусу та підняти (Click to focus and raise) Це типове налаштування: Ви клікаєте по вікну, фокусуєтесь на ньому та перетягуєте його на перед.
    Натиснути для фокусу (Click to focus) Клікання по вікну тільки дає йому фокус, але не піднімає автоматично. Щоб зробити це Ви маєте або клінути по заголовку вікна чи межі або клікнути будь-де утримуючи клавіші обслуговування вікна CTRL ALT.
    Фокус перслідує мишку (Focus follows mouse)Вікно під курсором миші автоматично отримує фокус. Насправді це підняття робиться так само як у режимі Натиснути для фокусу (Click to focus).
    -

    Активація пункту Прийняти перший клік (Accept first click) позбавляє Вас можливості фокусування на неактивному вікні при виклику віджетів, таких як кнопки або меню. Це несе ризик несподіваного закриття вікна, наприклад, випадково зупинивши курсор на кнопці закриття при наведенні на вкладку вікна. З іншого боку, це значно прискорює робочий процес.

    -

    Всі налаштування застосовуються негайно.

    - - - -
    Типово (Defaults) Скинути всі налаштування до типових значень.
    Повернути (Revert) повертає налаштування які були активні до запуску панелі настройок мишки.
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Media  -::  Налаштування (Preferences)  -::  Мережа (Network)  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/uk/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/uk/preferences/screen.html index 76fa6ab1..3063b529 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/uk/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - Сенсорна панель - Тачпад (Touchpad) - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.pngСенсорна панель - Тачпад (Touchpad)

    - - - - -
    Deskbar:Налаштування (Preferences)
    Розташування:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    Налаштування:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    Дана панель надає кілька параметрів, пов'язаних з сенсорною панеллю, які цікаві, коли ви працюєте на ноутбуці.

    - -touchpad.png - -

    Переміщаючи червоні вертикальні або горизонтальні лінії на зображенні сенсорної панелі, ви встановлюєте область прокрутки (злегка червонуватий проти сірої загальної площі торкання). Переміщення пальця на цю частину майданчика перемістить відповідно смуги прокрутки вікна.

    -

    Справа знаходяться повзунки для встановлення загального прискорення прокрутки і вертикальної та горизонтальної її швидкості.
    -Налаштування прискорення визначає, наскільки швидко список прокручуватиметься якщо ви розмахуєте над областю прокрутки дуже швидко. Швидкості прокручування керують загальною швидкістю при використанні області прокрутки у звиклому порядку.

    -

    Під зображенням тачпаду є прапорці, щоб включити "Двохпальцеву" вертикальну та горизонтальну прокрутки. Переміщуйте два пальця паралельно вертикально або горизонтально, щоб перемістити смуги прокрутки вікна. Для мене принаймні, це працює краще, ніж переміщувати один палець зліва один справа.
    -При комфортному відчутті, використовуючи цю функцію, ви можете обійтися без встановлення областей прокрутки і замість того використовувати весь майданчик для нормальної навігації.

    -

    У нижній частині знаходиться ще один повзунок, щоб встановити чутливість зони клікання. Якщо ваша зона продовжує ігнорувати клікання, підвищіть чутливість. Якщо система реєструє кліки постійно, в той час як всі ви хочете перемістити курсор мишки, спробуйте зменшити її.

    - - - -
    Типово (Defaults) Скинути всі налаштування до типових значень.
    Повернути (Revert) повертає назад всі налаштування, які існували до запуску Налаштувань Тачпаду.
    -

    Ось порада, яка не має відношення до налаштування тачпаду, але вкладається в загальну тему:
    -Чи знаєте ви, що ви можете зробити перетягування тільки за допомогою сенсорної панелі, тобто без допомоги кнопок? Просто зробіть подвійне клацання, не піднімаючи палець після другого клацання. Захопіть іконку курсором і Ви зможете тягнути її за курсором, якщо палець підняти, то курсор відпустить іконку.

    -

    Якщо ваш палець досягає межі сенсорної панелі при переміщенні значка, але покажчик миші ще не досяг краю екрану, як можна продовжити перетягування іконки? При підніманні пальця іконка буде відпущена.
    -Залежно від вашого обладнання, є відмінна особливість: якщо просто залишити свій палець, не піднімаючи, на краю сенсорної панелі, курсор мишки продовжить свій рух на "автопілоті".

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  Tracker  -::  Налаштування (Preferences)  -::  Віртуальна пам'ять (VirtualMemory)  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/uk/queries.html b/userguide/uk/queries.html index 023e6a7d..bfcf98d2 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/queries.html +++ b/userguide/uk/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/uk/tracker.html b/userguide/uk/tracker.html index c77fc94a..cd8e96dd 100644 --- a/userguide/uk/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/uk/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/applications.html b/userguide/zh_CN/applications.html index e92bc1ea..c4af0747 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/applications.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/applications.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/applications/installer.html b/userguide/zh_CN/applications/installer.html index 1f7dbcb8..f3f747fb 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/applications/installer.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/applications/installer.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/applications/softwareupdater.html b/userguide/zh_CN/applications/softwareupdater.html index 1d451563..81ffe6b3 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/applications/softwareupdater.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/applications/softwareupdater.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +::  引导程序  »     @@ -110,9 +110,9 @@
    - «  首选项  + «  Workshop: Wlan  ::  内容  - +::  引导程序  »
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/bootloader.html b/userguide/zh_CN/bootloader.html index 8ddf9cc4..7ab70d6f 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/bootloader.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/bootloader.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - 内容 -:: 文件系统布局 » + « Bash 和脚本 +:: 内容 + @@ -145,8 +144,8 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to

  • 如果激活 Use fail-safe graphics driver 通过回退到 VESA 显卡模式解决了您的问题，您可以通过在 /boot/home/config/settings/kernel/drivers/kernel 文本文件中移除 #fail_safe_video_mode true 之前的 # 注释符永久的解决该问题。

  • If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Disable system components comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.

    Online, there's the guide Disabling components of packages showing how to make that setting stick.

    • -

  • 在 Select boot volume 菜单中，您可以指定希望启动的 Haiku 版本。每次在安装或者卸载系统组件时，原有状态都将保存。您可以在引导管理器选项列表中选择对应的启动状态。
    -因此，如果在安装完某些包之后，出现了启动引导问题，您可以选择引导在问题出现以前的 Haiku 状态，并且卸载该软件包。

    • +

  • Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
    +So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku state from before that time and uninstall the offending package. You can permanently revert to a specific Haiku revision as described in the topic SoftwareUpdater.

    • index @@ -171,10 +170,9 @@ On computers that use UEFI for booting instead of the classic BIOS, you need to
    - - 内容 -:: 文件系统布局 » + « Bash 和脚本 +:: 内容 +
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/deskbar.html b/userguide/zh_CN/deskbar.html index 630cef81..ef9c225b 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/deskbar.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/deskbar.html @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « 文件浏览器附加组件 + « Haiku的图形用户界面 :: 内容 -:: 文件类型 » +:: 文件浏览器 (Tracker) » @@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ Maybe more useful: while holding SHIFT, a middle-click
    - « 文件浏览器附加组件 + « Haiku的图形用户界面 :: 内容 -:: 文件类型 » +:: 文件浏览器 (Tracker) »
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/filesystem-layout.html b/userguide/zh_CN/filesystem-layout.html index 4d63a927..ee9d4357 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/filesystem-layout.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/filesystem-layout.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « 桌面栏 + « 查询 :: 内容 :: Attributes（属性） » @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ index 全局设置

    文件类型 首选项不用于处理单个文件，而是文件类型的全局设置。您可以修改所有文件类型的默认图标，首选程序，或者添加，删除，和修改属性。您甚至可以从头开始创建自己的文件类型。

    -

    所有的文件类型和它们的配置文件保存在 /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/ 。在您开始尝试作出改动之前，您最好对该文件夹做个备份以防出错。

    +

    所有的文件类型和它们的配置文件保存在 /boot/home/config/settings/mime_db/ 。在您开始尝试作出改动之前，您最好对该文件夹做个备份以防出错。

    了解更多有关 文件类型 首选项的信息，可以参阅操作练习：文件类型，属性，索引和查询。

    @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
    - « 桌面栏 + « 查询 :: 内容 :: Attributes（属性） »
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/gui.html b/userguide/zh_CN/gui.html index 9a4907f7..d868f97c 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/gui.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/gui.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ +内容 +:: 桌面栏 »
    @@ -155,8 +156,8 @@ Replicants

    Replicants 是可以集成到其他软件的应用程序中小的独立部分。假如桌面栏的 Show Replicants 是激活的，您将能够通过应用程序的小控件看到它的可复制部分，控件通常处于窗体的右下角：

    replicant.png -

    接受复制体最突出的地方是桌面：您可以直接将小控件拖到其上。而且从此，它将成为桌面的一部分， 不需要复制体的原程序也可以进行工作。
    -右键点击复制体的小控件将会显示一个右键菜单，用于显示原程序的 About 窗体和 Remove Replicant。

    +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag & drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove replicant. Another way to remove a replicant from the Desktop is to simply drag & drop it onto the Trash icon.

    如果碰巧，您在使用桌面上的复制体时遇到困难，而且无法进行处理，您可以删除 ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf 。但是，它将会删除桌面上 所有 的复制体。

    可复制程序示例来源于 任务管理器， 工作区小程序 或者 计算器 的图片。

    @@ -164,9 +165,10 @@
    - « 文件系统布局 -:: 内容 -:: Workspaces（工作区） » + +内容 +:: 桌面栏 »
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ceb1bc Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-1.png differ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3e7a6da Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-mixer-2.png differ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1227ff2a Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-audio-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3acc9ef4 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-hdaudio.png differ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8be2bd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-midi.png differ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03e9ebec Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-replicant.png differ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd24ce2 Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/zh_CN/images/prefs-images/media-video-settings.png differ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/index.html b/userguide/zh_CN/index.html index 9c903d1d..4db53c23 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/index.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/index.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « 文件浏览器附加组件 + « 程序监控器 :: 内容 -:: 桌面栏 » +:: 桌面小程序 » @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ CTRL ALT ← / → / ↑ / ↓导航至相应的可用工作区。同时按下 SHIFT 将会连同活动窗口一起进行切换。 OPT时按下 OPT 拖动窗口到其他窗口的标签或者边界附近时，它们将会被重叠或者拼贴起来（详情查看 图形用户界面）。 -OPT↑ / ↓循环切换当前工作区中的打开窗口。 +OPT ↑ / ↓循环切换当前工作区中的打开窗口。 CTRL ALT + 左键点击并使用左键拖动窗口（查阅章节 GUI）。 CTRL ALT + 右键点击并使用右键拖动窗口（查阅章节 GUI）。 @@ -170,9 +171,9 @@ Tracker 不仅可以跳转到首个搜索字符串出现的地址，并且可以
    - « 文件浏览器附加组件 + « 程序监控器 :: 内容 -:: 桌面栏 » +:: 桌面小程序 »
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences.html b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences.html index cef4f99a..0f93235b 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/filetypes.html b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/filetypes.html index b575dd0b..ed568ff7 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: + * Humdinger * Pengphei Han * --> @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ 桌面栏:首选项 位置:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes 设置:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    -~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - 以文件夹形式保存所有的MIME类型。 +~/config/settings/mime_db/* - 以文件夹形式保存所有的MIME类型。

    请参阅 文件类型 主题和 文件类型，属性，索引与查询 主题，后者对大部分的设置面板进行了介绍。

    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/keyboard.html b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/keyboard.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8486989f..00000000 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/keyboard.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - 键盘 - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  文件类型  -::  首选项  -::  键盘映射  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    keyboard-icon_64.png键盘

    - - - - -
    桌面栏:首选项
    位置:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    设置:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    -


    -keyboard.png -

    设置重复速度和两次按键之间的延迟时间。您可以在底部的文本框内对相关设置进行测试。

    - - - -
    Defaults 重置所有设置未默认值。
    取消 恢复键盘设置启动之前的设置状态。
    - -
    -
    - - - - - diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/keymap.html b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/keymap.html index 2e51f99a..783976d3 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/keymap.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - 鼠标 - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - «  媒体  -::  首选项  -::  网络  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    mouse-icon_64.png鼠标

    - - - - -
    桌面栏:首选项
    位置:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    设置:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    -


    -mouse.png -

    首先设置鼠标类型：单键，双键或者三键鼠标。您可以通过左键点击的同时按下 CTRL 来模拟第二个鼠标键（右键）。至于第三个鼠标键（中间键），它等同于 CTRL ALT 联合左键点击。

    -

    您可以通过点击在鼠标按钮，从弹出菜单中选择它们的新功能来对其进行重新排序。

    -

    使用右边的滑动条，您可以调整双击的速度，鼠标的移动速度和加速度。鼠标图形的下侧区域是测试区域，用于测试双击速度是否适合您的要求：如果双击字符并没有选中它，那么速度设置就太快了（或者您需要适应快速的点击...

    -

    系统提供了三种 聚焦模式 来确定窗口对鼠标点击的反馈：

    - - - - -
    点击聚焦并置顶 系统默认设置：点击窗口，窗口会获取焦点，并自动提升到顶层。
    点击聚焦 点击窗口仅让其获取焦点，但是并不自动提升。若希望实现提升，则必须点击其标题标签或者边框，或者点击其他地方的同时按下 窗口管理按键 CTRL ALT.
    鼠标跟随鼠标指针下的窗口自动获取焦点。窗口提升方法请参考 点击聚焦模式。
    -

    激活 接受首次点击 将会让您避免在触发按钮或菜单等控件时必须聚焦非活动窗口。 这样就必须忍受无意关闭窗口的风险，例如在点击标签时，无意点击到了关闭按钮。但是另一方面，它会相应加快您的工作速度。

    -

    所有的设置将会被立即应用。

    - - - -
    Defaults 重置所有设置未默认值。
    取消 恢复到鼠标首选项启动时的设置状态。
    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  媒体  -::  首选项  -::  网络  » -
    -
    - - - - diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/screen.html index 67aa4581..02cc5223 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/screen.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/preferences/screen.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ - - - - 触摸板 - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - - «  Tracker  -::  Preferences  -::  VirtualMemory  » -
    -
    - -
    -
    - -

    touchpad-icon_64.png触摸板

    - - - - -
    桌面栏:首选项
    位置:/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
    设置:~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
    - -

    如果您使用的是笔记本电脑的话，该面板提供了几个有趣的有关触摸板的设置。

    - -touchpad.png - -

    通过拖动触摸板上显示的红色的水平或者垂直区域， 您可以进行滚动区域的设置（slightly reddish against the grey general touch area）。如果您在触摸板的该区域上下移动手指，它将会上下移动对应窗口中的滚动条。

    -

    在窗口右边，用于设定滚动加速度和水平与垂直滚动速度。 -
    -如果您希望快速的划过滚动区域，加速度设置决定了滚动的快慢。滚动速度控制了 “通常” 使用滚动区域时的常规速度。

    -

    在触摸板模型之下，是用于启用水平和垂直滚动的“双手指滚动”的复选框。水平或者垂直平行移动两个手指来移动窗口的滚动栏。至少对于我来说，分别使用左右手的手指来移动，它可以工作地非常好。 -
    -如果您对这个特性非常满意，您可以无需设置滚动区域，而直接使用整个触摸板来进行普通导航。

    -

    在面板底部，还存在一个滑动条用于设置点击的敏感度。如果您的弹击常常没有响应，您可以增加它的敏感度；但是如果您仅需要移动鼠标，则可以尝试减小它的敏感度。

    - - - -
    Defaults 重置所有设置未默认值。
    取消 返回到您启动触摸板首选项之前的设置状态。
    -

    下面有一个提示，它可能与触摸板首选项没有很大关系，而属于普通的话题：
    -您知道么，您可以仅使用触摸板来进行拖动操作，即不使用按键？双击目标，但是在第二次点击后不要使手指离开触摸板；然后捡起的图标将会黏在鼠标上，您可以使用手指将其随意拖动。在您手指离开触摸板之后，图标将会放置在相应的位置。

    -

    如果您的手指在拖动图标时到达了触摸板的边界，但是鼠标仍未到达屏幕边缘，您该如何继续拖动图标呢？而且一旦您的手指离开触摸板，图标将会被放下。 -
    -有一个非常巧妙的特性，但是这依赖于您的硬件：只需将您的手指放置在触摸板边界而不离开它，鼠标将会自动持续移动。

    - -
    -
    - -
    -
    - «  文件浏览器 (Tracker)  -::  首选项  -::  虚拟内存  » -
    -
    - - - diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/queries.html b/userguide/zh_CN/queries.html index cd253664..5cc47710 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/queries.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/queries.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/tracker.html b/userguide/zh_CN/tracker.html index 67d44785..16a89ec7 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/tracker.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/tracker.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ - « Queries + « Workshop: Attributes :: Contents -:: Applications » +:: Workshop: Wlan » @@ -160,10 +160,9 @@
    - « 查询 + « Workshop: Attributes :: 内容 -:: 应用程序 - » +:: Workshop: Wlan »
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html b/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html index d831ab1d..7e2b2e82 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html @@ -53,10 +53,9 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « 查询 + « 文件系统布局 :: 内容 -:: 应用程序 - » +:: Workshop: Email » @@ -243,10 +242,9 @@ mkindex -t int DVDdb:rating
    - « 查询 + « 文件系统布局 :: 内容 -:: 应用程序 - » +:: Workshop: Email »
    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-wlan.html b/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-wlan.html index 5004b948..f7013d12 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-wlan.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/workshop-wlan.html @@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA 设备仍需要一些功能完善。默认情况下，在启动之后，Haiku将会连接到其发现的首个未加密的无线网络。如果需要连接到指定网络，您需要使用桌面小工具 网络状态。

    右键点击桌面栏图标，然后从菜单中选择网络公开名称（也就是其广播的“SSID”）。

    join-network.png -

    之后将会打开一个窗口，您可以输入加密类型（如 WPA/WPA2，WEP不再是一个安全的加密方式！） 和无线网络密码。点击 确定 启动登录进程。
    根据硬件和网络配置的不同，需要等待的时间也会有所差异。然后您会看到如下通知：

    +

    A window opens where you enter the type of authentication (probably WPA/WPA2, WEP is not a secure encryption anymore!) and the password for that wireless network. Tick the checkbox below to Store this configuration so you don't have to enter all the information again next time you connect to this network.
    +Click OK to start the login process.
    Depending on your hardware and network configuration this may take a while. You'll be kept informed of the progress by notifications:

    join-network.gif

    当其状态显示为 "Ready" 时，桌面栏中的网络状态显示为圆浅绿色，网络连接也已建立。。如果通知显示为 "No link" ，网络状态图标将会显示为三角黄色，这也就意味着网络连接出现错误，有可能是密码错误。

    diff --git a/userguide/zh_CN/workspaces.html b/userguide/zh_CN/workspaces.html index a78d0c92..fb32206b 100644 --- a/userguide/zh_CN/workspaces.html +++ b/userguide/zh_CN/workspaces.html @@ -53,7 +53,8 @@
  • 日本語
    • - « Haiku的图形用户界面 + « 应用程序 + :: 内容 :: 任务切换器 » @@ -82,7 +83,8 @@
    diff --git a/welcome/ca/bugreports.html b/welcome/ca/bugreports.html index b9364369..3a4df67e 100644 --- a/welcome/ca/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/ca/bugreports.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne - + diff --git a/welcome/en/bugreports.html b/welcome/en/bugreports.html index a3db63e5..f202e68a 100644 --- a/welcome/en/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/en/bugreports.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    - + diff --git a/welcome/eo/bugreports.html b/welcome/eo/bugreports.html index 1a2a7233..f25d7a14 100644 --- a/welcome/eo/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/eo/bugreports.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    - + diff --git a/welcome/eo/quicktour.html b/welcome/eo/quicktour.html index fce2996e..eccc8d1a 100644 --- a/welcome/eo/quicktour.html +++ b/welcome/eo/quicktour.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Máximo Castañeda * Va Miluŝnikov + * Máximo Castañeda * --> diff --git a/welcome/fi/quicktour.html b/welcome/fi/quicktour.html index 9ce1f112..97d7abf0 100644 --- a/welcome/fi/quicktour.html +++ b/welcome/fi/quicktour.html @@ -90,8 +90,7 @@
    -
    -
    Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.
    +
    @@ -124,7 +123,7 @@

    Tervetuloa Haikun pikaoppaaseen

    Vaikka Haiku jakaa muiden käyttöjärjestemien monia ajatuksia, siinä on joillakin alueilla ainutlaatuisia ominaisuuksia, jotka on hyvä mainita. Muutamalla kalvolla opit tärkeimmistä Haiku-ominaisuuksista ja erikoisuuksista, jotka helpottavat nopeaa käyttöäsi.

    -

    For each topic you can find a box with links for "further reading" that point to additional resources, like related topics in the Userguide.

    +

    Jokaista aihetta varten voit löytää laatikon, joka sisältää linkin "lisälukemista", joka osoittaa lisäresursseihin, kuten asiaan liittyiin kohtiin Käyttäjäopas.

    @@ -134,7 +133,7 @@
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    Lisälukemista
    -Deskbar +Työpöytä
    @@ -153,7 +152,7 @@
    Lisälukemista
    -Haiku's GUI +Haikun graafinen käyttöliittymä
    @@ -172,7 +171,7 @@
    Lisälukemista
    -Shortcuts and key combinations +Pikanäppäimet ja näppäinyhdistelmät
    @@ -192,7 +191,7 @@ Tämä epäjohdonmukaisuus on yksi syy siihen, että ALT Lisälukemista -Twitcher +Vaihtaja @@ -211,7 +210,7 @@ Nopea napauttaminen TAB-näppäimeen samalla kun pidet
    Lisälukemista
    -Team monitor +Ryhmävalvonta
    @@ -232,7 +231,7 @@ Pidä alhaalla näppäimet VAIHTO CTR
    Lisälukemista
    -A quick way to move or resize windows +Nopea tapa siirtää tai muuttaa ikkunan kokoa
    @@ -252,7 +251,7 @@ Hiiren kakkospainikkeen (yleensä oikea painike) napsautus ja raahaus muu
    Lisälukemista
    -Stack & Tile +Pino ja laatoitus
    @@ -274,7 +273,7 @@ Delay time 200 (= 2 secs), option "Don't stack frames" -->
    Lisälukemista
    -Stack & Tile +Pino ja laatoitus
    @@ -296,8 +295,8 @@ Delay time 200 (= 2 secs), option "Don't stack frames" -->
    Lisälukemista
    -Workspaces
    -Screen +Työtilat
    +Näyttöasetukset
    @@ -319,7 +318,7 @@ Jos lisäät noihin VAIHTO-näppäimen, niin aktiivinen
    Lisälukemista
    -Replicants +Kopiot
    @@ -342,7 +341,7 @@ Voit raahata & pudottaa ne kahvasta Työpöydälle, missä ne ovat täysin t
    Lisälukemista
    -Tracker +Seuraaja
    @@ -364,7 +363,7 @@ Vaihtoehtoisesti voit aktivoida Yksittäisikkunanavigointi     Lisälukemista -Tracker navigation +Seuraajanavigointi @@ -383,7 +382,7 @@ Askella alas valikkoa kunnes löydät haluamasi kansion tai tiedoston avattavaks
    Lisälukemista
    -Mounting volumes +Liitetään taltioita
    @@ -404,9 +403,9 @@ Tämä tehdään Työpöydällä napsauttamalla hiiren kakkospainikkeella (yleen
    Lisälukemista
    -Filesystem layout
    -Applications
    -Directory structure +Tiedostojärjestelmäsijoittelu
    +Sovellukset
    +Hakemistorakenne
    @@ -457,9 +456,9 @@ Tähän voidaan asentaa ohjelmistot, jotka eivät tule HPKG-pakkausmuodossa.

    Lisälukemista
    -Wireless networking
    -NetworkStatus
    -Network preferences +Työpaja: Langaton verkko
    +Verkkotila
    +Verkkoasetukset
    @@ -480,9 +479,9 @@ Kun yhteys on muodostettu, sinulta kysytään verkon salausta ja salasanaa.

    Lisälukemista
    -HaikuDepot
    -SoftwareUpdater
    -Repositories +HaikuVarasto
    +Ohjelmistopäivittäjä
    +Tietovarastot
    @@ -500,8 +499,8 @@ Kun yhteys on muodostettu, sinulta kysytään verkon salausta ja salasanaa.

    Loppu

    Tämä on opaskiertueen loppu. Toivomme, että se auttoi sinua kotiutumaan nopeasi uuteen käyttöjärjestelmääsi!

    -

    For more detailed information, check out the Welcome page and the User Guide.
    -You can also join our Webforum and main IRC channel #haiku to get help or discuss your ideas.

    +

    Lisätietoja varten tarkista webbisivustot Tervetuloa Haikuun! ja Käyttäjäopas.
    +Voit myös liittyä Webfoorumiimme ja pää-IRC-kanavaan #haiku opastuksen hakemiseksi tai keskustellaksesi ideoistasi.

    Haiku-webbisivulla on tietoja siitä kuinka liitytään mukaan Haikun ajamiseksi edelleen. Voit myös tehdä taloudellisia lahjoituksia.


    diff --git a/welcome/fr/bugreports.html b/welcome/fr/bugreports.html index 9afc44bd..513cff56 100644 --- a/welcome/fr/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/fr/bugreports.html @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger + * Vincent Duvert * Loïc * Máximo Castañeda * roptat - * Vincent Duvert * --> diff --git a/welcome/fur/bugreports.html b/welcome/fur/bugreports.html index d862d3c0..ee2cbda2 100644 --- a/welcome/fur/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/fur/bugreports.html @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne - + diff --git a/welcome/hu/bugreports.html b/welcome/hu/bugreports.html index b3456ebe..992bdcd9 100644 --- a/welcome/hu/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/hu/bugreports.html @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ * http://dev.haiku-os.org/wiki/ and http://dev.haiku-os.org/wiki/ReportingBugs * Humdinger * Translators: - * Dancsó Róbert * Humdinger + * Dancsó Róbert * --> diff --git a/welcome/id/bugreports.html b/welcome/id/bugreports.html index 15de0864..87e05052 100644 --- a/welcome/id/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/id/bugreports.html @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    - + diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/ca.png b/welcome/images/flags/ca.png deleted file mode 100644 index 775f4f25..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/ca.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/de.png b/welcome/images/flags/de.png deleted file mode 100644 index 41ef1aea..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/de.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/eo.png b/welcome/images/flags/eo.png deleted file mode 100644 index 95117cec..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/eo.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/es.png b/welcome/images/flags/es.png deleted file mode 100644 index 15ef65e1..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/es.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/fi.png b/welcome/images/flags/fi.png deleted file mode 100644 index 113e179a..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/fi.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/fr.png b/welcome/images/flags/fr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0c9c5950..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/fr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/fur.png b/welcome/images/flags/fur.png deleted file mode 100644 index 391b215f..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/fur.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/gb.png b/welcome/images/flags/gb.png deleted file mode 100644 index 95117cec..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/gb.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/hu.png b/welcome/images/flags/hu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6ddb72d9..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/hu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/id.png b/welcome/images/flags/id.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8a9b51ca..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/id.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/it.png b/welcome/images/flags/it.png deleted file mode 100644 index b8aafe0a..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/it.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/jp.png b/welcome/images/flags/jp.png deleted file mode 100644 index fe284a40..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/jp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/pl.png b/welcome/images/flags/pl.png deleted file mode 100644 index debe359e..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/pl.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/pt_BR.png b/welcome/images/flags/pt_BR.png deleted file mode 100644 index 93c6ee03..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/pt_BR.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/pt_PT.png b/welcome/images/flags/pt_PT.png deleted file mode 100644 index 28ee2053..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/pt_PT.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/ro.png b/welcome/images/flags/ro.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6d7778d2..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/ro.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/ru.png b/welcome/images/flags/ru.png deleted file mode 100644 index d4c5ddb7..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/ru.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/sk.png b/welcome/images/flags/sk.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7335d77a..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/sk.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/sv_SE.png b/welcome/images/flags/sv_SE.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9f016654..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/sv_SE.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/tr.png b/welcome/images/flags/tr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 38a41f1a..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/tr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/uk.png b/welcome/images/flags/uk.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7143306f..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/uk.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/images/flags/zh_CN.png b/welcome/images/flags/zh_CN.png deleted file mode 100644 index d8c89054..00000000 Binary files a/welcome/images/flags/zh_CN.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/welcome/it/bugreports.html b/welcome/it/bugreports.html index e92c0655..01a2acbd 100644 --- a/welcome/it/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/it/bugreports.html @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    - + diff --git a/welcome/it/quicktour.html b/welcome/it/quicktour.html index d9514868..2c7eea07 100644 --- a/welcome/it/quicktour.html +++ b/welcome/it/quicktour.html @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * Máximo Castañeda * Gabriele + * Máximo Castañeda * --> diff --git a/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html b/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html index 7caf1e66..63ec328d 100644 --- a/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger - * Máximo Castañeda * Adriano Duarte + * Máximo Castañeda * tiagoms * --> diff --git a/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html b/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html index d249fa2c..09f6f025 100644 --- a/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    - + diff --git a/welcome/sk/bugreports.html b/welcome/sk/bugreports.html index f035ba4e..01c239b7 100644 --- a/welcome/sk/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/sk/bugreports.html @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ * http://dev.haiku-os.org/wiki/ and http://dev.haiku-os.org/wiki/ReportingBugs * Humdinger * Translators: - * helix84 * Humdinger + * helix84 * Máximo Castañeda * --> diff --git a/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html b/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html index 1aee79d4..e73e45fd 100644 --- a/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ * http://dev.haiku-os.org/wiki/ and http://dev.haiku-os.org/wiki/ReportingBugs * Humdinger * Translators: + * Jorma Karvonen * deejam * --> @@ -64,22 +65,22 @@
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    - + Hårdvara/drivrutinsbuggar
    + Vad händer sen?
    Index
    Getting a Trac account
    - Creating a bug report
    - Application bugs
    - Server bugs
    - Kernel bugs
    +
    Skapa ett Trac-konto
    + Skapa en buggrapport
    + Programbuggar
    + Serverbuggar
    + Buggar i kärnan
    Kernel Debugging Land - KDL
    Syslog
    On screen debug output
    - Hardware/Driver bugs
    - What's next?

    Buggrapportering

    Since our developers are unable to test every hardware combination, nor every different way of interacting with the operating system, we are relying on users to give us some input on how things work at their end. Since Haiku is still quite young, it's very likely that you will encounter bugs. We thank you for taking the time to report these. Together we can improve Haiku, bit by bit.

    -

    För att behålla vårt bugghanteringssystem effektivt är det viktigt att följa vår etikett för buggrapportering.

    +

    För att behålla vårt bugghanteringssystem effektivt är det viktigt att följa vår etikett för buggrapportering.

    index Skapa ett Trac-konto

    @@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne - + diff --git a/welcome/tr/bugreports.html b/welcome/tr/bugreports.html index 2ff05693..08644d11 100644 --- a/welcome/tr/bugreports.html +++ b/welcome/tr/bugreports.html @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines ne
    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    - + diff --git a/welcome/welcome_ca.html b/welcome/welcome_ca.html index 324bf075..bf1a0fe8 100644 --- a/welcome/welcome_ca.html +++ b/welcome/welcome_ca.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -70,8 +70,9 @@ Welcome to Haiku!
    Getting to know the system
    Beware of Bugs
    + Installing Haiku and updating
    Installing new software
    - Updating Haiku
    + A localized Haiku
    Wifi in Haiku
    Getting to know the API
    Getting in contact @@ -106,6 +107,13 @@
  • Astuces pour un rapport de bogue utile
    • +

    +index +Installing Haiku and updating

    +

    If you haven't already, our online Installation Guide explains how to prepare a partition and install Haiku on your harddrive.

    +

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    +For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +

    index Installer plus de logiciels

    @@ -115,9 +123,9 @@ Because of our binary and source compatibility, most BeOS applications run on Ha

    index -Mettre à jour Haiku

    -

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    -For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +A localized Haiku +

    Haiku has been translated to dozens of languages and supports a multitude of keymaps. When booting Haiku for the first time you can set language and keymap. These settings can be changed at any time with the Locale and Keymap preferences.
    +The HaikuDepot application offers a number of input methods for Chinese, Japanese and Korean to download and install.

    index diff --git a/welcome/welcome_fur.html b/welcome/welcome_fur.html index 31b41fb6..4c68a761 100644 --- a/welcome/welcome_fur.html +++ b/welcome/welcome_fur.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -68,8 +68,9 @@ Welcome to Haiku!
    Getting to know the system
    Beware of Bugs
    + Installing Haiku and updating
    Installing new software
    - Updating Haiku
    + A localized Haiku
    Wifi in Haiku
    Getting to know the API
    Getting in contact @@ -104,6 +105,13 @@
  • Tippek a hibák jelentéséhez
    • +

    +index +Installing Haiku and updating

    +

    If you haven't already, our online Installation Guide explains how to prepare a partition and install Haiku on your harddrive.

    +

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    +For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +

    index Új programok telepítése

    @@ -113,9 +121,9 @@ Because of our binary and source compatibility, most BeOS applications run on Ha

    index -Haiku frissítése

    -

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    -For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +A localized Haiku +

    Haiku has been translated to dozens of languages and supports a multitude of keymaps. When booting Haiku for the first time you can set language and keymap. These settings can be changed at any time with the Locale and Keymap preferences.
    +The HaikuDepot application offers a number of input methods for Chinese, Japanese and Korean to download and install.

    index diff --git a/welcome/welcome_id.html b/welcome/welcome_id.html index 131d8796..41a50cb5 100644 --- a/welcome/welcome_id.html +++ b/welcome/welcome_id.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -71,8 +71,9 @@ Welcome to Haiku!
    Getting to know the system
    Beware of Bugs
    + Installing Haiku and updating
    Installing new software
    - Updating Haiku
    + A localized Haiku
    Wifi in Haiku
    Getting to know the API
    Getting in contact @@ -107,6 +108,13 @@
  • Советы по сообщениям об ошибках
    • +

    +index +Installing Haiku and updating

    +

    If you haven't already, our online Installation Guide explains how to prepare a partition and install Haiku on your harddrive.

    +

    Обновление Haiku и сторонних пакетов производится при помощи инструмента Обновление приложений (SoftwareUpdater). После завершения обновления перезагрузите компьютер.
    +За более детальной информацией обратитесь к руководству Обновление и откат системы (Updating and downgrading your system) на нашем сайте.

    +

    index Установка дополнительных программ

    @@ -116,9 +124,9 @@

    index -Обновление Haiku

    -

    Обновление Haiku и сторонних пакетов производится при помощи инструмента Обновление приложений (SoftwareUpdater). После завершения обновления перезагрузите компьютер.
    -За более детальной информацией обратитесь к руководству Обновление и откат системы (Updating and downgrading your system) на нашем сайте.

    +A localized Haiku +

    Haiku has been translated to dozens of languages and supports a multitude of keymaps. When booting Haiku for the first time you can set language and keymap. These settings can be changed at any time with the Locale and Keymap preferences.
    +The HaikuDepot application offers a number of input methods for Chinese, Japanese and Korean to download and install.

    index diff --git a/welcome/welcome_sk.html b/welcome/welcome_sk.html index e1f9ed64..1139ca7f 100644 --- a/welcome/welcome_sk.html +++ b/welcome/welcome_sk.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -68,8 +68,9 @@ Welcome to Haiku!
    Getting to know the system
    Beware of Bugs
    + Installing Haiku and updating
    Installing new software
    - Updating Haiku
    + A localized Haiku
    Wifi in Haiku
    Getting to know the API
    Getting in contact @@ -104,6 +105,13 @@
  • Tipy na užitočné hlásenie o chybe
    • +

    +index +Installing Haiku and updating

    +

    If you haven't already, our online Installation Guide explains how to prepare a partition and install Haiku on your harddrive.

    +

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    +For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +

    index Inštalovanie ďalšieho softvéru

    @@ -113,9 +121,9 @@ Because of our binary and source compatibility, most BeOS applications run on Ha

    index -Aktualizácia Haiku

    -

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    -For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +A localized Haiku +

    Haiku has been translated to dozens of languages and supports a multitude of keymaps. When booting Haiku for the first time you can set language and keymap. These settings can be changed at any time with the Locale and Keymap preferences.
    +The HaikuDepot application offers a number of input methods for Chinese, Japanese and Korean to download and install.

    index diff --git a/welcome/welcome_sv_SE.html b/welcome/welcome_sv_SE.html index 64fadb0f..28dc6631 100644 --- a/welcome/welcome_sv_SE.html +++ b/welcome/welcome_sv_SE.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -68,8 +68,9 @@ Welcome to Haiku!
    Getting to know the system
    Beware of Bugs
    + Installing Haiku and updating
    Installing new software
    - Updating Haiku
    + A localized Haiku
    Wifi in Haiku
    Getting to know the API
    Getting in contact @@ -104,6 +105,13 @@
  • Tips för hjälpsam buggrapportering
    • +

    +index +Installing Haiku and updating

    +

    If you haven't already, our online Installation Guide explains how to prepare a partition and install Haiku on your harddrive.

    +

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    +For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +

    index Installera ytterligare programvara

    @@ -113,9 +121,9 @@ Because of our binary and source compatibility, most BeOS applications run on Ha

    index -Updating Haiku

    -

    Updating Haiku as well as third party packages is done with the application SoftwareUpdater. When it's finished, reboot.
    -For more details, see the guide Updating and downgrading your system on our website.

    +A localized Haiku +

    Haiku has been translated to dozens of languages and supports a multitude of keymaps. When booting Haiku for the first time you can set language and keymap. These settings can be changed at any time with the Locale and Keymap preferences.
    +The HaikuDepot application offers a number of input methods for Chinese, Japanese and Korean to download and install.

    index diff --git a/welcome/welcome_tr.html b/welcome/welcome_tr.html index 33ebe2ad..9e911ba9 100644 --- a/welcome/welcome_tr.html +++ b/welcome/welcome_tr.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ @@ -67,10 +67,11 @@ Haiku'ya hoş geldiniz!
    Sistemi tanıma
    Hatalara dikkat edin
    + Haiku'yu yükleme ve güncelleme
    Yeni yazılımlar yükleme
    - Haiku'yu güncelleme
    + Yerelleştirilmiş bir Haiku
    Haiku'da kablosuz bağlantı (Wi-Fi)
    - Haiku API
    + API'yi öğrenme
    İletişim

    - listdev A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
    - listusb -v Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - listusb -v Assuming it's a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
    - open /var/log/syslog The primary system log used by Haiku, see Syslog above, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
    - listimage | grep drivers/ Lists all used drivers.
    - usb_hid_report In case of USB input devices, add the /tmp/usb_hid_report_descriptor_*.bin file.
    @@ -102,6 +103,13 @@
  • Kullanışlı bir hata raporu için ipuçları
    • +

    +index +Haiku'yu yükleme ve güncelleme

    +

    Eğer henüz bakmadıysanız çevrimiçi Yükleme Kılavuzu Haiku'yu kurmak için disk bölümlendirmeyi ve sabit diskinize Haiku'yu nice kuracağınızı anlatıyor.

    +

    Haiku'nun ve diğer yüklenen uygulamaların güncellenmesi Yazılım Güncelleyici ile yapılmaktadır. Sistem güncellemelerinden sonra yeniden başlatma gerekebilir.
    +Diğer ayrıntılar için Sistemi Güncelleme ve Eski Sürümlere Dönme bölümüne bakın.

    +

    index Yeni yazılımlar yükleme

    @@ -111,9 +119,9 @@ Mevcut BeOS uygulamalarının birçoğu Haiku'nun sağladığı kaynak ve ikili

    index -Haiku'yu güncelleme

    -

    Haiku'nun ve diğer yüklenen uygulamaların güncellenmesi Yazılım Güncelleyici ile yapılmaktadır. Sistem güncellemelerinden sonra yeniden başlatma gerekebilir.
    -Diğer ayrıntılar için Sistemi Güncelleme ve Eski Sürümlere Dönme bölümüne bakın.

    +Yerelleştirilmiş bir Haiku +

    Haiku, iki düzineden fazla dile çevrilmiştir ve çok sayıda klavye dizilimi için destek içerir. Haiku'yu ilk kez önyüklerken dili ve klavye dizilimini seçebilirsiniz. Bu seçenekler daha sonra istediğiniz bir zaman Yerelleştirme ve Klavye Dizilimi tercihlerinden değiştirilebilir.
    +Eğer gereksiniminiz varsa HaikuDepot uygulamasından Çince, Japonca ve Korece için giriş yöntemleri yükleyebilirsiniz.

    index diff --git a/welcome/welcome_uk.html b/welcome/welcome_uk.html index 33ee65a4..31ae0f8b 100644 --- a/welcome/welcome_uk.html +++ b/welcome/welcome_uk.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ @@ -69,8 +69,9 @@ Welcome to Haiku!
    Getting to know the system
    Beware of Bugs
    + Installing Haiku and updating
    Installing new software
    - Updating Haiku
    + A localized Haiku
    Wifi in Haiku
    Getting to know the API
    Getting in contact @@ -105,6 +106,13 @@
  • 如何提交有价值的错误报告
    • +

    +index +Installing Haiku and updating

    +

    If you haven't already, our online Installation Guide explains how to prepare a partition and install Haiku on your harddrive.

    +

    Haiku 系统以及第三方的包升级都可以通过应用 软件更新器 完成。在完成后，重启系统。
    +更多信息，查看官网指南 系统更新和降级 。

    +

    index 安装更多程序

    @@ -114,9 +122,9 @@

    index -升级 Haiku 系统

    -

    Haiku 系统以及第三方的包升级都可以通过应用 软件更新器 完成。在完成后，重启系统。
    -更多信息，查看官网指南 系统更新和降级 。

    +A localized Haiku +

    Haiku has been translated to dozens of languages and supports a multitude of keymaps. When booting Haiku for the first time you can set language and keymap. These settings can be changed at any time with the Locale and Keymap preferences.
    +The HaikuDepot application offers a number of input methods for Chinese, Japanese and Korean to download and install.

    index